Re #1276: Integrate BaseClasses with the project and remove unnecessary classes

git-svn-id: http://svn.pjsip.org/repos/pjproject/trunk@4062 74dad513-b988-da41-8d7b-12977e46ad98

46 files changed, 115 insertions, 17277 deletions

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/amextra.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/amextra.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index af0de96d..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/amextra.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: AMExtra.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements CRenderedInputPin class.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>        // DirectShow base class definitions

-#include <mmsystem.h>       // Needed for definition of timeGetTime

-#include <limits.h>         // Standard data type limit definitions

-#include <measure.h>        // Used for time critical log functions

-

-#include "amextra.h"

-

-#pragma warning(disable:4355)

-

-//  Implements CRenderedInputPin class

-

-CRenderedInputPin::CRenderedInputPin(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,

-                                     __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,

-                                     __in CCritSec *pLock,

-                                     __inout HRESULT *phr,

-                                     __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :

-    CBaseInputPin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName),

-    m_bAtEndOfStream(FALSE),

-    m_bCompleteNotified(FALSE)

-{

-}

-#ifdef UNICODE

-CRenderedInputPin::CRenderedInputPin(__in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,

-                                     __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,

-                                     __in CCritSec *pLock,

-                                     __inout HRESULT *phr,

-                                     __in_opt LPCWSTR pName) :

-    CBaseInputPin(pObjectName, pFilter, pLock, phr, pName),

-    m_bAtEndOfStream(FALSE),

-    m_bCompleteNotified(FALSE)

-{

-}

-#endif

-

-// Flush end of stream condition - caller should do any

-// necessary stream level locking before calling this

-

-STDMETHODIMP CRenderedInputPin::EndOfStream()

-{

-    HRESULT hr = CheckStreaming();

-

-    //  Do EC_COMPLETE handling for rendered pins

-    if (S_OK == hr  && !m_bAtEndOfStream) {

-        m_bAtEndOfStream = TRUE;

-        FILTER_STATE fs;

-        EXECUTE_ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(m_pFilter->GetState(0, &fs)));

-        if (fs == State_Running) {

-            DoCompleteHandling();

-        }

-    }

-    return hr;

-}

-

-

-// Called to complete the flush

-

-STDMETHODIMP CRenderedInputPin::EndFlush()

-{

-    CAutoLock lck(m_pLock);

-

-    // Clean up renderer state

-    m_bAtEndOfStream = FALSE;

-    m_bCompleteNotified = FALSE;

-

-    return CBaseInputPin::EndFlush();

-}

-

-

-// Notify of Run() from filter

-

-HRESULT CRenderedInputPin::Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart)

-{

-    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(tStart);

-    m_bCompleteNotified = FALSE;

-    if (m_bAtEndOfStream) {

-        DoCompleteHandling();

-    }

-    return S_OK;

-}

-

-

-//  Clear status on going into paused state

-

-HRESULT CRenderedInputPin::Active()

-{

-    m_bAtEndOfStream = FALSE;

-    m_bCompleteNotified = FALSE;

-    return CBaseInputPin::Active();

-}

-

-

-//  Do stuff to deliver end of stream

-

-void CRenderedInputPin::DoCompleteHandling()

-{

-    ASSERT(m_bAtEndOfStream);

-    if (!m_bCompleteNotified) {

-        m_bCompleteNotified = TRUE;

-        m_pFilter->NotifyEvent(EC_COMPLETE, S_OK, (LONG_PTR)(IBaseFilter *)m_pFilter);

-    }

-}

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/amextra.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/amextra.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a861bf1..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/amextra.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: AMExtra.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#ifndef __AMEXTRA__

-#define __AMEXTRA__

-

-// Simple rendered input pin

-//

-// NOTE if your filter queues stuff before rendering then it may not be

-// appropriate to use this class

-//

-// In that case queue the end of stream condition until the last sample

-// is actually rendered and flush the condition appropriately

-

-class CRenderedInputPin : public CBaseInputPin

-{

-public:

-

-    CRenderedInputPin(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,

-                      __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,

-                      __in CCritSec *pLock,

-                      __inout HRESULT *phr,

-                      __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);

-#ifdef UNICODE

-    CRenderedInputPin(__in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,

-                      __in CBaseFilter *pFilter,

-                      __in CCritSec *pLock,

-                      __inout HRESULT *phr,

-                      __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);

-#endif

-    

-    // Override methods to track end of stream state

-    STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream();

-    STDMETHODIMP EndFlush();

-

-    HRESULT Active();

-    HRESULT Run(REFERENCE_TIME tStart);

-

-protected:

-

-    // Member variables to track state

-    BOOL m_bAtEndOfStream;      // Set by EndOfStream

-    BOOL m_bCompleteNotified;   // Set when we notify for EC_COMPLETE

-

-private:

-    void DoCompleteHandling();

-};

-

-#endif // __AMEXTRA__

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/baseclasses.sln b/third_party/BaseClasses/baseclasses.sln
deleted file mode 100644
index a93b581e..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/baseclasses.sln
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-

-Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 9.00

-# Visual Studio 2005

-Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "BaseClasses", "BaseClasses.vcproj", "{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}"

-EndProject

-Global

-	GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution

-		Debug_MBCS|Win32 = Debug_MBCS|Win32

-		Debug_MBCS|x64 = Debug_MBCS|x64

-		Debug|Win32 = Debug|Win32

-		Debug|x64 = Debug|x64

-		Release_MBCS|Win32 = Release_MBCS|Win32

-		Release_MBCS|x64 = Release_MBCS|x64

-		Release|Win32 = Release|Win32

-		Release|x64 = Release|x64

-	EndGlobalSection

-	GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution

-		{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug_MBCS|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug_MBCS|Win32

-		{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug_MBCS|Win32.Build.0 = Debug_MBCS|Win32

-		{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug_MBCS|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug_MBCS|x64

-		{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug_MBCS|x64.Build.0 = Debug_MBCS|x64

-		{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32

-		{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32

-		{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64

-		{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64

-		{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release_MBCS|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release_MBCS|Win32

-		{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release_MBCS|Win32.Build.0 = Release_MBCS|Win32

-		{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release_MBCS|x64.ActiveCfg = Release_MBCS|x64

-		{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release_MBCS|x64.Build.0 = Release_MBCS|x64

-		{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32

-		{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32

-		{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64

-		{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64

-	EndGlobalSection

-	GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution

-		HideSolutionNode = FALSE

-	EndGlobalSection

-EndGlobal

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/baseclasses.vcproj b/third_party/BaseClasses/baseclasses.vcproj
index 32373bad..1d310856 100644
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/baseclasses.vcproj
+++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/baseclasses.vcproj
@@ -4,152 +4,23 @@
 	Version="8.00"

 	Name="BaseClasses"

 	ProjectGUID="{E8A3F6FA-AE1C-4C8E-A0B6-9C8480324EAA}"

-	RootNamespace="BaseClasses"

-	Keyword="Win32Proj"

 	>

 	<Platforms>

 		<Platform

 			Name="Win32"

 		/>

-		<Platform

-			Name="x64"

-		/>

 	</Platforms>

 	<ToolFiles>

 	</ToolFiles>

 	<Configurations>

 		<Configuration

-			Name="Debug|Win32"

-			OutputDirectory="Debug"

-			IntermediateDirectory="Debug"

-			ConfigurationType="4"

-			CharacterSet="1"

-			>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCCustomBuildTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCMIDLTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCCLCompilerTool"

-				Optimization="0"

-				AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."

-				PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;_DEBUG;_LIB"

-				MinimalRebuild="true"

-				BasicRuntimeChecks="3"

-				RuntimeLibrary="1"

-				UsePrecompiledHeader="0"

-				WarningLevel="3"

-				DebugInformationFormat="4"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCLibrarianTool"

-				AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"

-				OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbasd.lib"

-				AdditionalLibraryDirectories=""

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCALinkTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCXDCMakeTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCBscMakeTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCFxCopTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"

-			/>

-		</Configuration>

-		<Configuration

 			Name="Release|Win32"

-			OutputDirectory="Release"

-			IntermediateDirectory="Release"

-			ConfigurationType="4"

-			CharacterSet="1"

-			>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCCustomBuildTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCMIDLTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCCLCompilerTool"

-				Optimization="2"

-				AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."

-				PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;NDEBUG;_LIB;"

-				RuntimeLibrary="2"

-				UsePrecompiledHeader="0"

-				WarningLevel="3"

-				DebugInformationFormat="3"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCLibrarianTool"

-				AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"

-				OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbase.lib"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCALinkTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCXDCMakeTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCBscMakeTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCFxCopTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"

-			/>

-		</Configuration>

-		<Configuration

-			Name="Debug_MBCS|Win32"

-			OutputDirectory="$(ConfigurationName)"

-			IntermediateDirectory="$(ConfigurationName)"

+			OutputDirectory=".\Release"

+			IntermediateDirectory=".\Release"

 			ConfigurationType="4"

+			InheritedPropertySheets="$(VCInstallDir)VCProjectDefaults\UpgradeFromVC70.vsprops"

+			UseOfMFC="0"

+			ATLMinimizesCRunTimeLibraryUsage="false"

 			CharacterSet="2"

 			>

 			<Tool

@@ -169,92 +40,40 @@
 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCCLCompilerTool"

-				Optimization="0"

-				AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."

-				PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;_DEBUG;_LIB"

-				MinimalRebuild="true"

-				BasicRuntimeChecks="3"

-				RuntimeLibrary="1"

-				UsePrecompiledHeader="0"

-				WarningLevel="3"

-				DebugInformationFormat="4"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCLibrarianTool"

-				AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"

-				OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbasd.lib"

-				AdditionalLibraryDirectories=""

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCALinkTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCXDCMakeTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCBscMakeTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCFxCopTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"

-			/>

-		</Configuration>

-		<Configuration

-			Name="Release_MBCS|Win32"

-			OutputDirectory="$(ConfigurationName)"

-			IntermediateDirectory="$(ConfigurationName)"

-			ConfigurationType="4"

-			CharacterSet="2"

-			>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCCustomBuildTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCMIDLTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCCLCompilerTool"

-				Optimization="2"

-				AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."

-				PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;NDEBUG;_LIB;"

+				InlineFunctionExpansion="1"

+				AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".,..\..\..\..\include"

+				PreprocessorDefinitions="NDEBUG,WIN32,_LIB,_WIN32_DCOM,WINVER=0x400"

+				StringPooling="true"

 				RuntimeLibrary="2"

+				EnableFunctionLevelLinking="true"

 				UsePrecompiledHeader="0"

+				PrecompiledHeaderThrough="streams.h"

+				PrecompiledHeaderFile=".\Release/baseclasses.pch"

+				AssemblerListingLocation=".\Release/"

+				ObjectFile=".\Release/"

+				ProgramDataBaseFileName=".\Release/"

 				WarningLevel="3"

-				DebugInformationFormat="3"

+				SuppressStartupBanner="true"

+				CallingConvention="2"

+				CompileAs="0"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"

+				PreprocessorDefinitions="NDEBUG,WIN32"

+				Culture="1033"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCLibrarianTool"

-				AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"

-				OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbase.lib"

+				LinkLibraryDependencies="false"

+				AdditionalOptions="/nodefaultlib "

+				OutputFile="..\lib\strmbas-$(ConfigurationName).lib"

+				SuppressStartupBanner="true"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCALinkTool"

@@ -273,10 +92,13 @@
 			/>

 		</Configuration>

 		<Configuration

-			Name="Debug|x64"

-			OutputDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"

-			IntermediateDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"

+			Name="Debug Unicode|Win32"

+			OutputDirectory=".\Debug_Unicode"

+			IntermediateDirectory=".\Debug_Unicode"

 			ConfigurationType="4"

+			InheritedPropertySheets="$(VCInstallDir)VCProjectDefaults\UpgradeFromVC70.vsprops"

+			UseOfMFC="0"

+			ATLMinimizesCRunTimeLibraryUsage="false"

 			CharacterSet="1"

 			>

 			<Tool

@@ -293,34 +115,42 @@
 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCMIDLTool"

-				TargetEnvironment="3"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCCLCompilerTool"

 				Optimization="0"

-				AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."

-				PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;_DEBUG;_LIB"

-				MinimalRebuild="true"

+				AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".,..\..\..\..\include"

+				PreprocessorDefinitions="_DEBUG,_MBCS,_LIB,_WIN32_DCOM,DEBUG,WINVER=0x400,WIN32,UNICODE"

 				BasicRuntimeChecks="3"

 				RuntimeLibrary="3"

-				UsePrecompiledHeader="0"

+				UsePrecompiledHeader="2"

+				PrecompiledHeaderThrough="streams.h"

+				PrecompiledHeaderFile=".\Debug_Unicode/baseclasses.pch"

+				AssemblerListingLocation=".\Debug_Unicode/"

+				ObjectFile=".\Debug_Unicode/"

+				ProgramDataBaseFileName=".\Debug_Unicode/"

 				WarningLevel="3"

+				SuppressStartupBanner="true"

 				DebugInformationFormat="3"

+				CallingConvention="2"

+				CompileAs="0"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"

+				PreprocessorDefinitions="_DEBUG,WIN32"

+				Culture="1033"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCLibrarianTool"

-				AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"

-				OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbasd.lib"

-				AdditionalLibraryDirectories=""

+				AdditionalOptions="/nodefaultlib "

+				OutputFile="Debug_Unicode\strmbasd.lib"

+				SuppressStartupBanner="true"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCALinkTool"

@@ -339,10 +169,13 @@
 			/>

 		</Configuration>

 		<Configuration

-			Name="Release|x64"

-			OutputDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"

-			IntermediateDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"

+			Name="Release Unicode|Win32"

+			OutputDirectory=".\Release_Unicode"

+			IntermediateDirectory=".\Release_Unicode"

 			ConfigurationType="4"

+			InheritedPropertySheets="$(VCInstallDir)VCProjectDefaults\UpgradeFromVC70.vsprops"

+			UseOfMFC="0"

+			ATLMinimizesCRunTimeLibraryUsage="false"

 			CharacterSet="1"

 			>

 			<Tool

@@ -359,31 +192,42 @@
 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCMIDLTool"

-				TargetEnvironment="3"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCCLCompilerTool"

-				Optimization="2"

-				AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."

-				PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;NDEBUG;_LIB;"

+				InlineFunctionExpansion="1"

+				AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".,..\..\..\..\include"

+				PreprocessorDefinitions="NDEBUG,_MBCS,_LIB,_WIN32_DCOM,WINVER=0x400,WIN32,UNICODE"

+				StringPooling="true"

 				RuntimeLibrary="2"

-				UsePrecompiledHeader="0"

+				EnableFunctionLevelLinking="true"

+				UsePrecompiledHeader="2"

+				PrecompiledHeaderThrough="streams.h"

+				PrecompiledHeaderFile=".\Release_Unicode/baseclasses.pch"

+				AssemblerListingLocation=".\Release_Unicode/"

+				ObjectFile=".\Release_Unicode/"

+				ProgramDataBaseFileName=".\Release_Unicode/"

 				WarningLevel="3"

-				DebugInformationFormat="3"

+				SuppressStartupBanner="true"

+				CallingConvention="2"

+				CompileAs="0"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"

+				PreprocessorDefinitions="NDEBUG,WIN32"

+				Culture="1033"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCLibrarianTool"

-				AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"

-				OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbase.lib"

+				AdditionalOptions="/nodefaultlib "

+				OutputFile="Release_Unicode\STRMBASE.lib"

+				SuppressStartupBanner="true"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCALinkTool"

@@ -402,10 +246,13 @@
 			/>

 		</Configuration>

 		<Configuration

-			Name="Debug_MBCS|x64"

-			OutputDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"

-			IntermediateDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"

+			Name="Debug|Win32"

+			OutputDirectory=".\Debug"

+			IntermediateDirectory=".\Debug"

 			ConfigurationType="4"

+			InheritedPropertySheets="$(VCInstallDir)VCProjectDefaults\UpgradeFromVC70.vsprops"

+			UseOfMFC="0"

+			ATLMinimizesCRunTimeLibraryUsage="false"

 			CharacterSet="2"

 			>

 			<Tool

@@ -422,97 +269,42 @@
 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCMIDLTool"

-				TargetEnvironment="3"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCCLCompilerTool"

 				Optimization="0"

-				AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."

-				PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;_DEBUG;_LIB"

-				MinimalRebuild="true"

+				AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".,..\..\..\..\include"

+				PreprocessorDefinitions="_DEBUG,WIN32,_LIB,_WIN32_DCOM,DEBUG,WINVER=0x400"

 				BasicRuntimeChecks="3"

-				RuntimeLibrary="3"

-				UsePrecompiledHeader="0"

-				WarningLevel="3"

-				DebugInformationFormat="3"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCLibrarianTool"

-				AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"

-				OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbasd.lib"

-				AdditionalLibraryDirectories=""

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCALinkTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCXDCMakeTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCBscMakeTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCFxCopTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"

-			/>

-		</Configuration>

-		<Configuration

-			Name="Release_MBCS|x64"

-			OutputDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"

-			IntermediateDirectory="$(PlatformName)\$(ConfigurationName)"

-			ConfigurationType="4"

-			CharacterSet="2"

-			>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCCustomBuildTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCMIDLTool"

-				TargetEnvironment="3"

-			/>

-			<Tool

-				Name="VCCLCompilerTool"

-				Optimization="2"

-				AdditionalIncludeDirectories="."

-				PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;NDEBUG;_LIB;"

-				RuntimeLibrary="2"

+				RuntimeLibrary="1"

 				UsePrecompiledHeader="0"

+				PrecompiledHeaderThrough="streams.h"

+				PrecompiledHeaderFile=".\Debug/baseclasses.pch"

+				AssemblerListingLocation=".\Debug/"

+				ObjectFile=".\Debug/"

+				ProgramDataBaseFileName=".\Debug/"

 				WarningLevel="3"

+				SuppressStartupBanner="true"

 				DebugInformationFormat="3"

+				CallingConvention="2"

+				CompileAs="0"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"

+				PreprocessorDefinitions="_DEBUG,WIN32"

+				Culture="1033"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCLibrarianTool"

-				AdditionalDependencies="strmiids.lib"

-				OutputFile="$(OutDir)\strmbase.lib"

+				AdditionalOptions="/nodefaultlib "

+				OutputFile="..\lib\strmbas-$(ConfigurationName).lib"

+				SuppressStartupBanner="true"

 			/>

 			<Tool

 				Name="VCALinkTool"

@@ -536,14 +328,9 @@
 	<Files>

 		<Filter

 			Name="Source Files"

-			Filter="cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx"

-			UniqueIdentifier="{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}"

+			Filter="cpp;c;cxx;rc;def;r;odl;idl;hpj;bat"

 			>

 			<File

-				RelativePath=".\amextra.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

 				RelativePath=".\amfilter.cpp"

 				>

 			</File>

@@ -560,98 +347,18 @@
 				>

 			</File>

 			<File

-				RelativePath=".\cprop.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

 				RelativePath=".\ctlutil.cpp"

 				>

 			</File>

 			<File

-				RelativePath=".\ddmm.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\dllentry.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\dllsetup.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

 				RelativePath=".\mtype.cpp"

 				>

 			</File>

 			<File

-				RelativePath=".\outputq.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\perflog.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\pstream.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\pullpin.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\refclock.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

 				RelativePath=".\renbase.cpp"

 				>

 			</File>

 			<File

-				RelativePath=".\schedule.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\seekpt.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\source.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\strmctl.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\sysclock.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\transfrm.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\transip.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\videoctl.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\vtrans.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\winctrl.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\winutil.cpp"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

 				RelativePath=".\wxdebug.cpp"

 				>

 			</File>

@@ -666,46 +373,21 @@
 		</Filter>

 		<Filter

 			Name="Header Files"

-			Filter="h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd"

-			UniqueIdentifier="{93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB}"

+			Filter="h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl"

 			>

 			<File

-				RelativePath=".\amextra.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

 				RelativePath=".\amfilter.h"

 				>

 			</File>

 			<File

-				RelativePath=".\cache.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

 				RelativePath=".\combase.h"

 				>

 			</File>

 			<File

-				RelativePath=".\cprop.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

 				RelativePath=".\ctlutil.h"

 				>

 			</File>

 			<File

-				RelativePath=".\ddmm.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\dllsetup.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\dxmperf.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

 				RelativePath=".\fourcc.h"

 				>

 			</File>

@@ -722,26 +404,6 @@
 				>

 			</File>

 			<File

-				RelativePath=".\outputq.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\perflog.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\perfstruct.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\pstream.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\pullpin.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

 				RelativePath=".\refclock.h"

 				>

 			</File>

@@ -754,54 +416,14 @@
 				>

 			</File>

 			<File

-				RelativePath=".\schedule.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

 				RelativePath=".\seekpt.h"

 				>

 			</File>

 			<File

-				RelativePath=".\source.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

 				RelativePath=".\streams.h"

 				>

 			</File>

 			<File

-				RelativePath=".\strmctl.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\sysclock.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\transfrm.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\transip.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\videoctl.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\vtrans.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\winctrl.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

-				RelativePath=".\winutil.h"

-				>

-			</File>

-			<File

 				RelativePath=".\wxdebug.h"

 				>

 			</File>

@@ -814,12 +436,6 @@
 				>

 			</File>

 		</Filter>

-		<Filter

-			Name="Resource Files"

-			Filter="rc;ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe;resx;tiff;tif;png;wav"

-			UniqueIdentifier="{67DA6AB6-F800-4c08-8B7A-83BB121AAD01}"

-			>

-		</Filter>

 	</Files>

 	<Globals>

 	</Globals>

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/cache.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/cache.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a807c27..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/cache.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: Cache.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - efines a non-MFC generic cache class.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-/* This class implements a simple cache. A cache object is instantiated

-   with the number of items it is to hold. An item is a pointer to an

-   object derived from CBaseObject (helps reduce memory leaks). The cache

-   can then have objects added to it and removed from it. The cache size

-   is fixed at construction time and may therefore run out or be flooded.

-   If it runs out it returns a NULL pointer, if it fills up it also returns

-   a NULL pointer instead of a pointer to the object just inserted */

-

-/* Making these classes inherit from CBaseObject does nothing for their

-   functionality but it allows us to check there are no memory leaks */

-

-/* WARNING Be very careful when using this class, what it lets you do is

-   store and retrieve objects so that you can minimise object creation

-   which in turns improves efficiency. However the object you store is

-   exactly the same as the object you get back which means that it short

-   circuits the constructor initialisation phase. This means any class

-   variables the object has (eg pointers) are highly likely to be invalid.

-   Therefore ensure you reinitialise the object before using it again */

-

-

-#ifndef __CACHE__

-#define __CACHE__

-

-

-class CCache : CBaseObject {

-

-    /* Make copy constructor and assignment operator inaccessible */

-

-    CCache(const CCache &refCache);

-    CCache &operator=(const CCache &refCache);

-

-private:

-

-    /* These are initialised in the constructor. The first variable points to

-       an array of pointers, each of which points to a CBaseObject derived

-       object. The m_iCacheSize is the static fixed size for the cache and the

-       m_iUsed defines the number of places filled with objects at any time.

-       We fill the array of pointers from the start (ie m_ppObjects[0] first)

-       and then only add and remove objects from the end position, so in this

-       respect the array of object pointers should be treated as a stack */

-

-    CBaseObject **m_ppObjects;

-    const INT m_iCacheSize;

-    INT m_iUsed;

-

-public:

-

-    CCache(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,INT iItems);

-    virtual ~CCache();

-

-    /* Add an item to the cache */

-    CBaseObject *AddToCache(__in CBaseObject *pObject);

-

-    /* Remove an item from the cache */

-    CBaseObject *RemoveFromCache();

-

-    /* Delete all the objects held in the cache */

-    void RemoveAll(void);

-

-    /* Return the cache size which is set during construction */

-    INT GetCacheSize(void) const {return m_iCacheSize;};

-};

-

-#endif /* __CACHE__ */

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/checkbmi.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/checkbmi.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 72879679..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/checkbmi.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-//  Copyright (c) 1992 - 1997  Microsoft Corporation.  All Rights Reserved.

-

-#ifndef _CHECKBMI_H_

-#define _CHECKBMI_H_

-

-#ifdef __cplusplus

-extern "C" {

-#endif

-

-//  Helper

-__inline BOOL MultiplyCheckOverflow(DWORD a, DWORD b, __deref_out_range(==, a * b) DWORD *pab) {

-    *pab = a * b;

-    if ((a == 0) || (((*pab) / a) == b)) {

-        return TRUE;

-    }

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-

-//  Checks if the fields in a BITMAPINFOHEADER won't generate

-//  overlows and buffer overruns

-//  This is not a complete check and does not guarantee code using this structure will be secure

-//  from attack

-//  Bugs this is guarding against:

-//        1.  Total structure size calculation overflowing

-//        2.  biClrUsed > 256 for 8-bit palettized content

-//        3.  Total bitmap size in bytes overflowing

-//        4.  biSize < size of the base structure leading to accessessing random memory

-//        5.  Total structure size exceeding know size of data

-//

-

-__success(return != 0) __inline BOOL ValidateBitmapInfoHeader(

-    const BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi,   // pointer to structure to check

-    __out_range(>=, sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER)) DWORD cbSize     // size of memory block containing structure

-)

-{

-    DWORD dwWidthInBytes;

-    DWORD dwBpp;

-    DWORD dwWidthInBits;

-    DWORD dwHeight;

-    DWORD dwSizeImage;

-    DWORD dwClrUsed;

-

-    // Reject bad parameters - do the size check first to avoid reading bad memory

-    if (cbSize < sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER) ||

-        pbmi->biSize < sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER) ||

-        pbmi->biSize > 4096) {

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    //  Reject 0 size

-    if (pbmi->biWidth == 0 || pbmi->biHeight == 0) {

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    // Use bpp of 200 for validating against further overflows if not set for compressed format

-    dwBpp = 200;

-

-    if (pbmi->biBitCount > dwBpp) {

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    // Strictly speaking abs can overflow so cast explicitly to DWORD

-    dwHeight = (DWORD)abs(pbmi->biHeight);

-

-    if (!MultiplyCheckOverflow(dwBpp, (DWORD)pbmi->biWidth, &dwWidthInBits)) {

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    //  Compute correct width in bytes - rounding up to 4 bytes

-    dwWidthInBytes = (dwWidthInBits / 8 + 3) & ~3;

-

-    if (!MultiplyCheckOverflow(dwWidthInBytes, dwHeight, &dwSizeImage)) {

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    // Fail if total size is 0 - this catches indivual quantities being 0

-    // Also don't allow huge values > 1GB which might cause arithmetic

-    // errors for users

-    if (dwSizeImage > 0x40000000 ||

-        pbmi->biSizeImage > 0x40000000) {

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    //  Fail if biClrUsed looks bad

-    if (pbmi->biClrUsed > 256) {

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    if (pbmi->biClrUsed == 0 && pbmi->biBitCount <= 8 && pbmi->biBitCount > 0) {

-        dwClrUsed = (1 << pbmi->biBitCount);

-    } else {

-        dwClrUsed = pbmi->biClrUsed;

-    }

-

-    //  Check total size

-    if (cbSize < pbmi->biSize + dwClrUsed * sizeof(RGBQUAD) +

-                 (pbmi->biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS ? 3 * sizeof(DWORD) : 0)) {

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    //  If it is RGB validate biSizeImage - lots of code assumes the size is correct

-    if (pbmi->biCompression == BI_RGB || pbmi->biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {

-        if (pbmi->biSizeImage != 0) {

-            DWORD dwBits = (DWORD)pbmi->biWidth * (DWORD)pbmi->biBitCount;

-            DWORD dwWidthInBytes = ((DWORD)((dwBits+31) & (~31)) / 8);

-            DWORD dwTotalSize = (DWORD)abs(pbmi->biHeight) * dwWidthInBytes;

-            if (dwTotalSize > pbmi->biSizeImage) {

-                return FALSE;

-            }

-        }

-    }

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-#ifdef __cplusplus

-}

-#endif

-

-#endif // _CHECKBMI_H_

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/cprop.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/cprop.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 7bd76b4e..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/cprop.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,383 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: CProp.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements CBasePropertyPage class.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>

-

-// Constructor for the base property page class. As described in the header

-// file we must be initialised with dialog and title resource identifiers.

-// The class supports IPropertyPage and overrides AddRef and Release calls

-// to keep track of the reference counts. When the last count is released

-// we call SetPageSite(NULL) and SetObjects(0,NULL) to release interfaces

-// previously obtained by the property page when it had SetObjects called

-

-CBasePropertyPage::CBasePropertyPage(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,   // Debug only name

-                                     __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // COM Delegator

-                                     int DialogId,      // Resource ID

-                                     int TitleId) :     // To get tital

-    CUnknown(pName,pUnk),

-    m_DialogId(DialogId),

-    m_TitleId(TitleId),

-    m_hwnd(NULL),

-    m_Dlg(NULL),

-    m_pPageSite(NULL),

-    m_bObjectSet(FALSE),

-    m_bDirty(FALSE)

-{

-}

-

-#ifdef UNICODE

-CBasePropertyPage::CBasePropertyPage(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,     // Debug only name

-                                     __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,  // COM Delegator

-                                     int DialogId,      // Resource ID

-                                     int TitleId) :     // To get tital

-    CUnknown(pName,pUnk),

-    m_DialogId(DialogId),

-    m_TitleId(TitleId),

-    m_hwnd(NULL),

-    m_Dlg(NULL),

-    m_pPageSite(NULL),

-    m_bObjectSet(FALSE),

-    m_bDirty(FALSE)

-{

-}

-#endif

-

-// Increment our reference count

-

-STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CBasePropertyPage::NonDelegatingAddRef()

-{

-    LONG lRef = InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef);

-    ASSERT(lRef > 0);

-    return max(ULONG(m_cRef),1ul);

-}

-

-

-// Release a reference count and protect against reentrancy

-

-STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CBasePropertyPage::NonDelegatingRelease()

-{

-    // If the reference count drops to zero delete ourselves

-

-    LONG lRef = InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef);

-    if (lRef == 0) {

-        m_cRef++;

-        SetPageSite(NULL);

-        SetObjects(0,NULL);

-        delete this;

-        return ULONG(0);

-    } else {

-        //  Don't touch m_cRef again here!

-        return max(ULONG(lRef),1ul);

-    }

-}

-

-

-// Expose our IPropertyPage interface

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CBasePropertyPage::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv)

-{

-    if (riid == IID_IPropertyPage) {

-        return GetInterface((IPropertyPage *)this,ppv);

-    } else {

-        return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);

-    }

-}

-

-

-// Get the page info so that the page site can size itself

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::GetPageInfo(__out LPPROPPAGEINFO pPageInfo)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pPageInfo,E_POINTER);

-    WCHAR wszTitle[STR_MAX_LENGTH];

-    WideStringFromResource(wszTitle,m_TitleId);

-

-    // Allocate dynamic memory for the property page title

-

-    LPOLESTR pszTitle;

-    HRESULT hr = AMGetWideString(wszTitle, &pszTitle);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        NOTE("No caption memory");

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    pPageInfo->cb               = sizeof(PROPPAGEINFO);

-    pPageInfo->pszTitle         = pszTitle;

-    pPageInfo->pszDocString     = NULL;

-    pPageInfo->pszHelpFile      = NULL;

-    pPageInfo->dwHelpContext    = 0;

-

-    // Set defaults in case GetDialogSize fails

-    pPageInfo->size.cx          = 340;

-    pPageInfo->size.cy          = 150;

-

-    GetDialogSize(m_DialogId, DialogProc,0L,&pPageInfo->size);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Handles the messages for our property window

-

-INT_PTR CALLBACK CBasePropertyPage::DialogProc(HWND hwnd,

-                                            UINT uMsg,

-                                            WPARAM wParam,

-                                            LPARAM lParam)

-{

-    CBasePropertyPage *pPropertyPage;

-

-    switch (uMsg) {

-

-        case WM_INITDIALOG:

-

-            _SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, DWLP_USER, lParam);

-

-            // This pointer may be NULL when calculating size

-

-            pPropertyPage = (CBasePropertyPage *) lParam;

-            if (pPropertyPage == NULL) {

-                return (LRESULT) 1;

-            }

-            pPropertyPage->m_Dlg = hwnd;

-    }

-

-    // This pointer may be NULL when calculating size

-

-    pPropertyPage = _GetWindowLongPtr<CBasePropertyPage*>(hwnd, DWLP_USER);

-    if (pPropertyPage == NULL) {

-        return (LRESULT) 1;

-    }

-    return pPropertyPage->OnReceiveMessage(hwnd,uMsg,wParam,lParam);

-}

-

-

-// Tells us the object that should be informed of the property changes

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::SetObjects(ULONG cObjects,__in_ecount_opt(cObjects) LPUNKNOWN *ppUnk)

-{

-    if (cObjects == 1) {

-

-        if ((ppUnk == NULL) || (*ppUnk == NULL)) {

-            return E_POINTER;

-        }

-

-        // Set a flag to say that we have set the Object

-        m_bObjectSet = TRUE ;

-        return OnConnect(*ppUnk);

-

-    } else if (cObjects == 0) {

-

-        // Set a flag to say that we have not set the Object for the page

-        m_bObjectSet = FALSE ;

-        return OnDisconnect();

-    }

-

-    DbgBreak("No support for more than one object");

-    return E_UNEXPECTED;

-}

-

-

-// Create the window we will use to edit properties

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::Activate(HWND hwndParent,

-                                         LPCRECT pRect,

-                                         BOOL fModal)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pRect,E_POINTER);

-

-    // Return failure if SetObject has not been called.

-    if (m_bObjectSet == FALSE) {

-        return E_UNEXPECTED;

-    }

-

-    if (m_hwnd) {

-        return E_UNEXPECTED;

-    }

-

-    m_hwnd = CreateDialogParam(g_hInst,

-                               MAKEINTRESOURCE(m_DialogId),

-                               hwndParent,

-                               DialogProc,

-                               (LPARAM) this);

-    if (m_hwnd == NULL) {

-        return E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    }

-

-    OnActivate();

-    Move(pRect);

-    return Show(SW_SHOWNORMAL);

-}

-

-

-// Set the position of the property page

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::Move(LPCRECT pRect)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pRect,E_POINTER);

-

-    if (m_hwnd == NULL) {

-        return E_UNEXPECTED;

-    }

-

-    MoveWindow(m_hwnd,              // Property page handle

-               pRect->left,         // x coordinate

-               pRect->top,          // y coordinate

-               WIDTH(pRect),        // Overall window width

-               HEIGHT(pRect),       // And likewise height

-               TRUE);               // Should we repaint it

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Display the property dialog

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::Show(UINT nCmdShow)

-{

-   // Have we been activated yet

-

-    if (m_hwnd == NULL) {

-        return E_UNEXPECTED;

-    }

-

-    // Ignore wrong show flags

-

-    if ((nCmdShow != SW_SHOW) && (nCmdShow != SW_SHOWNORMAL) && (nCmdShow != SW_HIDE)) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-    ShowWindow(m_hwnd,nCmdShow);

-    InvalidateRect(m_hwnd,NULL,TRUE);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Destroy the property page dialog

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::Deactivate(void)

-{

-    if (m_hwnd == NULL) {

-        return E_UNEXPECTED;

-    }

-

-    // Remove WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT before DestroyWindow call

-

-    DWORD dwStyle = GetWindowLong(m_hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE);

-    dwStyle = dwStyle & (~WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT);

-

-    //  Set m_hwnd to be NULL temporarily so the message handler

-    //  for WM_STYLECHANGING doesn't add the WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT

-    //  style back in

-    HWND hwnd = m_hwnd;

-    m_hwnd = NULL;

-    SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, dwStyle);

-    m_hwnd = hwnd;

-

-    OnDeactivate();

-

-    // Destroy the dialog window

-

-    DestroyWindow(m_hwnd);

-    m_hwnd = NULL;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Tells the application property page site

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::SetPageSite(__in_opt LPPROPERTYPAGESITE pPageSite)

-{

-    if (pPageSite) {

-

-        if (m_pPageSite) {

-            return E_UNEXPECTED;

-        }

-

-        m_pPageSite = pPageSite;

-        m_pPageSite->AddRef();

-

-    } else {

-

-        if (m_pPageSite == NULL) {

-            return E_UNEXPECTED;

-        }

-

-        m_pPageSite->Release();

-        m_pPageSite = NULL;

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Apply any changes so far made

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBasePropertyPage::Apply()

-{

-    // In ActiveMovie 1.0 we used to check whether we had been activated or

-    // not. This is too constrictive. Apply should be allowed as long as

-    // SetObject was called to set an object. So we will no longer check to

-    // see if we have been activated (ie., m_hWnd != NULL), but instead

-    // make sure that m_bObjectSet is TRUE (ie., SetObject has been called).

-

-    if (m_bObjectSet == FALSE) {

-        return E_UNEXPECTED;

-    }

-

-    // Must have had a site set

-

-    if (m_pPageSite == NULL) {

-        return E_UNEXPECTED;

-    }

-

-    // Has anything changed

-

-    if (m_bDirty == FALSE) {

-        return NOERROR;

-    }

-

-    // Commit derived class changes

-

-    HRESULT hr = OnApplyChanges();

-    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {

-        m_bDirty = FALSE;

-    }

-    return hr;

-}

-

-

-// Base class definition for message handling

-

-INT_PTR CBasePropertyPage::OnReceiveMessage(HWND hwnd,UINT uMsg,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam)

-{

-    // we would like the TAB key to move around the tab stops in our property

-    // page, but for some reason OleCreatePropertyFrame clears the CONTROLPARENT

-    // style behind our back, so we need to switch it back on now behind its

-    // back.  Otherwise the tab key will be useless in every page.

-    //

-

-    CBasePropertyPage *pPropertyPage;

-    {

-        pPropertyPage = _GetWindowLongPtr<CBasePropertyPage*>(hwnd, DWLP_USER);

-

-        if (pPropertyPage->m_hwnd == NULL) {

-            return 0;

-        }

-        switch (uMsg) {

-          case WM_STYLECHANGING:

-              if (wParam == GWL_EXSTYLE) {

-                  LPSTYLESTRUCT lpss = (LPSTYLESTRUCT)lParam;

-                  lpss->styleNew |= WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT;

-                  return 0;

-              }

-        }

-    }

-		

-    return DefWindowProc(hwnd,uMsg,wParam,lParam);

-}

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/cprop.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/cprop.h
deleted file mode 100644
index db449406..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/cprop.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: CProp.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#ifndef __CPROP__

-#define __CPROP__

-

-// Base property page class. Filters typically expose custom properties by

-// implementing special control interfaces, examples are IDirectDrawVideo

-// and IQualProp on renderers. This allows property pages to be built that

-// use the given interface. Applications such as the ActiveMovie OCX query

-// filters for the property pages they support and expose them to the user

-//

-// This class provides all the framework for a property page. A property

-// page is a COM object that supports IPropertyPage. We should be created

-// with a resource ID for the dialog which we will load when required. We

-// should also be given in the constructor a resource ID for a title string

-// we will load from the DLLs STRINGTABLE. The property page titles must be

-// stored in resource files so that they can be easily internationalised

-//

-// We have a number of virtual methods (not PURE) that may be overriden in

-// derived classes to query for interfaces and so on. These functions have

-// simple implementations here that just return NOERROR. Derived classes

-// will almost definately have to override the message handler method called

-// OnReceiveMessage. We have a static dialog procedure that calls the method

-// so that derived classes don't have to fiddle around with the this pointer

-

-class AM_NOVTABLE CBasePropertyPage : public IPropertyPage, public CUnknown

-{

-protected:

-

-    LPPROPERTYPAGESITE m_pPageSite;       // Details for our property site

-    HWND m_hwnd;                          // Window handle for the page

-    HWND m_Dlg;                           // Actual dialog window handle

-    BOOL m_bDirty;                        // Has anything been changed

-    int m_TitleId;                        // Resource identifier for title

-    int m_DialogId;                       // Dialog resource identifier

-

-    static INT_PTR CALLBACK DialogProc(HWND hwnd,

-                                       UINT uMsg,

-                                       WPARAM wParam,

-                                       LPARAM lParam);

-

-private:

-    BOOL m_bObjectSet ;                  // SetObject has been called or not.

-public:

-

-    CBasePropertyPage(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,      // Debug only name

-                      __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, // COM Delegator

-                      int DialogId,               // Resource ID

-                      int TitleId);               // To get tital

-

-#ifdef UNICODE

-    CBasePropertyPage(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,

-                      __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,

-                      int DialogId,  

-                      int TitleId);

-#endif

-    virtual ~CBasePropertyPage() { };

-    DECLARE_IUNKNOWN

-

-    // Override these virtual methods

-

-    virtual HRESULT OnConnect(IUnknown *pUnknown) { return NOERROR; };

-    virtual HRESULT OnDisconnect() { return NOERROR; };

-    virtual HRESULT OnActivate() { return NOERROR; };

-    virtual HRESULT OnDeactivate() { return NOERROR; };

-    virtual HRESULT OnApplyChanges() { return NOERROR; };

-    virtual INT_PTR OnReceiveMessage(HWND hwnd,UINT uMsg,WPARAM wParam,LPARAM lParam);

-

-    // These implement an IPropertyPage interface

-

-    STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);

-    STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease();

-    STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingAddRef();

-    STDMETHODIMP SetPageSite(__in_opt LPPROPERTYPAGESITE pPageSite);

-    STDMETHODIMP Activate(HWND hwndParent, LPCRECT prect,BOOL fModal);

-    STDMETHODIMP Deactivate(void);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetPageInfo(__out LPPROPPAGEINFO pPageInfo);

-    STDMETHODIMP SetObjects(ULONG cObjects, __in_ecount_opt(cObjects) LPUNKNOWN *ppUnk);

-    STDMETHODIMP Show(UINT nCmdShow);

-    STDMETHODIMP Move(LPCRECT prect);

-    STDMETHODIMP IsPageDirty(void) { return m_bDirty ? S_OK : S_FALSE; }

-    STDMETHODIMP Apply(void);

-    STDMETHODIMP Help(LPCWSTR lpszHelpDir) { return E_NOTIMPL; }

-    STDMETHODIMP TranslateAccelerator(__inout LPMSG lpMsg) { return E_NOTIMPL; }

-};

-

-#endif // __CPROP__

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/ddmm.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/ddmm.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index bfa700cb..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/ddmm.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: DDMM.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements routines for using DirectDraw

-//       on a multimonitor system.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1995-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>

-#include <ddraw.h>

-#include "ddmm.h"

-

-/*

- * FindDeviceCallback

- */

-typedef struct {

-	LPSTR   szDevice;

-	GUID*   lpGUID;

-	GUID    GUID;

-	BOOL    fFound;

-}   FindDeviceData;

-

-BOOL CALLBACK FindDeviceCallback(__in_opt GUID* lpGUID, __in LPSTR szName, __in LPSTR szDevice, __in LPVOID lParam)

-{

-	FindDeviceData *p = (FindDeviceData*)lParam;

-

-	if (lstrcmpiA(p->szDevice, szDevice) == 0) {

-	    if (lpGUID) {

-		p->GUID = *lpGUID;

-		p->lpGUID = &p->GUID;

-	    } else {

-		p->lpGUID = NULL;

-	    }

-	    p->fFound = TRUE;

-	    return FALSE;

-	}

-	return TRUE;

-}

-

-

-BOOL CALLBACK FindDeviceCallbackEx(__in_opt GUID* lpGUID, __in LPSTR szName, __in LPSTR szDevice, __in LPVOID lParam, HMONITOR hMonitor)

-{

-	FindDeviceData *p = (FindDeviceData*)lParam;

-

-	if (lstrcmpiA(p->szDevice, szDevice) == 0) {

-	    if (lpGUID) {

-		p->GUID = *lpGUID;

-		p->lpGUID = &p->GUID;

-	    } else {

-		p->lpGUID = NULL;

-	    }

-	    p->fFound = TRUE;

-	    return FALSE;

-	}

-	return TRUE;

-}

-

-

-/*

- * DirectDrawCreateFromDevice

- *

- * create a DirectDraw object for a particular device

- */

-IDirectDraw * DirectDrawCreateFromDevice(__in_opt LPSTR szDevice, PDRAWCREATE DirectDrawCreateP, PDRAWENUM DirectDrawEnumerateP)

-{

-	IDirectDraw*    pdd = NULL;

-	FindDeviceData  find;

-

-	if (szDevice == NULL) {

-		DirectDrawCreateP(NULL, &pdd, NULL);

-		return pdd;

-	}

-

-	find.szDevice = szDevice;

-	find.fFound   = FALSE;

-	DirectDrawEnumerateP(FindDeviceCallback, (LPVOID)&find);

-

-	if (find.fFound)

-	{

-		//

-		// In 4bpp mode the following DDraw call causes a message box to be popped

-		// up by DDraw (!?!).  It's DDraw's fault, but we don't like it.  So we

-		// make sure it doesn't happen.

-		//

-		UINT ErrorMode = SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS);

-		DirectDrawCreateP(find.lpGUID, &pdd, NULL);

-		SetErrorMode(ErrorMode);

-	}

-

-	return pdd;

-}

-

-

-/*

- * DirectDrawCreateFromDeviceEx

- *

- * create a DirectDraw object for a particular device

- */

-IDirectDraw * DirectDrawCreateFromDeviceEx(__in_opt LPSTR szDevice, PDRAWCREATE DirectDrawCreateP, LPDIRECTDRAWENUMERATEEXA DirectDrawEnumerateExP)

-{

-	IDirectDraw*    pdd = NULL;

-	FindDeviceData  find;

-

-	if (szDevice == NULL) {

-		DirectDrawCreateP(NULL, &pdd, NULL);

-		return pdd;

-	}

-

-	find.szDevice = szDevice;

-	find.fFound   = FALSE;

-	DirectDrawEnumerateExP(FindDeviceCallbackEx, (LPVOID)&find,

-					DDENUM_ATTACHEDSECONDARYDEVICES);

-

-	if (find.fFound)

-	{

-		//

-		// In 4bpp mode the following DDraw call causes a message box to be popped

-		// up by DDraw (!?!).  It's DDraw's fault, but we don't like it.  So we

-		// make sure it doesn't happen.

-		//

-		UINT ErrorMode = SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS);

-		DirectDrawCreateP(find.lpGUID, &pdd, NULL);

-		SetErrorMode(ErrorMode);

-	}

-

-	return pdd;

-}

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/ddmm.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/ddmm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b311bc1..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/ddmm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: DDMM.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - efines routines for using DirectDraw 

-//       on a multimonitor system.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1995-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#ifdef __cplusplus

-extern "C" {            /* Assume C declarations for C++ */

-#endif  /* __cplusplus */

-

-// DDRAW.H might not include these

-#ifndef DDENUM_ATTACHEDSECONDARYDEVICES

-#define DDENUM_ATTACHEDSECONDARYDEVICES     0x00000001L

-#endif

-

-typedef HRESULT (*PDRAWCREATE)(IID *,LPDIRECTDRAW *,LPUNKNOWN);

-typedef HRESULT (*PDRAWENUM)(LPDDENUMCALLBACKA, LPVOID);

-

-IDirectDraw * DirectDrawCreateFromDevice(__in_opt LPSTR, PDRAWCREATE, PDRAWENUM);

-IDirectDraw * DirectDrawCreateFromDeviceEx(__in_opt LPSTR, PDRAWCREATE, LPDIRECTDRAWENUMERATEEXA);

-

-#ifdef __cplusplus

-}

-#endif	/* __cplusplus */

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/dllentry.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/dllentry.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 130aad6a..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/dllentry.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,367 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: DlleEntry.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements classes used to support dll

-//       entry points for COM objects.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>

-#include <initguid.h>

-

-#ifdef DEBUG

-#ifdef UNICODE

-#ifndef _UNICODE

-#define _UNICODE

-#endif // _UNICODE

-#endif // UNICODE

-

-#include <tchar.h>

-#endif // DEBUG

-#include <strsafe.h>

-

-extern CFactoryTemplate g_Templates[];

-extern int g_cTemplates;

-

-HINSTANCE g_hInst;

-DWORD	  g_amPlatform;		// VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS etc... (from GetVersionEx)

-OSVERSIONINFO g_osInfo;

-

-//

-// an instance of this is created by the DLLGetClassObject entrypoint

-// it uses the CFactoryTemplate object it is given to support the

-// IClassFactory interface

-

-class CClassFactory : public IClassFactory, public CBaseObject

-{

-

-private:

-    const CFactoryTemplate *const m_pTemplate;

-

-    ULONG m_cRef;

-

-    static int m_cLocked;

-public:

-    CClassFactory(const CFactoryTemplate *);

-

-    // IUnknown

-    STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);

-    STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)AddRef();

-    STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)Release();

-

-    // IClassFactory

-    STDMETHODIMP CreateInstance(LPUNKNOWN pUnkOuter, REFIID riid, __deref_out void **pv);

-    STDMETHODIMP LockServer(BOOL fLock);

-

-    // allow DLLGetClassObject to know about global server lock status

-    static BOOL IsLocked() {

-        return (m_cLocked > 0);

-    };

-};

-

-// process-wide dll locked state

-int CClassFactory::m_cLocked = 0;

-

-CClassFactory::CClassFactory(const CFactoryTemplate *pTemplate)

-: CBaseObject(NAME("Class Factory"))

-, m_cRef(0)

-, m_pTemplate(pTemplate)

-{

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CClassFactory::QueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv)

-{

-    CheckPointer(ppv,E_POINTER)

-    ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));

-    *ppv = NULL;

-

-    // any interface on this object is the object pointer.

-    if ((riid == IID_IUnknown) || (riid == IID_IClassFactory)) {

-        *ppv = (LPVOID) this;

-	// AddRef returned interface pointer

-        ((LPUNKNOWN) *ppv)->AddRef();

-        return NOERROR;

-    }

-

-    return ResultFromScode(E_NOINTERFACE);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)

-CClassFactory::AddRef()

-{

-    return ++m_cRef;

-}

-

-STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)

-CClassFactory::Release()

-{

-    LONG lRef = InterlockedDecrement((volatile LONG *)&m_cRef);

-    if (lRef == 0) {

-        delete this;

-        return 0;

-    } else {

-        return lRef;

-    }

-}

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CClassFactory::CreateInstance(

-    LPUNKNOWN pUnkOuter,

-    REFIID riid,

-    __deref_out void **pv)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pv,E_POINTER)

-    ValidateReadWritePtr(pv,sizeof(void *));

-    *pv = NULL;

-

-    /* Enforce the normal OLE rules regarding interfaces and delegation */

-

-    if (pUnkOuter != NULL) {

-        if (IsEqualIID(riid,IID_IUnknown) == FALSE) {

-            *pv = NULL;

-            return ResultFromScode(E_NOINTERFACE);

-        }

-    }

-

-    /* Create the new object through the derived class's create function */

-

-    HRESULT hr = NOERROR;

-    CUnknown *pObj = m_pTemplate->CreateInstance(pUnkOuter, &hr);

-

-    if (pObj == NULL) {

-        *pv = NULL;

-	if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {

-	    hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-	}

-	return hr;

-    }

-

-    /* Delete the object if we got a construction error */

-

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        delete pObj;

-        *pv = NULL;

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    /* Get a reference counted interface on the object */

-

-    /* We wrap the non-delegating QI with NDAddRef & NDRelease. */

-    /* This protects any outer object from being prematurely    */

-    /* released by an inner object that may have to be created  */

-    /* in order to supply the requested interface.              */

-    pObj->NonDelegatingAddRef();

-    hr = pObj->NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, pv);

-    pObj->NonDelegatingRelease();

-    /* Note that if NonDelegatingQueryInterface fails, it will  */

-    /* not increment the ref count, so the NonDelegatingRelease */

-    /* will drop the ref back to zero and the object will "self-*/

-    /* destruct".  Hence we don't need additional tidy-up code  */

-    /* to cope with NonDelegatingQueryInterface failing.        */

-

-    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {

-        ASSERT(*pv);

-    }

-

-    return hr;

-}

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CClassFactory::LockServer(BOOL fLock)

-{

-    if (fLock) {

-        m_cLocked++;

-    } else {

-        m_cLocked--;

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// --- COM entrypoints -----------------------------------------

-

-//called by COM to get the class factory object for a given class

-__control_entrypoint(DllExport) STDAPI

-DllGetClassObject(

-    __in REFCLSID rClsID,

-    __in REFIID riid,

-    __deref_out void **pv)

-{

-    *pv = NULL;

-    if (!(riid == IID_IUnknown) && !(riid == IID_IClassFactory)) {

-            return E_NOINTERFACE;

-    }

-

-    // traverse the array of templates looking for one with this

-    // class id

-    for (int i = 0; i < g_cTemplates; i++) {

-        const CFactoryTemplate * pT = &g_Templates[i];

-        if (pT->IsClassID(rClsID)) {

-

-            // found a template - make a class factory based on this

-            // template

-

-            *pv = (LPVOID) (LPUNKNOWN) new CClassFactory(pT);

-            if (*pv == NULL) {

-                return E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-            }

-            ((LPUNKNOWN)*pv)->AddRef();

-            return NOERROR;

-        }

-    }

-    return CLASS_E_CLASSNOTAVAILABLE;

-}

-

-//

-//  Call any initialization routines

-//

-void

-DllInitClasses(BOOL bLoading)

-{

-    int i;

-

-    // traverse the array of templates calling the init routine

-    // if they have one

-    for (i = 0; i < g_cTemplates; i++) {

-        const CFactoryTemplate * pT = &g_Templates[i];

-        if (pT->m_lpfnInit != NULL) {

-            (*pT->m_lpfnInit)(bLoading, pT->m_ClsID);

-        }

-    }

-

-}

-

-// called by COM to determine if this dll can be unloaded

-// return ok unless there are outstanding objects or a lock requested

-// by IClassFactory::LockServer

-//

-// CClassFactory has a static function that can tell us about the locks,

-// and CCOMObject has a static function that can tell us about the active

-// object count

-STDAPI

-DllCanUnloadNow()

-{

-    DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,2,TEXT("DLLCanUnloadNow called - IsLocked = %d, Active objects = %d"),

-        CClassFactory::IsLocked(),

-        CBaseObject::ObjectsActive()));

-

-    if (CClassFactory::IsLocked() || CBaseObject::ObjectsActive()) {

-	return S_FALSE;

-    } else {

-        return S_OK;

-    }

-}

-

-

-// --- standard WIN32 entrypoints --------------------------------------

-

-

-extern "C" void __cdecl __security_init_cookie(void);

-extern "C" BOOL WINAPI _DllEntryPoint(HINSTANCE, ULONG, __inout_opt LPVOID);

-#pragma comment(linker, "/merge:.CRT=.rdata")

-

-extern "C"

-DECLSPEC_NOINLINE

-BOOL 

-WINAPI

-DllEntryPoint(

-    HINSTANCE hInstance, 

-    ULONG ulReason, 

-    __inout_opt LPVOID pv

-    )

-{

-    if ( ulReason == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH ) {

-        // Must happen before any other code is executed.  Thankfully - it's re-entrant

-        __security_init_cookie();

-    }

-    return _DllEntryPoint(hInstance, ulReason, pv);

-}

-

-

-DECLSPEC_NOINLINE

-BOOL 

-WINAPI

-_DllEntryPoint(

-    HINSTANCE hInstance, 

-    ULONG ulReason, 

-    __inout_opt LPVOID pv

-    )

-{

-#ifdef DEBUG

-    extern bool g_fDbgInDllEntryPoint;

-    g_fDbgInDllEntryPoint = true;

-#endif

-

-    switch (ulReason)

-    {

-

-    case DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH:

-        DisableThreadLibraryCalls(hInstance);

-        DbgInitialise(hInstance);

-

-    	{

-    	    // The platform identifier is used to work out whether

-    	    // full unicode support is available or not.  Hence the

-    	    // default will be the lowest common denominator - i.e. N/A

-                g_amPlatform = VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS; // win95 assumed in case GetVersionEx fails

-    

-                g_osInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(g_osInfo);

-                if (GetVersionEx(&g_osInfo)) {

-            	g_amPlatform = g_osInfo.dwPlatformId;

-    	    } else {

-    		DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Failed to get the OS platform, assuming Win95")));

-    	    }

-    	}

-

-        g_hInst = hInstance;

-        DllInitClasses(TRUE);

-        break;

-

-    case DLL_PROCESS_DETACH:

-        DllInitClasses(FALSE);

-

-#ifdef DEBUG

-        if (CBaseObject::ObjectsActive()) {

-            DbgSetModuleLevel(LOG_MEMORY, 2);

-            TCHAR szInfo[512];

-            extern TCHAR m_ModuleName[];     // Cut down module name

-

-            TCHAR FullName[_MAX_PATH];      // Load the full path and module name

-            TCHAR *pName;                   // Searches from the end for a backslash

-

-            GetModuleFileName(NULL,FullName,_MAX_PATH);

-            pName = _tcsrchr(FullName,'\\');

-            if (pName == NULL) {

-                pName = FullName;

-            } else {

-                pName++;

-            }

-

-            (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo, NUMELMS(szInfo), TEXT("Executable: %s  Pid %x  Tid %x. "),

-			    pName, GetCurrentProcessId(), GetCurrentThreadId());

-

-            (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo+lstrlen(szInfo), NUMELMS(szInfo) - lstrlen(szInfo), TEXT("Module %s, %d objects left active!"),

-                     m_ModuleName, CBaseObject::ObjectsActive());

-            DbgAssert(szInfo, TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__);

-

-	    // If running remotely wait for the Assert to be acknowledged

-	    // before dumping out the object register

-            DbgDumpObjectRegister();

-        }

-        DbgTerminate();

-#endif

-        break;

-    }

-

-#ifdef DEBUG

-    g_fDbgInDllEntryPoint = false;

-#endif

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/dllsetup.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/dllsetup.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index ede9c3fd..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/dllsetup.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,693 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: DllSetup.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>

-#include <strsafe.h>

-

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// defines

-

-#define MAX_KEY_LEN  260

-

-

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// externally defined functions/variable

-

-extern int g_cTemplates;

-extern CFactoryTemplate g_Templates[];

-

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-//

-// EliminateSubKey

-//

-// Try to enumerate all keys under this one.

-// if we find anything, delete it completely.

-// Otherwise just delete it.

-//

-// note - this was pinched/duplicated from

-// Filgraph\Mapper.cpp - so should it be in

-// a lib somewhere?

-//

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-STDAPI

-EliminateSubKey( HKEY hkey, LPCTSTR strSubKey )

-{

-  HKEY hk;

-  if (0 == lstrlen(strSubKey) ) {

-      // defensive approach

-      return E_FAIL;

-  }

-

-  LONG lreturn = RegOpenKeyEx( hkey

-                             , strSubKey

-                             , 0

-                             , MAXIMUM_ALLOWED

-                             , &hk );

-

-  ASSERT(    lreturn == ERROR_SUCCESS

-          || lreturn == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND

-          || lreturn == ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE );

-

-  if( ERROR_SUCCESS == lreturn )

-  {

-    // Keep on enumerating the first (zero-th)

-    // key and deleting that

-

-    for( ; ; )

-    {

-      TCHAR Buffer[MAX_KEY_LEN];

-      DWORD dw = MAX_KEY_LEN;

-      FILETIME ft;

-

-      lreturn = RegEnumKeyEx( hk

-                            , 0

-                            , Buffer

-                            , &dw

-                            , NULL

-                            , NULL

-                            , NULL

-                            , &ft);

-

-      ASSERT(    lreturn == ERROR_SUCCESS

-              || lreturn == ERROR_NO_MORE_ITEMS );

-

-      if( ERROR_SUCCESS == lreturn )

-      {

-        EliminateSubKey(hk, Buffer);

-      }

-      else

-      {

-        break;

-      }

-    }

-

-    RegCloseKey(hk);

-    RegDeleteKey(hkey, strSubKey);

-  }

-

-  return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-//

-// AMovieSetupRegisterServer()

-//

-// registers specfied file "szFileName" as server for

-// CLSID "clsServer".  A description is also required.

-// The ThreadingModel and ServerType are optional, as

-// they default to InprocServer32 (i.e. dll) and Both.

-//

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-STDAPI

-AMovieSetupRegisterServer( CLSID   clsServer

-                         , LPCWSTR szDescription

-                         , LPCWSTR szFileName

-                         , LPCWSTR szThreadingModel = L"Both"

-                         , LPCWSTR szServerType     = L"InprocServer32" )

-{

-  // temp buffer

-  //

-  TCHAR achTemp[MAX_PATH];

-

-  // convert CLSID uuid to string and write

-  // out subkey as string - CLSID\{}

-  //

-  OLECHAR szCLSID[CHARS_IN_GUID];

-  HRESULT hr = StringFromGUID2( clsServer

-                              , szCLSID

-                              , CHARS_IN_GUID );

-  ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );

-

-  // create key

-  //

-  HKEY hkey;

-  (void)StringCchPrintf( achTemp, NUMELMS(achTemp), TEXT("CLSID\\%ls"), szCLSID );

-  LONG lreturn = RegCreateKey( HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT

-                             , (LPCTSTR)achTemp

-                             , &hkey              );

-  if( ERROR_SUCCESS != lreturn )

-  {

-    return AmHresultFromWin32(lreturn);

-  }

-

-  // set description string

-  //

-

-  (void)StringCchPrintf( achTemp, NUMELMS(achTemp), TEXT("%ls"), szDescription );

-  lreturn = RegSetValue( hkey

-                       , (LPCTSTR)NULL

-                       , REG_SZ

-                       , achTemp

-                       , sizeof(achTemp) );

-  if( ERROR_SUCCESS != lreturn )

-  {

-    RegCloseKey( hkey );

-    return AmHresultFromWin32(lreturn);

-  }

-

-  // create CLSID\\{"CLSID"}\\"ServerType" key,

-  // using key to CLSID\\{"CLSID"} passed back by

-  // last call to RegCreateKey().

-  //

-  HKEY hsubkey;

-

-  (void)StringCchPrintf( achTemp, NUMELMS(achTemp), TEXT("%ls"), szServerType );

-  lreturn = RegCreateKey( hkey

-                        , achTemp

-                        , &hsubkey     );

-  if( ERROR_SUCCESS != lreturn )

-  {

-    RegCloseKey( hkey );

-    return AmHresultFromWin32(lreturn);

-  }

-

-  // set Server string

-  //

-  (void)StringCchPrintf( achTemp, NUMELMS(achTemp), TEXT("%ls"), szFileName );

-  lreturn = RegSetValue( hsubkey

-                       , (LPCTSTR)NULL

-                       , REG_SZ

-                       , (LPCTSTR)achTemp

-                       , sizeof(TCHAR) * (lstrlen(achTemp)+1) );

-  if( ERROR_SUCCESS != lreturn )

-  {

-    RegCloseKey( hkey );

-    RegCloseKey( hsubkey );

-    return AmHresultFromWin32(lreturn);

-  }

-

-  (void)StringCchPrintf( achTemp, NUMELMS(achTemp), TEXT("%ls"), szThreadingModel );

-  lreturn = RegSetValueEx( hsubkey

-                         , TEXT("ThreadingModel")

-                         , 0L

-                         , REG_SZ

-                         , (CONST BYTE *)achTemp

-                         , sizeof(TCHAR) * (lstrlen(achTemp)+1) );

-

-  // close hkeys

-  //

-  RegCloseKey( hkey );

-  RegCloseKey( hsubkey );

-

-  // and return

-  //

-  return HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(lreturn);

-

-}

-

-

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-//

-// AMovieSetupUnregisterServer()

-//

-// default ActiveMovie dll setup function

-// - to use must be called from an exported

-//   function named DllRegisterServer()

-//

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-STDAPI

-AMovieSetupUnregisterServer( CLSID clsServer )

-{

-  // convert CLSID uuid to string and write

-  // out subkey CLSID\{}

-  //

-  OLECHAR szCLSID[CHARS_IN_GUID];

-  HRESULT hr = StringFromGUID2( clsServer

-                              , szCLSID

-                              , CHARS_IN_GUID );

-  ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );

-

-  TCHAR achBuffer[MAX_KEY_LEN];

-  (void)StringCchPrintf( achBuffer, NUMELMS(achBuffer), TEXT("CLSID\\%ls"), szCLSID );

-

-  // delete subkey

-  //

-

-  hr = EliminateSubKey( HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, achBuffer );

-  ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );

-

-  // return

-  //

-  return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-//

-// AMovieSetupRegisterFilter through IFilterMapper2

-//

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-STDAPI

-AMovieSetupRegisterFilter2( const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * const psetupdata

-                          , IFilterMapper2 *                 pIFM2

-                          , BOOL                             bRegister  )

-{

-  DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= AMovieSetupRegisterFilter")));

-

-  // check we've got data

-  //

-  if( NULL == psetupdata ) return S_FALSE;

-

-

-  // unregister filter

-  // (as pins are subkeys of filter's CLSID key

-  // they do not need to be removed separately).

-  //

-  DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = unregister filter")));

-  HRESULT hr = pIFM2->UnregisterFilter(

-      0,                        // default category

-      0,                        // default instance name

-      *psetupdata->clsID );

-

-

-  if( bRegister )

-  {

-    REGFILTER2 rf2;

-    rf2.dwVersion = 1;

-    rf2.dwMerit = psetupdata->dwMerit;

-    rf2.cPins = psetupdata->nPins;

-    rf2.rgPins = psetupdata->lpPin;

-    

-    // register filter

-    //

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("= = register filter")));

-    hr = pIFM2->RegisterFilter(*psetupdata->clsID

-                             , psetupdata->strName

-                             , 0 // moniker

-                             , 0 // category

-                             , NULL // instance

-                             , &rf2);

-  }

-

-  // handle one acceptable "error" - that

-  // of filter not being registered!

-  // (couldn't find a suitable #define'd

-  // name for the error!)

-  //

-  if( 0x80070002 == hr)

-    return NOERROR;

-  else

-    return hr;

-}

-

-

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-//

-// RegisterAllServers()

-//

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-STDAPI

-RegisterAllServers( LPCWSTR szFileName, BOOL bRegister )

-{

-  HRESULT hr = NOERROR;

-

-  for( int i = 0; i < g_cTemplates; i++ )

-  {

-    // get i'th template

-    //

-    const CFactoryTemplate *pT = &g_Templates[i];

-

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- - register %ls"),

-           (LPCWSTR)pT->m_Name ));

-

-    // register CLSID and InprocServer32

-    //

-    if( bRegister )

-    {

-      hr = AMovieSetupRegisterServer( *(pT->m_ClsID)

-                                    , (LPCWSTR)pT->m_Name

-                                    , szFileName );

-    }

-    else

-    {

-      hr = AMovieSetupUnregisterServer( *(pT->m_ClsID) );

-    }

-

-    // check final error for this pass

-    // and break loop if we failed

-    //

-    if( FAILED(hr) )

-      break;

-  }

-

-  return hr;

-}

-

-

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-//

-// AMovieDllRegisterServer2()

-//

-// default ActiveMovie dll setup function

-// - to use must be called from an exported

-//   function named DllRegisterServer()

-//

-// this function is table driven using the

-// static members of the CFactoryTemplate

-// class defined in the dll.

-//

-// it registers the Dll as the InprocServer32

-// and then calls the IAMovieSetup.Register

-// method.

-//

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-STDAPI

-AMovieDllRegisterServer2( BOOL bRegister )

-{

-  HRESULT hr = NOERROR;

-

-  DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("AMovieDllRegisterServer2()")));

-

-  // get file name (where g_hInst is the

-  // instance handle of the filter dll)

-  //

-  WCHAR achFileName[MAX_PATH];

-

-  // WIN95 doesn't support GetModuleFileNameW

-  //

-  {

-    char achTemp[MAX_PATH];

-

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- get module file name")));

-

-    // g_hInst handle is set in our dll entry point. Make sure

-    // DllEntryPoint in dllentry.cpp is called

-    ASSERT(g_hInst != 0);

-

-    if( 0 == GetModuleFileNameA( g_hInst

-                              , achTemp

-                              , sizeof(achTemp) ) )

-    {

-      // we've failed!

-      DWORD dwerr = GetLastError();

-      return AmHresultFromWin32(dwerr);

-    }

-

-    MultiByteToWideChar( CP_ACP

-                       , 0L

-                       , achTemp

-                       , lstrlenA(achTemp) + 1

-                       , achFileName

-                       , NUMELMS(achFileName) );

-  }

-

-  //

-  // first registering, register all OLE servers

-  //

-  if( bRegister )

-  {

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- register OLE Servers")));

-    hr = RegisterAllServers( achFileName, TRUE );

-  }

-

-  //

-  // next, register/unregister all filters

-  //

-

-  if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )

-  {

-    // init is ref counted so call just in case

-    // we're being called cold.

-    //

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- CoInitialize")));

-    hr = CoInitialize( (LPVOID)NULL );

-    ASSERT( SUCCEEDED(hr) );

-

-    // get hold of IFilterMapper2

-    //

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- obtain IFilterMapper2")));

-    IFilterMapper2 *pIFM2 = 0;

-    IFilterMapper *pIFM = 0;

-    hr = CoCreateInstance( CLSID_FilterMapper2

-                         , NULL

-                         , CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER

-                         , IID_IFilterMapper2

-                         , (void **)&pIFM2       );

-    if(FAILED(hr))

-    {

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- trying IFilterMapper instead")));

-

-        hr = CoCreateInstance(

-            CLSID_FilterMapper,

-            NULL,

-            CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER,

-            IID_IFilterMapper,

-            (void **)&pIFM);

-    }

-    if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )

-    {

-      // scan through array of CFactoryTemplates

-      // registering servers and filters.

-      //

-      DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- register Filters")));

-      for( int i = 0; i < g_cTemplates; i++ )

-      {

-        // get i'th template

-        //

-        const CFactoryTemplate *pT = &g_Templates[i];

-

-        if( NULL != pT->m_pAMovieSetup_Filter )

-        {

-          DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- - register %ls"), (LPCWSTR)pT->m_Name ));

-

-          if(pIFM2)

-          {

-              hr = AMovieSetupRegisterFilter2( pT->m_pAMovieSetup_Filter, pIFM2, bRegister );

-          }

-          else

-          {

-              hr = AMovieSetupRegisterFilter( pT->m_pAMovieSetup_Filter, pIFM, bRegister );

-          }

-        }

-

-        // check final error for this pass

-        // and break loop if we failed

-        //

-        if( FAILED(hr) )

-          break;

-      }

-

-      // release interface

-      //

-      if(pIFM2)

-          pIFM2->Release();

-      else

-          pIFM->Release();

-

-    }

-

-    // and clear up

-    //

-    CoFreeUnusedLibraries();

-    CoUninitialize();

-  }

-

-  //

-  // if unregistering, unregister all OLE servers

-  //

-  if( SUCCEEDED(hr) && !bRegister )

-  {

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- register OLE Servers")));

-    hr = RegisterAllServers( achFileName, FALSE );

-  }

-

-  DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("- return %0x"), hr));

-  return hr;

-}

-

-

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-//

-// AMovieDllRegisterServer()

-//

-// default ActiveMovie dll setup function

-// - to use must be called from an exported

-//   function named DllRegisterServer()

-//

-// this function is table driven using the

-// static members of the CFactoryTemplate

-// class defined in the dll.

-//

-// it registers the Dll as the InprocServer32

-// and then calls the IAMovieSetup.Register

-// method.

-//

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-STDAPI

-AMovieDllRegisterServer( void )

-{

-  HRESULT hr = NOERROR;

-

-  // get file name (where g_hInst is the

-  // instance handle of the filter dll)

-  //

-  WCHAR achFileName[MAX_PATH];

-

-  {

-    // WIN95 doesn't support GetModuleFileNameW

-    //

-    char achTemp[MAX_PATH];

-

-    if( 0 == GetModuleFileNameA( g_hInst

-                              , achTemp

-                              , sizeof(achTemp) ) )

-    {

-      // we've failed!

-      DWORD dwerr = GetLastError();

-      return AmHresultFromWin32(dwerr);

-    }

-

-    MultiByteToWideChar( CP_ACP

-                       , 0L

-                       , achTemp

-                       , lstrlenA(achTemp) + 1

-                       , achFileName

-                       , NUMELMS(achFileName) );

-  }

-

-  // scan through array of CFactoryTemplates

-  // registering servers and filters.

-  //

-  for( int i = 0; i < g_cTemplates; i++ )

-  {

-    // get i'th template

-    //

-    const CFactoryTemplate *pT = &g_Templates[i];

-

-    // register CLSID and InprocServer32

-    //

-    hr = AMovieSetupRegisterServer( *(pT->m_ClsID)

-                                  , (LPCWSTR)pT->m_Name

-                                  , achFileName );

-

-    // instantiate all servers and get hold of

-    // IAMovieSetup, if implemented, and call

-    // IAMovieSetup.Register() method

-    //

-    if( SUCCEEDED(hr) && (NULL != pT->m_lpfnNew) )

-    {

-      // instantiate object

-      //

-      PAMOVIESETUP psetup;

-      hr = CoCreateInstance( *(pT->m_ClsID)

-                           , 0

-                           , CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER

-                           , IID_IAMovieSetup

-                           , reinterpret_cast<void**>(&psetup) );

-      if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )

-      {

-        hr = psetup->Unregister();

-        if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )

-          hr = psetup->Register();

-        psetup->Release();

-      }

-      else

-      {

-        if(    (E_NOINTERFACE      == hr )

-            || (VFW_E_NEED_OWNER == hr ) )

-          hr = NOERROR;

-      }

-    }

-

-    // check final error for this pass

-    // and break loop if we failed

-    //

-    if( FAILED(hr) )

-      break;

-

-  } // end-for

-

-  return hr;

-}

-

-

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-//

-// AMovieDllUnregisterServer()

-//

-// default ActiveMovie dll uninstall function

-// - to use must be called from an exported

-//   function named DllRegisterServer()

-//

-// this function is table driven using the

-// static members of the CFactoryTemplate

-// class defined in the dll.

-//

-// it calls the IAMovieSetup.Unregister

-// method and then unregisters the Dll

-// as the InprocServer32

-//

-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-STDAPI

-AMovieDllUnregisterServer()

-{

-  // initialize return code

-  //

-  HRESULT hr = NOERROR;

-

-  // scan through CFactory template and unregister

-  // all OLE servers and filters.

-  //

-  for( int i = g_cTemplates; i--; )

-  {

-    // get i'th template

-    //

-    const CFactoryTemplate *pT = &g_Templates[i];

-

-    // check method exists

-    //

-    if( NULL != pT->m_lpfnNew )

-    {

-      // instantiate object

-      //

-      PAMOVIESETUP psetup;

-      hr = CoCreateInstance( *(pT->m_ClsID)

-                           , 0

-                           , CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER

-                           , IID_IAMovieSetup

-                           , reinterpret_cast<void**>(&psetup) );

-      if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )

-      {

-        hr = psetup->Unregister();

-        psetup->Release();

-      }

-      else

-      {

-        if(    (E_NOINTERFACE      == hr )

-            || (VFW_E_NEED_OWNER == hr ) )

-           hr = NOERROR;

-      }

-    }

-

-    // unregister CLSID and InprocServer32

-    //

-    if( SUCCEEDED(hr) )

-    {

-      hr = AMovieSetupUnregisterServer( *(pT->m_ClsID) );

-    }

-

-    // check final error for this pass

-    // and break loop if we failed

-    //

-    if( FAILED(hr) )

-      break;

-  }

-

-  return hr;

-}

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/dllsetup.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/dllsetup.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e363b8b6..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/dllsetup.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: DllSetup.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-// To be self registering, OLE servers must

-// export functions named DllRegisterServer

-// and DllUnregisterServer.  To allow use of

-// custom and default implementations the

-// defaults are named AMovieDllRegisterServer

-// and AMovieDllUnregisterServer.

-//

-// To the use the default implementation you

-// must provide stub functions.

-//

-// i.e. STDAPI DllRegisterServer()

-//      {

-//        return AMovieDllRegisterServer();

-//      }

-//

-//      STDAPI DllUnregisterServer()

-//      {

-//        return AMovieDllUnregisterServer();

-//      }

-//

-//

-// AMovieDllRegisterServer   calls IAMovieSetup.Register(), and

-// AMovieDllUnregisterServer calls IAMovieSetup.Unregister().

-

-STDAPI AMovieDllRegisterServer2( BOOL );

-STDAPI AMovieDllRegisterServer();

-STDAPI AMovieDllUnregisterServer();

-

-// helper functions

-STDAPI EliminateSubKey( HKEY, LPCTSTR );

-

-

-STDAPI

-AMovieSetupRegisterFilter2( const AMOVIESETUP_FILTER * const psetupdata

-                          , IFilterMapper2 *         pIFM2

-                          , BOOL                             bRegister  );

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/dxmperf.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/dxmperf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 54a21203..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/dxmperf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: DXMPerf.h

-//

-// Desc: Macros for DirectShow performance logging.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#ifndef _DXMPERF_H_

-#define _DXMPERF_H_

-

-#include <perfstruct.h>

-#include "perflog.h"

-

-#ifdef _IA64_

-extern "C" unsigned __int64 __getReg( int whichReg );

-#pragma intrinsic(__getReg)

-#endif // _IA64_

-

-

-inline ULONGLONG _RDTSC( void ) {

-#ifdef _X86_

-    LARGE_INTEGER   li;

-    __asm {

-        _emit   0x0F

-        _emit   0x31

-        mov li.LowPart,eax

-        mov li.HighPart,edx

-    }

-    return li.QuadPart;

-

-#if 0 // This isn't tested yet

-

-#elif defined (_IA64_)

-

-#define INL_REGID_APITC 3116

-    return __getReg( INL_REGID_APITC );

-

-#endif // 0

-

-#else // unsupported platform

-    // not implemented on non x86/IA64 platforms

-    return 0;

-#endif // _X86_/_IA64_

-}

-

-#define DXMPERF_VIDEOREND   0x00000001

-#define DXMPERF_AUDIOGLITCH 0x00000002

-//#define GETTIME_BIT         0x00000001

-//#define AUDIOREND_BIT       0x00000004

-//#define FRAMEDROP_BIT       0x00000008

-#define AUDIOBREAK_BIT      0x00000010

-#define DXMPERF_AUDIORECV   0x00000020

-#define DXMPERF_AUDIOSLAVE  0x00000040

-#define DXMPERF_AUDIOBREAK  0x00000080

-

-#define PERFLOG_CTOR( name, iface )

-#define PERFLOG_DTOR( name, iface )

-#define PERFLOG_DELIVER( name, source, dest, sample, pmt )

-#define PERFLOG_RECEIVE( name, source, dest, sample, pmt )

-#define PERFLOG_RUN( name, iface, time, oldstate )

-#define PERFLOG_PAUSE( name, iface, oldstate )

-#define PERFLOG_STOP( name, iface, oldstate )

-#define PERFLOG_JOINGRAPH( name, iface, graph )

-#define PERFLOG_GETBUFFER( allocator, sample )

-#define PERFLOG_RELBUFFER( allocator, sample )

-#define PERFLOG_CONNECT( connector, connectee, status, pmt )

-#define PERFLOG_RXCONNECT( connector, connectee, status, pmt )

-#define PERFLOG_DISCONNECT( disconnector, disconnectee, status )

-

-#define PERFLOG_GETTIME( clock, time )    /*{ \

-    PERFINFO_WMI_GETTIME    perfData; \

-    if (NULL != g_pTraceEvent) { \

-        memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \

-        perfData.header.Size  = sizeof( perfData ); \

-        perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \

-        perfData.header.Guid  = GUID_GETTIME; \

-        perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \

-        perfData.data.dshowClock   = (ULONGLONG) (time); \

-        if (g_perfMasks[GETTIME_INDEX] & GETTIME_BIT) \

-            (*g_pTraceEvent)( g_traceHandle, (PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData ); \

-        } \

-    }*/

-

-#define PERFLOG_AUDIOREND( clocktime, sampletime, psample, bytetime, cbytes ) /*{ \

-    PERFINFO_WMI_AVREND    perfData; \

-    if (NULL != g_pTraceEvent) { \

-        memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \

-        perfData.header.Size  = sizeof( perfData ); \

-        perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \

-        perfData.header.Guid  = GUID_AUDIOREND; \

-        perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \

-        perfData.data.dshowClock   = (clocktime); \

-        perfData.data.sampleTime   = (sampletime); \

-        if (g_perfMasks[AUDIOREND_INDEX] & AUDIOREND_BIT) \

-            (*g_pTraceEvent)( g_traceHandle, (PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData ); \

-        } \

-    }*/

-

-#define PERFLOG_AUDIORECV(StreamTime,SampleStart,SampleStop,Discontinuity,Duration) \

-    if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_AUDIORECV) {           \

-        PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIORECV  perfData;                   \

-        memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) );         \

-        perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData );          \

-        perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID;     \

-        perfData.header.Guid        = GUID_AUDIORECV;       \

-        perfData.data.streamTime    = StreamTime;           \

-        perfData.data.sampleStart   = SampleStart;          \

-        perfData.data.sampleStop    = SampleStop;           \

-        perfData.data.discontinuity = Discontinuity;        \

-        perfData.data.hwduration    = Duration;             \

-        PerflogTraceEvent((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \

-    }

-

-#define PERFLOG_AUDIOSLAVE(MasterClock,SlaveClock,ErrorAccum,LastHighErrorSeen,LastLowErrorSeen) \

-    if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_AUDIOSLAVE) {          \

-        PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOSLAVE perfData;                   \

-        memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) );         \

-        perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData );          \

-        perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID;     \

-        perfData.header.Guid            = GUID_AUDIOSLAVE;  \

-        perfData.data.masterClock       = MasterClock;      \

-        perfData.data.slaveClock        = SlaveClock;       \

-        perfData.data.errorAccum        = ErrorAccum;       \

-        perfData.data.lastHighErrorSeen = LastHighErrorSeen;\

-        perfData.data.lastLowErrorSeen  = LastLowErrorSeen; \

-        PerflogTraceEvent((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \

-    }

-

-#define PERFLOG_AUDIOADDBREAK(IterNextWrite,OffsetNextWrite,IterWrite,OffsetWrite) \

-    if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_AUDIOBREAK) {              \

-        PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOADDBREAK perfData;                    \

-        memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) );             \

-        perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData );              \

-        perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID;         \

-        perfData.header.Guid            = GUID_AUDIOADDBREAK;   \

-        perfData.data.iterNextWrite     = IterNextWrite;        \

-        perfData.data.offsetNextWrite   = OffsetNextWrite;      \

-        perfData.data.iterWrite         = IterWrite;            \

-        perfData.data.offsetWrite       = OffsetWrite;          \

-        PerflogTraceEvent((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData);     \

-    }

-

-#define PERFLOG_VIDEOREND( sampletime, clocktime, psample ) \

-    if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_VIDEOREND) { \

-        PERFINFO_WMI_AVREND perfData; \

-        memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \

-        perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \

-        perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \

-        perfData.header.Guid = GUID_VIDEOREND; \

-        perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \

-        perfData.data.dshowClock = (clocktime); \

-        perfData.data.sampleTime = (sampletime); \

-        PerflogTraceEvent ((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \

-    }

-

-#define PERFLOG_AUDIOGLITCH( instance, glitchtype, currenttime, previoustime ) \

-    if (PerflogEnableFlags & DXMPERF_AUDIOGLITCH) { \

-        PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOGLITCH perfData; \

-        memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \

-        perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData ); \

-        perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \

-        perfData.header.Guid = GUID_DSOUNDGLITCH; \

-        perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \

-        perfData.data.glitchType = (glitchtype); \

-        perfData.data.sampleTime = (currenttime); \

-        perfData.data.previousTime = (previoustime); \

-        perfData.data.instanceId = (instance); \

-        PerflogTraceEvent ((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \

-    }

-

-#define PERFLOG_FRAMEDROP( sampletime, clocktime, psample, renderer )    /*{ \

-    PERFINFO_WMI_FRAMEDROP    perfData; \

-    if (NULL != g_pTraceEvent) { \

-        memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \

-        perfData.header.Size  = sizeof( perfData ); \

-        perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \

-        perfData.header.Guid  = GUID_FRAMEDROP; \

-        perfData.data.cycleCounter = _RDTSC(); \

-        perfData.data.dshowClock   = (clocktime); \

-        perfData.data.frameTime    = (sampletime); \

-        if (g_perfMasks[FRAMEDROP_INDEX] & FRAMEDROP_BIT) \

-            (*g_pTraceEvent)( g_traceHandle, (PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData ); \

-        } \

-    }*/

-

-/*

-#define PERFLOG_AUDIOBREAK( nextwrite, writepos, msecs )    { \

-    PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK    perfData; \

-    if (NULL != g_pTraceEvent) { \

-        memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \

-        perfData.header.Size  = sizeof( perfData ); \

-        perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \

-        perfData.header.Guid  = GUID_AUDIOBREAK; \

-        perfData.data.cycleCounter   = _RDTSC(); \

-        perfData.data.dshowClock     = (writepos); \

-        perfData.data.sampleTime     = (nextwrite); \

-        perfData.data.sampleDuration = (msecs); \

-        if (g_perfMasks[AUDIOBREAK_INDEX] & AUDIOBREAK_BIT) \

-            (*g_pTraceEvent)( g_traceHandle, (PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData ); \

-        } \

-    }

-*/

-

-#define PERFLOG_AUDIOBREAK( nextwrite, writepos, msecs )  \

-    if (PerflogEnableFlags & AUDIOBREAK_BIT) { \

-        PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK    perfData; \

-        memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) ); \

-        perfData.header.Size  = sizeof( perfData ); \

-        perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID; \

-        perfData.header.Guid  = GUID_AUDIOBREAK; \

-        perfData.data.cycleCounter   = _RDTSC(); \

-        perfData.data.dshowClock     = (writepos); \

-        perfData.data.sampleTime     = (nextwrite); \

-        perfData.data.sampleDuration = (msecs); \

-        PerflogTraceEvent ((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData); \

-    } \

-

-

-inline

-VOID PERFLOG_STREAMTRACE(

-    ULONG Level,

-    ULONG Id,

-    ULONGLONG DShowClock,

-    ULONGLONG Data1,

-    ULONGLONG Data2,

-    ULONGLONG Data3,

-    ULONGLONG Data4

-    )

-{

-    if (Level <= PerflogModuleLevel)

-    {

-        PERFINFO_WMI_STREAMTRACE perfData;

-        memset( &perfData, 0, sizeof( perfData ) );

-        perfData.header.Size = sizeof( perfData );

-        perfData.header.Flags = WNODE_FLAG_TRACED_GUID;

-        perfData.header.Guid = GUID_STREAMTRACE;

-        perfData.data.dshowClock = DShowClock;

-        perfData.data.id = Id;

-        perfData.data.data[0] = Data1;

-        perfData.data.data[1] = Data2;

-        perfData.data.data[2] = Data3;

-        perfData.data.data[3] = Data4;

-        PerflogTraceEvent((PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER) &perfData);

-    }

-}

-

-

-#endif // _DXMPERF_H_

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/outputq.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/outputq.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index d3ab6175..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/outputq.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,801 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: OutputQ.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements COutputQueue class used by an

-//       output pin which may sometimes want to queue output samples on a

-//       separate thread and sometimes call Receive() directly on the input

-//       pin.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>

-

-

-//

-//  COutputQueue Constructor :

-//

-//  Determines if a thread is to be created and creates resources

-//

-//     pInputPin  - the downstream input pin we're queueing samples to

-//

-//     phr        - changed to a failure code if this function fails

-//                  (otherwise unchanges)

-//

-//     bAuto      - Ask pInputPin if it can block in Receive by calling

-//                  its ReceiveCanBlock method and create a thread if

-//                  it can block, otherwise not.

-//

-//     bQueue     - if bAuto == FALSE then we create a thread if and only

-//                  if bQueue == TRUE

-//

-//     lBatchSize - work in batches of lBatchSize

-//

-//     bBatchEact - Use exact batch sizes so don't send until the

-//                  batch is full or SendAnyway() is called

-//

-//     lListSize  - If we create a thread make the list of samples queued

-//                  to the thread have this size cache

-//

-//     dwPriority - If we create a thread set its priority to this

-//

-COutputQueue::COutputQueue(

-             IPin         *pInputPin,          //  Pin to send stuff to

-             __inout HRESULT      *phr,        //  'Return code'

-             BOOL          bAuto,              //  Ask pin if queue or not

-             BOOL          bQueue,             //  Send through queue

-             LONG          lBatchSize,         //  Batch

-             BOOL          bBatchExact,        //  Batch exactly to BatchSize

-             LONG          lListSize,

-             DWORD         dwPriority,

-             bool          bFlushingOpt        // flushing optimization

-            ) : m_lBatchSize(lBatchSize),

-                m_bBatchExact(bBatchExact && (lBatchSize > 1)),

-                m_hThread(NULL),

-                m_hSem(NULL),

-                m_List(NULL),

-                m_pPin(pInputPin),

-                m_ppSamples(NULL),

-                m_lWaiting(0),

-                m_evFlushComplete(FALSE, phr),

-                m_pInputPin(NULL),

-                m_bSendAnyway(FALSE),

-                m_nBatched(0),

-                m_bFlushing(FALSE),

-                m_bFlushed(TRUE),

-                m_bFlushingOpt(bFlushingOpt),

-                m_bTerminate(FALSE),

-                m_hEventPop(NULL),

-                m_hr(S_OK)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_lBatchSize > 0);

-

-

-    if (FAILED(*phr)) {

-        return;

-    }

-

-    //  Check the input pin is OK and cache its IMemInputPin interface

-

-    *phr = pInputPin->QueryInterface(IID_IMemInputPin, (void **)&m_pInputPin);

-    if (FAILED(*phr)) {

-        return;

-    }

-

-    // See if we should ask the downstream pin

-

-    if (bAuto) {

-        HRESULT hr = m_pInputPin->ReceiveCanBlock();

-        if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {

-            bQueue = hr == S_OK;

-        }

-    }

-

-    //  Create our sample batch

-

-    m_ppSamples = new PMEDIASAMPLE[m_lBatchSize];

-    if (m_ppSamples == NULL) {

-        *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-        return;

-    }

-

-    //  If we're queueing allocate resources

-

-    if (bQueue) {

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Creating thread for output pin")));

-        m_hSem = CreateSemaphore(NULL, 0, 0x7FFFFFFF, NULL);

-        if (m_hSem == NULL) {

-            DWORD dwError = GetLastError();

-            *phr = AmHresultFromWin32(dwError);

-            return;

-        }

-        m_List = new CSampleList(NAME("Sample Queue List"),

-                                 lListSize,

-                                 FALSE         // No lock

-                                );

-        if (m_List == NULL) {

-            *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-            return;

-        }

-

-

-        DWORD dwThreadId;

-        m_hThread = CreateThread(NULL,

-                                 0,

-                                 InitialThreadProc,

-                                 (LPVOID)this,

-                                 0,

-                                 &dwThreadId);

-        if (m_hThread == NULL) {

-            DWORD dwError = GetLastError();

-            *phr = AmHresultFromWin32(dwError);

-            return;

-        }

-        SetThreadPriority(m_hThread, dwPriority);

-    } else {

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Calling input pin directly - no thread")));

-    }

-}

-

-//

-//  COutputQueuee Destructor :

-//

-//  Free all resources -

-//

-//      Thread,

-//      Batched samples

-//

-COutputQueue::~COutputQueue()

-{

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("COutputQueue::~COutputQueue")));

-    /*  Free our pointer */

-    if (m_pInputPin != NULL) {

-        m_pInputPin->Release();

-    }

-    if (m_hThread != NULL) {

-        {

-            CAutoLock lck(this);

-            m_bTerminate = TRUE;

-            m_hr = S_FALSE;

-            NotifyThread();

-        }

-        DbgWaitForSingleObject(m_hThread);

-        EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hThread));

-

-        //  The thread frees the samples when asked to terminate

-

-        ASSERT(m_List->GetCount() == 0);

-        delete m_List;

-    } else {

-        FreeSamples();

-    }

-    if (m_hSem != NULL) {

-        EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(m_hSem));

-    }

-    delete [] m_ppSamples;

-}

-

-//

-//  Call the real thread proc as a member function

-//

-DWORD WINAPI COutputQueue::InitialThreadProc(__in LPVOID pv)

-{

-    HRESULT hrCoInit = CAMThread::CoInitializeHelper();

-    

-    COutputQueue *pSampleQueue = (COutputQueue *)pv;

-    DWORD dwReturn = pSampleQueue->ThreadProc();

-

-    if(hrCoInit == S_OK) {

-        CoUninitialize();

-    }

-    

-    return dwReturn;

-}

-

-//

-//  Thread sending the samples downstream :

-//

-//  When there is nothing to do the thread sets m_lWaiting (while

-//  holding the critical section) and then waits for m_hSem to be

-//  set (not holding the critical section)

-//

-DWORD COutputQueue::ThreadProc()

-{

-    while (TRUE) {

-        BOOL          bWait = FALSE;

-        IMediaSample *pSample;

-        LONG          lNumberToSend; // Local copy

-        NewSegmentPacket* ppacket;

-

-        //

-        //  Get a batch of samples and send it if possible

-        //  In any case exit the loop if there is a control action

-        //  requested

-        //

-        {

-            CAutoLock lck(this);

-            while (TRUE) {

-

-                if (m_bTerminate) {

-                    FreeSamples();

-                    return 0;

-                }

-                if (m_bFlushing) {

-                    FreeSamples();

-                    SetEvent(m_evFlushComplete);

-                }

-

-                //  Get a sample off the list

-

-                pSample = m_List->RemoveHead();

-		// inform derived class we took something off the queue

-		if (m_hEventPop) {

-                    //DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Queue: Delivered  SET EVENT")));

-		    SetEvent(m_hEventPop);

-		}

-

-                if (pSample != NULL &&

-                    !IsSpecialSample(pSample)) {

-

-                    //  If its just a regular sample just add it to the batch

-                    //  and exit the loop if the batch is full

-

-                    m_ppSamples[m_nBatched++] = pSample;

-                    if (m_nBatched == m_lBatchSize) {

-                        break;

-                    }

-                } else {

-

-                    //  If there was nothing in the queue and there's nothing

-                    //  to send (either because there's nothing or the batch

-                    //  isn't full) then prepare to wait

-

-                    if (pSample == NULL &&

-                        (m_bBatchExact || m_nBatched == 0)) {

-

-                        //  Tell other thread to set the event when there's

-                        //  something do to

-

-                        ASSERT(m_lWaiting == 0);

-                        m_lWaiting++;

-                        bWait      = TRUE;

-                    } else {

-

-                        //  We break out of the loop on SEND_PACKET unless

-                        //  there's nothing to send

-

-                        if (pSample == SEND_PACKET && m_nBatched == 0) {

-                            continue;

-                        }

-

-                        if (pSample == NEW_SEGMENT) {

-                            // now we need the parameters - we are

-                            // guaranteed that the next packet contains them

-                            ppacket = (NewSegmentPacket *) m_List->RemoveHead();

-			    // we took something off the queue

-			    if (m_hEventPop) {

-                    	        //DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Queue: Delivered  SET EVENT")));

-		    	        SetEvent(m_hEventPop);

-			    }

-

-                            ASSERT(ppacket);

-                        }

-                        //  EOS_PACKET falls through here and we exit the loop

-                        //  In this way it acts like SEND_PACKET

-                    }

-                    break;

-                }

-            }

-            if (!bWait) {

-                // We look at m_nBatched from the client side so keep

-                // it up to date inside the critical section

-                lNumberToSend = m_nBatched;  // Local copy

-                m_nBatched = 0;

-            }

-        }

-

-        //  Wait for some more data

-

-        if (bWait) {

-            DbgWaitForSingleObject(m_hSem);

-            continue;

-        }

-

-

-

-        //  OK - send it if there's anything to send

-        //  We DON'T check m_bBatchExact here because either we've got

-        //  a full batch or we dropped through because we got

-        //  SEND_PACKET or EOS_PACKET - both of which imply we should

-        //  flush our batch

-

-        if (lNumberToSend != 0) {

-            long nProcessed;

-            if (m_hr == S_OK) {

-                ASSERT(!m_bFlushed);

-                HRESULT hr = m_pInputPin->ReceiveMultiple(m_ppSamples,

-                                                          lNumberToSend,

-                                                          &nProcessed);

-                /*  Don't overwrite a flushing state HRESULT */

-                CAutoLock lck(this);

-                if (m_hr == S_OK) {

-                    m_hr = hr;

-                }

-                ASSERT(!m_bFlushed);

-            }

-            while (lNumberToSend != 0) {

-                m_ppSamples[--lNumberToSend]->Release();

-            }

-            if (m_hr != S_OK) {

-

-                //  In any case wait for more data - S_OK just

-                //  means there wasn't an error

-

-                DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 2, TEXT("ReceiveMultiple returned %8.8X"),

-                       m_hr));

-            }

-        }

-

-        //  Check for end of stream

-

-        if (pSample == EOS_PACKET) {

-

-            //  We don't send even end of stream on if we've previously

-            //  returned something other than S_OK

-            //  This is because in that case the pin which returned

-            //  something other than S_OK should have either sent

-            //  EndOfStream() or notified the filter graph

-

-            if (m_hr == S_OK) {

-                DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("COutputQueue sending EndOfStream()")));

-                HRESULT hr = m_pPin->EndOfStream();

-                if (FAILED(hr)) {

-                    DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 2, TEXT("COutputQueue got code 0x%8.8X from EndOfStream()")));

-                }

-            }

-        }

-

-        //  Data from a new source

-

-        if (pSample == RESET_PACKET) {

-            m_hr = S_OK;

-            SetEvent(m_evFlushComplete);

-        }

-

-        if (pSample == NEW_SEGMENT) {

-            m_pPin->NewSegment(ppacket->tStart, ppacket->tStop, ppacket->dRate);

-            delete ppacket;

-        }

-    }

-}

-

-//  Send batched stuff anyway

-void COutputQueue::SendAnyway()

-{

-    if (!IsQueued()) {

-

-        //  m_bSendAnyway is a private parameter checked in ReceiveMultiple

-

-        m_bSendAnyway = TRUE;

-        LONG nProcessed;

-        ReceiveMultiple(NULL, 0, &nProcessed);

-        m_bSendAnyway = FALSE;

-

-    } else {

-        CAutoLock lck(this);

-        QueueSample(SEND_PACKET);

-        NotifyThread();

-    }

-}

-

-void

-COutputQueue::NewSegment(

-    REFERENCE_TIME tStart,

-    REFERENCE_TIME tStop,

-    double dRate)

-{

-    if (!IsQueued()) {

-        if (S_OK == m_hr) {

-            if (m_bBatchExact) {

-                SendAnyway();

-            }

-            m_pPin->NewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);

-        }

-    } else {

-        if (m_hr == S_OK) {

-            //

-            // we need to queue the new segment to appear in order in the

-            // data, but we need to pass parameters to it. Rather than

-            // take the hit of wrapping every single sample so we can tell

-            // special ones apart, we queue special pointers to indicate

-            // special packets, and we guarantee (by holding the

-            // critical section) that the packet immediately following a

-            // NEW_SEGMENT value is a NewSegmentPacket containing the

-            // parameters.

-            NewSegmentPacket * ppack = new NewSegmentPacket;

-            if (ppack == NULL) {

-                return;

-            }

-            ppack->tStart = tStart;

-            ppack->tStop = tStop;

-            ppack->dRate = dRate;

-

-            CAutoLock lck(this);

-            QueueSample(NEW_SEGMENT);

-            QueueSample( (IMediaSample*) ppack);

-            NotifyThread();

-        }

-    }

-}

-

-

-//

-//  End of Stream is queued to output device

-//

-void COutputQueue::EOS()

-{

-    CAutoLock lck(this);

-    if (!IsQueued()) {

-        if (m_bBatchExact) {

-            SendAnyway();

-        }

-        if (m_hr == S_OK) {

-            DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("COutputQueue sending EndOfStream()")));

-            m_bFlushed = FALSE;

-            HRESULT hr = m_pPin->EndOfStream();

-            if (FAILED(hr)) {

-                DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 2, TEXT("COutputQueue got code 0x%8.8X from EndOfStream()")));

-            }

-        }

-    } else {

-        if (m_hr == S_OK) {

-            m_bFlushed = FALSE;

-            QueueSample(EOS_PACKET);

-            NotifyThread();

-        }

-    }

-}

-

-//

-//  Flush all the samples in the queue

-//

-void COutputQueue::BeginFlush()

-{

-    if (IsQueued()) {

-        {

-            CAutoLock lck(this);

-

-            // block receives -- we assume this is done by the

-            // filter in which we are a component

-

-            // discard all queued data

-

-            m_bFlushing = TRUE;

-

-            //  Make sure we discard all samples from now on

-

-            if (m_hr == S_OK) {

-                m_hr = S_FALSE;

-            }

-

-            // Optimize so we don't keep calling downstream all the time

-

-            if (m_bFlushed && m_bFlushingOpt) {

-                return;

-            }

-

-            // Make sure we really wait for the flush to complete

-            m_evFlushComplete.Reset();

-

-            NotifyThread();

-        }

-

-        // pass this downstream

-

-        m_pPin->BeginFlush();

-    } else {

-        // pass downstream first to avoid deadlocks

-        m_pPin->BeginFlush();

-        CAutoLock lck(this);

-        // discard all queued data

-

-        m_bFlushing = TRUE;

-

-        //  Make sure we discard all samples from now on

-

-        if (m_hr == S_OK) {

-            m_hr = S_FALSE;

-        }

-    }

-

-}

-

-//

-// leave flush mode - pass this downstream

-void COutputQueue::EndFlush()

-{

-    {

-        CAutoLock lck(this);

-        ASSERT(m_bFlushing);

-        if (m_bFlushingOpt && m_bFlushed && IsQueued()) {

-            m_bFlushing = FALSE;

-            m_hr = S_OK;

-            return;

-        }

-    }

-

-    // sync with pushing thread -- done in BeginFlush

-    // ensure no more data to go downstream -- done in BeginFlush

-    //

-    // Because we are synching here there is no need to hold the critical

-    // section (in fact we'd deadlock if we did!)

-

-    if (IsQueued()) {

-        m_evFlushComplete.Wait();

-    } else {

-        FreeSamples();

-    }

-

-    //  Be daring - the caller has guaranteed no samples will arrive

-    //  before EndFlush() returns

-

-    m_bFlushing = FALSE;

-    m_bFlushed  = TRUE;

-

-    // call EndFlush on downstream pins

-

-    m_pPin->EndFlush();

-

-    m_hr = S_OK;

-}

-

-//  COutputQueue::QueueSample

-//

-//  private method to Send a sample to the output queue

-//  The critical section MUST be held when this is called

-

-void COutputQueue::QueueSample(IMediaSample *pSample)

-{

-    if (NULL == m_List->AddTail(pSample)) {

-        if (!IsSpecialSample(pSample)) {

-            pSample->Release();

-        }

-    }

-}

-

-//

-//  COutputQueue::Receive()

-//

-//  Send a single sample by the multiple sample route

-//  (NOTE - this could be optimized if necessary)

-//

-//  On return the sample will have been Release()'d

-//

-

-HRESULT COutputQueue::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)

-{

-    LONG nProcessed;

-    return ReceiveMultiple(&pSample, 1, &nProcessed);

-}

-

-//

-//  COutputQueue::ReceiveMultiple()

-//

-//  Send a set of samples to the downstream pin

-//

-//      ppSamples           - array of samples

-//      nSamples            - how many

-//      nSamplesProcessed   - How many were processed

-//

-//  On return all samples will have been Release()'d

-//

-

-HRESULT COutputQueue::ReceiveMultiple (

-    __in_ecount(nSamples) IMediaSample **ppSamples,

-    long nSamples,

-    __out long *nSamplesProcessed)

-{

-    if (nSamples < 0) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-    

-    CAutoLock lck(this);

-    //  Either call directly or queue up the samples

-

-    if (!IsQueued()) {

-

-        //  If we already had a bad return code then just return

-

-        if (S_OK != m_hr) {

-

-            //  If we've never received anything since the last Flush()

-            //  and the sticky return code is not S_OK we must be

-            //  flushing

-            //  ((!A || B) is equivalent to A implies B)

-            ASSERT(!m_bFlushed || m_bFlushing);

-

-            //  We're supposed to Release() them anyway!

-            *nSamplesProcessed = 0;

-            for (int i = 0; i < nSamples; i++) {

-                DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("COutputQueue (direct) : Discarding %d samples code 0x%8.8X"),

-                        nSamples, m_hr));

-                ppSamples[i]->Release();

-            }

-

-            return m_hr;

-        }

-        //

-        //  If we're flushing the sticky return code should be S_FALSE

-        //

-        ASSERT(!m_bFlushing);

-        m_bFlushed = FALSE;

-

-        ASSERT(m_nBatched < m_lBatchSize);

-        ASSERT(m_nBatched == 0 || m_bBatchExact);

-

-        //  Loop processing the samples in batches

-

-        LONG iLost = 0;

-        long iDone = 0;

-        for (iDone = 0;

-             iDone < nSamples || (m_nBatched != 0 && m_bSendAnyway);

-            ) {

-

-//pragma message (REMIND("Implement threshold scheme"))

-            ASSERT(m_nBatched < m_lBatchSize);

-            if (iDone < nSamples) {

-                m_ppSamples[m_nBatched++] = ppSamples[iDone++];

-            }

-            if (m_nBatched == m_lBatchSize ||

-                nSamples == 0 && (m_bSendAnyway || !m_bBatchExact)) {

-                LONG nDone;

-                DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 4, TEXT("Batching %d samples"),

-                       m_nBatched));

-

-                if (m_hr == S_OK) {

-                    m_hr = m_pInputPin->ReceiveMultiple(m_ppSamples,

-                                                        m_nBatched,

-                                                        &nDone);

-                } else {

-                    nDone = 0;

-                }

-                iLost += m_nBatched - nDone;

-                for (LONG i = 0; i < m_nBatched; i++) {

-                    m_ppSamples[i]->Release();

-                }

-                m_nBatched = 0;

-            }

-        }

-        *nSamplesProcessed = iDone - iLost;

-        if (*nSamplesProcessed < 0) {

-            *nSamplesProcessed = 0;

-        }

-        return m_hr;

-    } else {

-        /*  We're sending to our thread */

-

-        if (m_hr != S_OK) {

-            *nSamplesProcessed = 0;

-            DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 3, TEXT("COutputQueue (queued) : Discarding %d samples code 0x%8.8X"),

-                    nSamples, m_hr));

-            for (int i = 0; i < nSamples; i++) {

-                ppSamples[i]->Release();

-            }

-            return m_hr;

-        }

-        m_bFlushed = FALSE;

-        for (long i = 0; i < nSamples; i++) {

-            QueueSample(ppSamples[i]);

-        }

-        *nSamplesProcessed = nSamples;

-        if (!m_bBatchExact ||

-            m_nBatched + m_List->GetCount() >= m_lBatchSize) {

-            NotifyThread();

-        }

-        return S_OK;

-    }

-}

-

-//  Get ready for new data - cancels sticky m_hr

-void COutputQueue::Reset()

-{

-    if (!IsQueued()) {

-        m_hr = S_OK;

-    } else {

-        {

-            CAutoLock lck(this);

-            QueueSample(RESET_PACKET);

-            NotifyThread();

-        }

-        m_evFlushComplete.Wait();

-    }

-}

-

-//  Remove and Release() all queued and Batched samples

-void COutputQueue::FreeSamples()

-{

-    CAutoLock lck(this);

-    if (IsQueued()) {

-        while (TRUE) {

-            IMediaSample *pSample = m_List->RemoveHead();

-	    // inform derived class we took something off the queue

-	    if (m_hEventPop) {

-                //DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Queue: Delivered  SET EVENT")));

-	        SetEvent(m_hEventPop);

-	    }

-

-            if (pSample == NULL) {

-                break;

-            }

-            if (!IsSpecialSample(pSample)) {

-                pSample->Release();

-            } else {

-                if (pSample == NEW_SEGMENT) {

-                    //  Free NEW_SEGMENT packet

-                    NewSegmentPacket *ppacket =

-                        (NewSegmentPacket *) m_List->RemoveHead();

-		    // inform derived class we took something off the queue

-		    if (m_hEventPop) {

-                        //DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Queue: Delivered  SET EVENT")));

-		        SetEvent(m_hEventPop);

-		    }

-

-                    ASSERT(ppacket != NULL);

-                    delete ppacket;

-                }

-            }

-        }

-    }

-    for (int i = 0; i < m_nBatched; i++) {

-        m_ppSamples[i]->Release();

-    }

-    m_nBatched = 0;

-}

-

-//  Notify the thread if there is something to do

-//

-//  The critical section MUST be held when this is called

-void COutputQueue::NotifyThread()

-{

-    //  Optimize - no need to signal if it's not waiting

-    ASSERT(IsQueued());

-    if (m_lWaiting) {

-        ReleaseSemaphore(m_hSem, m_lWaiting, NULL);

-        m_lWaiting = 0;

-    }

-}

-

-//  See if there's any work to do

-//  Returns

-//      TRUE  if there is nothing on the queue and nothing in the batch

-//            and all data has been sent

-//      FALSE otherwise

-//

-BOOL COutputQueue::IsIdle()

-{

-    CAutoLock lck(this);

-

-    //  We're idle if

-    //      there is no thread (!IsQueued()) OR

-    //      the thread is waiting for more work  (m_lWaiting != 0)

-    //  AND

-    //      there's nothing in the current batch (m_nBatched == 0)

-

-    if (IsQueued() && m_lWaiting == 0 || m_nBatched != 0) {

-        return FALSE;

-    } else {

-

-        //  If we're idle it shouldn't be possible for there

-        //  to be anything on the work queue

-

-        ASSERT(!IsQueued() || m_List->GetCount() == 0);

-        return TRUE;

-    }

-}

-

-

-void COutputQueue::SetPopEvent(HANDLE hEvent)

-{

-    m_hEventPop = hEvent;

-}

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/outputq.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/outputq.h
deleted file mode 100644
index db3d4243..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/outputq.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: OutputQ.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes -  defines the COutputQueue class, which

-//       makes a queue of samples and sends them to an output pin.  The 

-//       class will optionally send the samples to the pin directly.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-typedef CGenericList<IMediaSample> CSampleList;

-

-class COutputQueue : public CCritSec

-{

-public:

-    //  Constructor

-    COutputQueue(IPin      *pInputPin,          //  Pin to send stuff to

-                 __inout HRESULT *phr,          //  'Return code'

-                 BOOL       bAuto = TRUE,       //  Ask pin if blocks

-                 BOOL       bQueue = TRUE,      //  Send through queue (ignored if

-                                                //  bAuto set)

-                 LONG       lBatchSize = 1,     //  Batch

-                 BOOL       bBatchExact = FALSE,//  Batch exactly to BatchSize

-                 LONG       lListSize =         //  Likely number in the list

-                                DEFAULTCACHE,

-                 DWORD      dwPriority =        //  Priority of thread to create

-                                THREAD_PRIORITY_NORMAL,

-                 bool       bFlushingOpt = false // flushing optimization

-                );

-    ~COutputQueue();

-

-    // enter flush state - discard all data

-    void BeginFlush();      // Begin flushing samples

-

-    // re-enable receives (pass this downstream)

-    void EndFlush();        // Complete flush of samples - downstream

-                            // pin guaranteed not to block at this stage

-

-    void EOS();             // Call this on End of stream

-

-    void SendAnyway();      // Send batched samples anyway (if bBatchExact set)

-

-    void NewSegment(

-            REFERENCE_TIME tStart,

-            REFERENCE_TIME tStop,

-            double dRate);

-

-    HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pSample);

-

-    // do something with these media samples

-    HRESULT ReceiveMultiple (

-        __in_ecount(nSamples) IMediaSample **pSamples,

-        long nSamples,

-        __out long *nSamplesProcessed);

-

-    void Reset();           // Reset m_hr ready for more data

-

-    //  See if its idle or not

-    BOOL IsIdle();

-

-    // give the class an event to fire after everything removed from the queue

-    void SetPopEvent(HANDLE hEvent);

-

-protected:

-    static DWORD WINAPI InitialThreadProc(__in LPVOID pv);

-    DWORD ThreadProc();

-    BOOL  IsQueued()

-    {

-        return m_List != NULL;

-    };

-

-    //  The critical section MUST be held when this is called

-    void QueueSample(IMediaSample *pSample);

-

-    BOOL IsSpecialSample(IMediaSample *pSample)

-    {

-        return (DWORD_PTR)pSample > (DWORD_PTR)(LONG_PTR)(-16);

-    };

-

-    //  Remove and Release() batched and queued samples

-    void FreeSamples();

-

-    //  Notify the thread there is something to do

-    void NotifyThread();

-

-

-protected:

-    //  Queue 'messages'

-    #define SEND_PACKET      ((IMediaSample *)(LONG_PTR)(-2))  // Send batch

-    #define EOS_PACKET       ((IMediaSample *)(LONG_PTR)(-3))  // End of stream

-    #define RESET_PACKET     ((IMediaSample *)(LONG_PTR)(-4))  // Reset m_hr

-    #define NEW_SEGMENT      ((IMediaSample *)(LONG_PTR)(-5))  // send NewSegment

-

-    // new segment packet is always followed by one of these

-    struct NewSegmentPacket {

-        REFERENCE_TIME tStart;

-        REFERENCE_TIME tStop;

-        double dRate;

-    };

-

-    // Remember input stuff

-    IPin          * const m_pPin;

-    IMemInputPin  *       m_pInputPin;

-    BOOL            const m_bBatchExact;

-    LONG            const m_lBatchSize;

-

-    CSampleList   *       m_List;

-    HANDLE                m_hSem;

-    CAMEvent                m_evFlushComplete;

-    HANDLE                m_hThread;

-    __field_ecount_opt(m_lBatchSize) IMediaSample  **      m_ppSamples;

-    __range(0, m_lBatchSize)         LONG                  m_nBatched;

-

-    //  Wait optimization

-    LONG                  m_lWaiting;

-    //  Flush synchronization

-    BOOL                  m_bFlushing;

-

-    // flushing optimization. some downstream filters have trouble

-    // with the queue's flushing optimization. other rely on it

-    BOOL                  m_bFlushed;

-    bool                  m_bFlushingOpt;

-

-    //  Terminate now

-    BOOL                  m_bTerminate;

-

-    //  Send anyway flag for batching

-    BOOL                  m_bSendAnyway;

-

-    //  Deferred 'return code'

-    HRESULT volatile         m_hr;

-

-    // an event that can be fired after every deliver

-    HANDLE m_hEventPop;

-};

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/perflog.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/perflog.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index e6425387..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/perflog.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,347 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: perflog.cpp

-//

-// Desc: Macros for DirectShow performance logging.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-#pragma warning (disable:4201)

-

-#include <streams.h>

-#include <windows.h>

-#include <tchar.h>

-#include <winperf.h>

-#include <wmistr.h>

-#include <evntrace.h>

-#include <strsafe.h>

-#include "perflog.h"

-

-//

-// Local function prototypes.

-//

-

-ULONG

-WINAPI

-PerflogCallback (

-    WMIDPREQUESTCODE RequestCode,

-    __in PVOID Context,

-    __out ULONG* BufferSize,

-    __in PVOID Buffer

-    );

-

-//

-// Event tracing function pointers.

-// We have to do this to run on down-level platforms.

-//

-

-#ifdef UNICODE

-

-ULONG

-(__stdcall * _RegisterTraceGuids) (

-    __in IN WMIDPREQUEST RequestAddress,

-    __in IN PVOID RequestContext,

-    IN LPCGUID ControlGuid,

-    IN ULONG GuidCount,

-    __in IN PTRACE_GUID_REGISTRATION TraceGuidReg,

-    IN LPCWSTR MofImagePath,

-    IN LPCWSTR MofResourceName,

-    OUT PTRACEHANDLE RegistrationHandle

-    );

-

-#define REGISTERTRACEGUIDS_NAME "RegisterTraceGuidsW"

-

-#else

-

-ULONG

-(__stdcall * _RegisterTraceGuids) (

-    __in IN WMIDPREQUEST RequestAddress,

-    __in IN PVOID RequestContext,

-    IN LPCGUID ControlGuid,

-    IN ULONG GuidCount,

-    __in IN PTRACE_GUID_REGISTRATION TraceGuidReg,

-    IN LPCSTR MofImagePath,

-    IN LPCSTR MofResourceName,

-    __out OUT PTRACEHANDLE RegistrationHandle

-    );

-

-#define REGISTERTRACEGUIDS_NAME "RegisterTraceGuidsA"

-

-#endif

-

-ULONG

-(__stdcall * _UnregisterTraceGuids) (

-    TRACEHANDLE RegistrationHandle

-    );

-

-TRACEHANDLE

-(__stdcall * _GetTraceLoggerHandle) (

-    __in PVOID Buffer

-    );

-

-UCHAR

-(__stdcall * _GetTraceEnableLevel) (

-    TRACEHANDLE TraceHandle

-    );

-

-ULONG

-(__stdcall * _GetTraceEnableFlags) (

-    TRACEHANDLE TraceHandle

-    );

-

-ULONG

-(__stdcall * _TraceEvent) (

-    TRACEHANDLE TraceHandle,

-    __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER EventTrace

-    );

-

-HINSTANCE _Advapi32;

-

-//

-// Global variables.

-//

-

-BOOL EventTracingAvailable=FALSE;

-ULONG PerflogEnableFlags;

-UCHAR PerflogEnableLevel;

-ULONG PerflogModuleLevel = 0;

-void (*OnStateChanged)(void);

-TRACEHANDLE PerflogTraceHandle=NULL;

-TRACEHANDLE PerflogRegHandle;

-

-// The Win32 wsprintf() function writes a maximum of 1024 characters to it's output buffer.

-// See the documentation for wsprintf()'s lpOut parameter for more information.

-const INT iDEBUGINFO = 1024; // Used to format strings

-

-//

-// This routine initializes performance logging.

-// It should be called from DllMain().

-//

-

-

-VOID

-PerflogReadModuleLevel(

-    HINSTANCE hInstance

-    )

-{

-    LONG lReturn;                   // Create key return value

-    TCHAR szInfo[iDEBUGINFO];       // Constructs key names

-    TCHAR szFullName[iDEBUGINFO];   // Load the full path and module name

-    HKEY hModuleKey;                // Module key handle

-    LPTSTR pName;                   // Searches from the end for a backslash

-    DWORD dwKeySize, dwKeyType, dwKeyValue;

-

-    DWORD dwSize = GetModuleFileName(

-        (hInstance ? hInstance : GetModuleHandle( NULL )),

-        szFullName,

-        iDEBUGINFO );

-

-    if (0 == dwSize || iDEBUGINFO == dwSize) {

-        return;

-    }

-

-    pName = _tcsrchr(szFullName,'\\');

-    if (pName == NULL) {

-        pName = szFullName;

-    } else {

-        pName++;

-    }

-

-    /* Construct the base key name */

-    (void)StringCchPrintf(szInfo,NUMELMS(szInfo),TEXT("SOFTWARE\\Debug\\%s"),pName);

-

-    /* Open the key for this module */

-    lReturn =

-        RegOpenKeyEx(

-            HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE,   // Handle of an open key

-            szInfo,               // Address of subkey name

-            (DWORD) 0,            // Reserved value

-            KEY_QUERY_VALUE,      // Desired security access

-            &hModuleKey );        // Opened handle buffer

-

-    if (lReturn != ERROR_SUCCESS) {

-        return;

-    }

-

-    dwKeySize = sizeof(DWORD);

-    lReturn = RegQueryValueEx(

-        hModuleKey,                 // Handle to an open key

-        TEXT("PERFLOG"),

-        NULL,                       // Reserved field

-        &dwKeyType,                 // Returns the field type

-        (LPBYTE) &dwKeyValue,       // Returns the field's value

-        &dwKeySize );               // Number of bytes transferred

-

-    if ((lReturn == ERROR_SUCCESS) && (dwKeyType == REG_DWORD))

-    {

-        PerflogModuleLevel = dwKeyValue;

-    }

-

-    RegCloseKey(hModuleKey);

-}

-

-BOOL PerflogInitIfEnabled(

-    IN HINSTANCE hInstance,

-    __in IN PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS LogParams

-    )

-{

-    PerflogReadModuleLevel( hInstance );

-    if (PerflogModuleLevel)

-    {

-        return PerflogInitialize( LogParams );

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-}

-

-BOOL

-PerflogInitialize (

-    __in IN PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS LogParams

-    )

-{

-    ULONG status;

-

-    //

-    // If we're running on a recent-enough platform, this will get

-    // pointers to the event tracing routines.

-    //

-

-    _Advapi32 = GetModuleHandle (_T("ADVAPI32.DLL"));

-    if (_Advapi32 == NULL) {

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    *((FARPROC*) &_RegisterTraceGuids) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, REGISTERTRACEGUIDS_NAME);

-    *((FARPROC*) &_UnregisterTraceGuids) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, "UnregisterTraceGuids");

-    *((FARPROC*) &_GetTraceLoggerHandle) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, "GetTraceLoggerHandle");

-    *((FARPROC*) &_GetTraceEnableLevel) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, "GetTraceEnableLevel");

-    *((FARPROC*) &_GetTraceEnableFlags) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, "GetTraceEnableFlags");

-    *((FARPROC*) &_TraceEvent) = GetProcAddress (_Advapi32, "TraceEvent");

-

-    if (_RegisterTraceGuids == NULL ||

-        _UnregisterTraceGuids == NULL ||

-        _GetTraceEnableLevel == NULL ||

-        _GetTraceEnableFlags == NULL ||

-        _TraceEvent == NULL) {

-

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    EventTracingAvailable = TRUE;

-

-    OnStateChanged = LogParams->OnStateChanged;

-

-    //

-    // Register our GUIDs.

-    //

-

-    status = _RegisterTraceGuids (PerflogCallback,

-                                  LogParams,

-                                  &LogParams->ControlGuid,

-                                  LogParams->NumberOfTraceGuids,

-                                  LogParams->TraceGuids,

-                                  NULL,

-                                  NULL,

-                                  &PerflogRegHandle);

-

-    return (status == ERROR_SUCCESS);

-}

-

-//

-// This routine shuts down performance logging.

-//

-

-VOID

-PerflogShutdown (

-    VOID

-    )

-{

-    if (!EventTracingAvailable) {

-        return;

-    }

-

-    _UnregisterTraceGuids (PerflogRegHandle);

-    PerflogRegHandle = NULL;

-    PerflogTraceHandle = NULL;

-}

-

-//

-// Event tracing callback routine.

-// It's called when controllers call event tracing control functions.

-//

-

-ULONG

-WINAPI

-PerflogCallback (

-    WMIDPREQUESTCODE RequestCode,

-    __in PVOID Context,

-    __out ULONG* BufferSize,

-    __in PVOID Buffer

-    )

-{

-    ULONG status;

-

-    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER (Context);

-

-    ASSERT (EventTracingAvailable);

-

-    status = ERROR_SUCCESS;

-

-    switch (RequestCode) {

-

-    case WMI_ENABLE_EVENTS:

-        PerflogTraceHandle = _GetTraceLoggerHandle (Buffer);

-        PerflogEnableFlags = _GetTraceEnableFlags (PerflogTraceHandle);

-        PerflogEnableLevel = _GetTraceEnableLevel (PerflogTraceHandle);

-        break;

-

-    case WMI_DISABLE_EVENTS:

-        PerflogTraceHandle = NULL;

-        PerflogEnableFlags = 0;

-        PerflogEnableLevel = 0;

-        break;

-

-    default:

-        status = ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-    }

-

-    if (OnStateChanged != NULL) {

-        OnStateChanged();

-    }

-

-    *BufferSize = 0;

-    return status;

-}

-

-//

-// Logging routine.

-//

-

-VOID

-PerflogTraceEvent (

-    __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event

-    )

-{

-    if (!EventTracingAvailable) {

-        return;

-    }

-

-    _TraceEvent (PerflogTraceHandle, Event);

-}

-

-VOID

-PerflogTraceEventLevel(

-    ULONG Level,

-    __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event

-    )

-{

-    if ((!EventTracingAvailable) || (Level <= PerflogModuleLevel)) {

-        return;

-    }

-

-    _TraceEvent (PerflogTraceHandle, Event);

-}

-

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/perflog.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/perflog.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 503a1304..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/perflog.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: perflog.h

-//

-// Desc: Performance logging framework.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-typedef struct _PERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS {

-    GUID ControlGuid;

-    void (*OnStateChanged)(void);

-    ULONG NumberOfTraceGuids;

-    TRACE_GUID_REGISTRATION TraceGuids[ANYSIZE_ARRAY];

-} PERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS, *PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS;

-

-BOOL

-PerflogInitIfEnabled(

-    IN HINSTANCE hInstance,

-    __in PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS LogParams

-    );

-

-BOOL

-PerflogInitialize (

-    __in PPERFLOG_LOGGING_PARAMS LogParams

-    );

-

-VOID

-PerflogShutdown (

-    VOID

-    );

-

-VOID

-PerflogTraceEvent (

-    __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event

-    );

-

-extern ULONG PerflogEnableFlags;

-extern UCHAR PerflogEnableLevel;

-extern ULONG PerflogModuleLevel;

-extern TRACEHANDLE PerflogTraceHandle;

-extern TRACEHANDLE PerflogRegHandle;

-

-#define PerflogTracingEnabled() (PerflogTraceHandle != 0)

-

-#define PerflogEvent( _x_ ) PerflogTraceEventLevel _x_

-

-VOID

-PerflogTraceEventLevel(

-    ULONG Level,

-    __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event

-    );

-

-VOID

-PerflogTraceEvent (

-    __in PEVENT_TRACE_HEADER Event

-    );

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/perfstruct.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/perfstruct.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c67b738..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/perfstruct.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: PerfStruct.h

-//

-// Desc: Structures for DirectShow performance logging.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 2000-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#ifndef _PERFSTRUCT_H_

-#define _PERFSTRUCT_H_

-

-#include <wmistr.h>

-#include <evntrace.h>

-

-// {28CF047A-2437-4b24-B653-B9446A419A69}

-DEFINE_GUID(GUID_DSHOW_CTL,

-0x28cf047a, 0x2437, 0x4b24, 0xb6, 0x53, 0xb9, 0x44, 0x6a, 0x41, 0x9a, 0x69);

-

-// {D0DA7AD6-AE80-4de5-AAFC-C126711E7593}

-DEFINE_GUID(GUID_VIDEOREND,

-0xd0da7ad6, 0xae80, 0x4de5, 0xaa, 0xfc, 0xc1, 0x26, 0x71, 0x1e, 0x75, 0x93);

-

-// {DC70AC3E-93E5-48db-88AB-E42064EC276A}

-DEFINE_GUID(GUID_DSOUNDGLITCH,

-0xdc70ac3e, 0x93e5, 0x48db, 0x88, 0xab, 0xe4, 0x20, 0x64, 0xec, 0x27, 0x6a);

-

-// {3d7e7d93-2fc8-4a07-a719-e0922ff2899}

-DEFINE_GUID(GUID_STREAMTRACE,

-0x3d7e7d93, 0x2fc8, 0x4a07, 0xa7, 0x19, 0xe0, 0x92, 0x2f, 0xf2, 0x89, 0x9e);

-

-// AZFIX: the following GUIDs aren't useful right now.

-

-// {3C33F7F5-EE54-493c-BA25-1656539C05AC}

-DEFINE_GUID(GUID_GETTIME,

-0x3c33f7f5, 0xee54, 0x493c, 0xba, 0x25, 0x16, 0x56, 0x53, 0x9c, 0x5, 0xac);

-

-// {CC44B44D-8169-4952-9E4A-A4E13295E492}

-DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIOREND,

-0xcc44b44d, 0x8169, 0x4952, 0x9e, 0x4a, 0xa4, 0xe1, 0x32, 0x95, 0xe4, 0x92);

-

-// {775D19BF-4D8B-4de6-8DC9-66BAC7B310A2}

-DEFINE_GUID(GUID_FRAMEDROP,

-0x775d19bf, 0x4d8b, 0x4de6, 0x8d, 0xc9, 0x66, 0xba, 0xc7, 0xb3, 0x10, 0xa2);

-

-// {56D29065-EFBE-42dc-8C29-E325DC9C27D5}

-DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIOBREAK,

-0x56d29065, 0xefbe, 0x42dc, 0x8c, 0x29, 0xe3, 0x25, 0xdc, 0x9c, 0x27, 0xd5);

-

-// {E1E6EA87-95A8-497e-BFBA-0295AEBCC707}

-DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIORECV,

-0xe1e6ea87, 0x95a8, 0x497e, 0xbf, 0xba, 0x2, 0x95, 0xae, 0xbc, 0xc7, 0x7);

-

-// {10F7768A-B1E7-4242-AD90-A2D44683D9F0}

-DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIOSLAVE,

-0x10f7768a, 0xb1e7, 0x4242, 0xad, 0x90, 0xa2, 0xd4, 0x46, 0x83, 0xd9, 0xf0);

-

-// {8983803D-691A-49bc-8FF6-962A39C0198F}

-DEFINE_GUID(GUID_AUDIOADDBREAK,

-0x8983803d, 0x691a, 0x49bc, 0x8f, 0xf6, 0x96, 0x2a, 0x39, 0xc0, 0x19, 0x8f);

-

-#define GLITCHTYPE_DSOUNDFIRSTGOOD 0

-#define GLITCHTYPE_DSOUNDFIRSTBAD  1

-

-typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOGLITCH {

-    ULONGLONG   cycleCounter;

-    DWORD       glitchType;

-    LONGLONG   sampleTime;

-    LONGLONG   previousTime;

-    ULONG_PTR       instanceId;

-} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOGLITCH, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOGLITCH;

-

-typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOGLITCH {

-    EVENT_TRACE_HEADER          header;

-    PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOGLITCH  data;

-} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIO_GLITCH, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOGLITCH;

-

-typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_GETTIME {

-    ULONGLONG    cycleCounter;

-    ULONGLONG    dshowClock;

-} PERFINFO_DSHOW_GETTIME, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_GETTIME;

-

-typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_GETTIME {

-    EVENT_TRACE_HEADER        header;

-    PERFINFO_DSHOW_GETTIME    data;

-} PERFINFO_WMI_GETTIME, *PPERFINFO_WMI_GETTIME;

-

-typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AVREND {

-    ULONGLONG    cycleCounter;

-    ULONGLONG    dshowClock;

-    ULONGLONG    sampleTime;

-} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AVREND, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AVREND;

-

-typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AVREND {

-    EVENT_TRACE_HEADER      header;

-    PERFINFO_DSHOW_AVREND   data;

-} PERFINFO_WMI_AVREND, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AVREND;

-

-typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOBREAK {

-    ULONGLONG    cycleCounter;

-    ULONGLONG    dshowClock;

-    ULONGLONG    sampleTime;

-    ULONGLONG    sampleDuration;

-} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOBREAK, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOBREAK;

-

-typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK {

-    EVENT_TRACE_HEADER          header;

-    PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOBREAK   data;

-} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOBREAK;

-

-typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_FRAMEDROP {

-    ULONGLONG    cycleCounter;

-    ULONGLONG    dshowClock;

-    ULONGLONG    frameTime;

-} PERFINFO_DSHOW_FRAMEDROP, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_FRAMEDROP;

-

-typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_FRAMEDROP {

-    EVENT_TRACE_HEADER          header;

-    PERFINFO_DSHOW_FRAMEDROP    data;

-} PERFINFO_WMI_FRAMEDROP, *PPERFINFO_WMI_FRAMEDROP;

-

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_MPEG2DEMUX_PTS_TRANSLATION     1

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_MPEG2DEMUX_SAMPLE_RECEIVED     2

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_BEGIN_ADVISE               3

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_END_ADVISE                 4

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_RECEIVE                    5

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_BEGIN_DEINTERLACE          6

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_END_DEINTERLACE            7

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_BEGIN_DECODE               8

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_END_DECODE                 9

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_DROPPED_FRAME              10

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_DTFILTERINPUT           11

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_DTFILTEROUTPUT          12

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_ETFILTERINPUT           13

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_ETFILTEROUTPUT          14

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_ENCDEC_XDSCODECINPUT           15

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_SBE_DVRANALYSISINPUT_RECEIVE   16

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_SBE_DVRANALYSISINPUT_DELIVER   17

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_SBE_DVRINPUTPIN_RECEIVE        18

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_SBE_DVROUTPUTPIN_RECEIVE       19

-#define PERFINFO_STREAMTRACE_VMR_RENDER_TIME                20

-

-typedef struct _PERFINFO_DSHOW_STREAMTRACE {

-    ULONG        id;

-    ULONG        reserved;

-    ULONGLONG    dshowClock;

-    ULONGLONG    data[ 4 ];

-} PERFINFO_DSHOW_STREAMTRACE, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_STREAMTRACE;

-

-typedef struct _PERFINFO_WMI_STREAMTRACE {

-    EVENT_TRACE_HEADER          header;

-    PERFINFO_DSHOW_STREAMTRACE  data;

-} PERFINFO_WMI_STREAMTRACE, *PPERFINFO_WMI_STREAMTRACE;

-

-

-typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIORECV {

-    LONGLONG    streamTime ;

-    LONGLONG    sampleStart ;

-    LONGLONG    sampleStop ;

-    LONGLONG    hwduration ;

-    BOOL        discontinuity ;

-} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIORECV, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIORECV;

-

-typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIORECV {

-    EVENT_TRACE_HEADER          header;

-    PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIORECV   data;

-} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIORECV, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIORECV;

-

-typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOSLAVE {

-    LONGLONG    masterClock ;

-    LONGLONG    slaveClock ;

-    LONGLONG    errorAccum ;

-    LONGLONG    lastHighErrorSeen ;

-    LONGLONG    lastLowErrorSeen ;

-} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOSLAVE, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOSLAVE;

-

-typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOSLAVE {

-    EVENT_TRACE_HEADER          header;

-    PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOSLAVE   data;

-} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOSLAVE, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOSLAVE;

-

-typedef struct PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOADDBREAK {

-    DWORD   iterNextWrite ;

-    DWORD   offsetNextWrite ;

-    DWORD   iterWrite ;

-    DWORD   offsetWrite ;

-} PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOADDBREAK, *PPERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOADDBREAK;

-

-typedef struct PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOADDBREAK {

-    EVENT_TRACE_HEADER              header;

-    PERFINFO_DSHOW_AUDIOADDBREAK    data;

-} PERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOADDBREAK, *PPERFINFO_WMI_AUDIOADDBREAK;

-

-#endif // _PREFSTRUCT_H_

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/pstream.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/pstream.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index d20171f5..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/pstream.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: PStream.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>

-#include <strsafe.h>

-

-#ifdef PERF

-#include <measure.h>

-#endif

-// #include "pstream.h"  in streams.h

-

-//

-// Constructor

-//

-CPersistStream::CPersistStream(IUnknown *punk, __inout HRESULT *phr)

-    : mPS_fDirty(FALSE)

-{

-    mPS_dwFileVersion = GetSoftwareVersion();

-}

-

-

-//

-// Destructor

-//

-CPersistStream::~CPersistStream() {

-    // Nothing to do

-}

-

-#if 0

-SAMPLE CODE TO COPY - not active at the moment

-

-//

-// NonDelegatingQueryInterface

-//

-// This object supports IPersist & IPersistStream

-STDMETHODIMP CPersistStream::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)

-{

-    if (riid == IID_IPersist) {

-        return GetInterface((IPersist *) this, ppv);      // ???

-    }

-    else if (riid == IID_IPersistStream) {

-        return GetInterface((IPersistStream *) this, ppv);

-    }

-    else {

-        return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);

-    }

-}

-#endif

-

-

-//

-// WriteToStream

-//

-// Writes to the stream (default action is to write nothing)

-HRESULT CPersistStream::WriteToStream(IStream *pStream)

-{

-    // You can override this to do things like

-    // hr = pStream->Write(MyStructure, sizeof(MyStructure), NULL);

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-

-HRESULT CPersistStream::ReadFromStream(IStream * pStream)

-{

-    // You can override this to do things like

-    // hr = pStream->Read(MyStructure, sizeof(MyStructure), NULL);

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-//

-// Load

-//

-// Load all the data from the given stream

-STDMETHODIMP CPersistStream::Load(LPSTREAM pStm)

-{

-    HRESULT hr;

-    // Load the version number then the data

-    mPS_dwFileVersion = ReadInt(pStm, hr);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    return ReadFromStream(pStm);

-}  // Load

-

-

-

-//

-// Save

-//

-// Save the contents of this Stream.

-STDMETHODIMP CPersistStream::Save(LPSTREAM pStm, BOOL fClearDirty)

-{

-

-    HRESULT hr = WriteInt(pStm, GetSoftwareVersion());

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    hr = WriteToStream(pStm);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    mPS_fDirty = !fClearDirty;

-

-    return hr;

-} // Save

-

-

-// WriteInt

-//

-// Writes an integer to an IStream as 11 UNICODE characters followed by one space.

-// You could use this for shorts or unsigneds or anything (up to 32 bits)

-// where the value isn't actually truncated by squeezing it into 32 bits.

-// Values such as (unsigned) 0x80000000 would come out as -2147483648

-// but would then load as 0x80000000 through ReadInt.  Cast as you please.

-

-STDAPI WriteInt(IStream *pIStream, int n)

-{

-    WCHAR Buff[13];  // Allows for trailing null that we don't write

-    (void)StringCchPrintfW(Buff, NUMELMS(Buff),L"%011d ",n);

-    return pIStream->Write(&(Buff[0]), 12*sizeof(WCHAR), NULL);

-} // WriteInt

-

-

-// ReadInt

-//

-// Reads an integer from an IStream.

-// Read as 4 bytes.  You could use this for shorts or unsigneds or anything

-// where the value isn't actually truncated by squeezing it into 32 bits

-// Striped down subset of what sscanf can do (without dragging in the C runtime)

-

-STDAPI_(int) ReadInt(IStream *pIStream, __out HRESULT &hr)

-{

-

-    int Sign = 1;

-    unsigned int n = 0;    // result wil be n*Sign

-    WCHAR wch;

-

-    hr = pIStream->Read( &wch, sizeof(wch), NULL);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return 0;

-    }

-

-    if (wch==L'-'){

-        Sign = -1;

-        hr = pIStream->Read( &wch, sizeof(wch), NULL);

-        if (FAILED(hr)) {

-            return 0;

-        }

-    }

-

-    for( ; ; ) {

-        if (wch>=L'0' && wch<=L'9') {

-            n = 10*n+(int)(wch-L'0');

-        } else if (  wch == L' '

-                  || wch == L'\t'

-                  || wch == L'\r'

-                  || wch == L'\n'

-                  || wch == L'\0'

-                  ) {

-            break;

-        } else {

-            hr = VFW_E_INVALID_FILE_FORMAT;

-            return 0;

-        }

-

-        hr = pIStream->Read( &wch, sizeof(wch), NULL);

-        if (FAILED(hr)) {

-            return 0;

-        }

-    }

-

-    if (n==0x80000000 && Sign==-1) {

-        // This is the negative number that has no positive version!

-        return (int)n;

-    }

-    else return (int)n * Sign;

-} // ReadInt

-

-

-// The microsoft C/C++ compile generates level 4 warnings to the effect that

-// a particular inline function (from some base class) was not needed.

-// This line gets rid of hundreds of such unwanted messages and makes

-// -W4 compilation feasible:

-#pragma warning(disable: 4514)

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/pstream.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/pstream.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 04b6af62..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/pstream.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: PStream.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a class for persistent properties

-//       of filters.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#ifndef __PSTREAM__

-#define __PSTREAM__

-

-// Base class for persistent properties of filters

-// (i.e. filter properties in saved graphs)

-

-// The simplest way to use this is:

-// 1. Arrange for your filter to inherit this class

-// 2. Implement in your class WriteToStream and ReadFromStream

-//    These will override the "do nothing" functions here.

-// 3. Change your NonDelegatingQueryInterface to handle IPersistStream

-// 4. Implement SizeMax to return the number of bytes of data you save.

-//    If you save UNICODE data, don't forget a char is 2 bytes.

-// 5. Whenever your data changes, call SetDirty()

-//

-// At some point you may decide to alter, or extend the format of your data.

-// At that point you will wish that you had a version number in all the old

-// saved graphs, so that you can tell, when you read them, whether they

-// represent the old or new form.  To assist you in this, this class

-// writes and reads a version number.

-// When it writes, it calls GetSoftwareVersion()  to enquire what version

-// of the software we have at the moment.  (In effect this is a version number

-// of the data layout in the file).  It writes this as the first thing in the data.

-// If you want to change the version, implement (override) GetSoftwareVersion().

-// It reads this from the file into mPS_dwFileVersion before calling ReadFromStream,

-// so in ReadFromStream you can check mPS_dwFileVersion to see if you are reading

-// an old version file.

-// Normally you should accept files whose version is no newer than the software

-// version that's reading them.

-

-

-// CPersistStream

-//

-// Implements IPersistStream.

-// See 'OLE Programmers Reference (Vol 1):Structured Storage Overview' for

-// more implementation information.

-class CPersistStream : public IPersistStream {

-    private:

-

-        // Internal state:

-

-    protected:

-        DWORD     mPS_dwFileVersion;         // version number of file (being read)

-        BOOL      mPS_fDirty;

-

-    public:

-

-        // IPersistStream methods

-

-        STDMETHODIMP IsDirty()

-            {return (mPS_fDirty ? S_OK : S_FALSE);}  // note FALSE means clean

-        STDMETHODIMP Load(LPSTREAM pStm);

-        STDMETHODIMP Save(LPSTREAM pStm, BOOL fClearDirty);

-        STDMETHODIMP GetSizeMax(__out ULARGE_INTEGER * pcbSize)

-                         // Allow 24 bytes for version.

-                         { pcbSize->QuadPart = 12*sizeof(WCHAR)+SizeMax(); return NOERROR; }

-

-        // implementation

-

-        CPersistStream(IUnknown *punk, __inout HRESULT *phr);

-        ~CPersistStream();

-

-        HRESULT SetDirty(BOOL fDirty)

-            { mPS_fDirty = fDirty; return NOERROR;}

-

-

-        // override to reveal IPersist & IPersistStream

-        // STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, void **ppv);

-

-        // --- IPersist ---

-

-        // You must override this to provide your own class id

-        STDMETHODIMP GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsid) PURE;

-

-        // overrideable if you want

-        // file version number.  Override it if you ever change format

-        virtual DWORD GetSoftwareVersion(void) { return 0; }

-

-

-        //=========================================================================

-        // OVERRIDE THESE to read and write your data

-        // OVERRIDE THESE to read and write your data

-        // OVERRIDE THESE to read and write your data

-

-        virtual int SizeMax() {return 0;}

-        virtual HRESULT WriteToStream(IStream *pStream);

-        virtual HRESULT ReadFromStream(IStream *pStream);

-        //=========================================================================

-

-    private:

-

-};

-

-

-// --- Useful helpers ---

-

-

-// Writes an int to an IStream as UNICODE.

-STDAPI WriteInt(IStream *pIStream, int n);

-

-// inverse of WriteInt

-STDAPI_(int) ReadInt(IStream *pIStream, __out HRESULT &hr);

-

-#endif // __PSTREAM__

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/pullpin.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/pullpin.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index a197ba58..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/pullpin.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,588 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: PullPin.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements CPullPin class that pulls data

-//       from IAsyncReader.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>

-#include "pullpin.h"

-

-#ifdef DXMPERF

-#include "dxmperf.h"

-#endif // DXMPERF

-

-

-CPullPin::CPullPin()

-  : m_pReader(NULL),

-    m_pAlloc(NULL),

-    m_State(TM_Exit)

-{

-#ifdef DXMPERF

-	PERFLOG_CTOR( L"CPullPin", this );

-#endif // DXMPERF

-

-}

-

-CPullPin::~CPullPin()

-{

-    Disconnect();

-

-#ifdef DXMPERF

-	PERFLOG_DTOR( L"CPullPin", this );

-#endif // DXMPERF

-

-}

-

-// returns S_OK if successfully connected to an IAsyncReader interface

-// from this object

-// Optional allocator should be proposed as a preferred allocator if

-// necessary

-HRESULT

-CPullPin::Connect(IUnknown* pUnk, IMemAllocator* pAlloc, BOOL bSync)

-{

-    CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);

-

-    if (m_pReader) {

-	return VFW_E_ALREADY_CONNECTED;

-    }

-

-    HRESULT hr = pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IAsyncReader, (void**)&m_pReader);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-

-#ifdef DXMPERF

-		{

-		AM_MEDIA_TYPE *	pmt = NULL;

-		PERFLOG_CONNECT( this, pUnk, hr, pmt );

-		}

-#endif // DXMPERF

-

-	return(hr);

-    }

-

-    hr = DecideAllocator(pAlloc, NULL);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-	Disconnect();

-

-#ifdef DXMPERF

-		{

-		AM_MEDIA_TYPE *	pmt = NULL;

-		PERFLOG_CONNECT( this, pUnk, hr, pmt );

-		}

-#endif // DXMPERF

-

-	return hr;

-    }

-

-    LONGLONG llTotal, llAvail;

-    hr = m_pReader->Length(&llTotal, &llAvail);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-	Disconnect();

-

-#ifdef DXMPERF

-		{

-		AM_MEDIA_TYPE *	pmt = NULL;

-		PERFLOG_CONNECT( this, pUnk, hr, pmt );

-		}

-#endif

-

-	return hr;

-    }

-

-    // convert from file position to reference time

-    m_tDuration = llTotal * UNITS;

-    m_tStop = m_tDuration;

-    m_tStart = 0;

-

-    m_bSync = bSync;

-

-#ifdef DXMPERF

-	{

-	AM_MEDIA_TYPE *	pmt = NULL;

-	PERFLOG_CONNECT( this, pUnk, S_OK, pmt );

-	}

-#endif // DXMPERF

-

-

-    return S_OK;

-}

-

-// disconnect any connection made in Connect

-HRESULT

-CPullPin::Disconnect()

-{

-    CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);

-

-    StopThread();

-

-

-#ifdef DXMPERF

-	PERFLOG_DISCONNECT( this, m_pReader, S_OK );

-#endif // DXMPERF

-

-

-    if (m_pReader) {

-	m_pReader->Release();

-	m_pReader = NULL;

-    }

-

-    if (m_pAlloc) {

-	m_pAlloc->Release();

-	m_pAlloc = NULL;

-    }

-

-    return S_OK;

-}

-

-// agree an allocator using RequestAllocator - optional

-// props param specifies your requirements (non-zero fields).

-// returns an error code if fail to match requirements.

-// optional IMemAllocator interface is offered as a preferred allocator

-// but no error occurs if it can't be met.

-HRESULT

-CPullPin::DecideAllocator(

-    IMemAllocator * pAlloc,

-    __inout_opt ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * pProps)

-{

-    ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pRequest;

-    ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES Request;

-    if (pProps == NULL) {

-	Request.cBuffers = 3;

-	Request.cbBuffer = 64*1024;

-	Request.cbAlign = 0;

-	Request.cbPrefix = 0;

-	pRequest = &Request;

-    } else {

-	pRequest = pProps;

-    }

-    HRESULT hr = m_pReader->RequestAllocator(

-		    pAlloc,

-		    pRequest,

-		    &m_pAlloc);

-    return hr;

-}

-

-// start pulling data

-HRESULT

-CPullPin::Active(void)

-{

-    ASSERT(!ThreadExists());

-    return StartThread();

-}

-

-// stop pulling data

-HRESULT

-CPullPin::Inactive(void)

-{

-    StopThread();

-

-    return S_OK;

-}

-

-HRESULT

-CPullPin::Seek(REFERENCE_TIME tStart, REFERENCE_TIME tStop)

-{

-    CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);

-

-    ThreadMsg AtStart = m_State;

-

-    if (AtStart == TM_Start) {

-	BeginFlush();

-	PauseThread();

-	EndFlush();

-    }

-

-    m_tStart = tStart;

-    m_tStop = tStop;

-

-    HRESULT hr = S_OK;

-    if (AtStart == TM_Start) {

-	hr = StartThread();

-    }

-

-    return hr;

-}

-

-HRESULT

-CPullPin::Duration(__out REFERENCE_TIME* ptDuration)

-{

-    *ptDuration = m_tDuration;

-    return S_OK;

-}

-

-

-HRESULT

-CPullPin::StartThread()

-{

-    CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);

-

-    if (!m_pAlloc || !m_pReader) {

-	return E_UNEXPECTED;

-    }

-

-    HRESULT hr;

-    if (!ThreadExists()) {

-

-	// commit allocator

-	hr = m_pAlloc->Commit();

-	if (FAILED(hr)) {

-	    return hr;

-	}

-

-	// start thread

-	if (!Create()) {

-	    return E_FAIL;

-	}

-    }

-

-    m_State = TM_Start;

-    hr = (HRESULT) CallWorker(m_State);

-    return hr;

-}

-

-HRESULT

-CPullPin::PauseThread()

-{

-    CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);

-

-    if (!ThreadExists()) {

-	return E_UNEXPECTED;

-    }

-

-    // need to flush to ensure the thread is not blocked

-    // in WaitForNext

-    HRESULT hr = m_pReader->BeginFlush();

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-	return hr;

-    }

-

-    m_State = TM_Pause;

-    hr = CallWorker(TM_Pause);

-

-    m_pReader->EndFlush();

-    return hr;

-}

-

-HRESULT

-CPullPin::StopThread()

-{

-    CAutoLock lock(&m_AccessLock);

-

-    if (!ThreadExists()) {

-	return S_FALSE;

-    }

-

-    // need to flush to ensure the thread is not blocked

-    // in WaitForNext

-    HRESULT hr = m_pReader->BeginFlush();

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-	return hr;

-    }

-

-    m_State = TM_Exit;

-    hr = CallWorker(TM_Exit);

-

-    m_pReader->EndFlush();

-

-    // wait for thread to completely exit

-    Close();

-

-    // decommit allocator

-    if (m_pAlloc) {

-	m_pAlloc->Decommit();

-    }

-

-    return S_OK;

-}

-

-

-DWORD

-CPullPin::ThreadProc(void)

-{

-    while(1) {

-	DWORD cmd = GetRequest();

-	switch(cmd) {

-	case TM_Exit:

-	    Reply(S_OK);

-	    return 0;

-

-	case TM_Pause:

-	    // we are paused already

-	    Reply(S_OK);

-	    break;

-

-	case TM_Start:

-	    Reply(S_OK);

-	    Process();

-	    break;

-	}

-

-	// at this point, there should be no outstanding requests on the

-	// upstream filter.

-	// We should force begin/endflush to ensure that this is true.

-	// !!!Note that we may currently be inside a BeginFlush/EndFlush pair

-	// on another thread, but the premature EndFlush will do no harm now

-	// that we are idle.

-	m_pReader->BeginFlush();

-	CleanupCancelled();

-	m_pReader->EndFlush();

-    }

-}

-

-HRESULT

-CPullPin::QueueSample(

-    __inout REFERENCE_TIME& tCurrent,

-    REFERENCE_TIME tAlignStop,

-    BOOL bDiscontinuity

-    )

-{

-    IMediaSample* pSample;

-

-    HRESULT hr = m_pAlloc->GetBuffer(&pSample, NULL, NULL, 0);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-	return hr;

-    }

-

-    LONGLONG tStopThis = tCurrent + (pSample->GetSize() * UNITS);

-    if (tStopThis > tAlignStop) {

-	tStopThis = tAlignStop;

-    }

-    pSample->SetTime(&tCurrent, &tStopThis);

-    tCurrent = tStopThis;

-

-    pSample->SetDiscontinuity(bDiscontinuity);

-

-    hr = m_pReader->Request(

-			pSample,

-			0);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-	pSample->Release();

-

-	CleanupCancelled();

-	OnError(hr);

-    }

-    return hr;

-}

-

-HRESULT

-CPullPin::CollectAndDeliver(

-    REFERENCE_TIME tStart,

-    REFERENCE_TIME tStop)

-{

-    IMediaSample* pSample = NULL;   // better be sure pSample is set

-    DWORD_PTR dwUnused;

-    HRESULT hr = m_pReader->WaitForNext(

-			INFINITE,

-			&pSample,

-			&dwUnused);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-	if (pSample) {

-	    pSample->Release();

-	}

-    } else {

-	hr = DeliverSample(pSample, tStart, tStop);

-    }

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-	CleanupCancelled();

-	OnError(hr);

-    }

-    return hr;

-

-}

-

-HRESULT

-CPullPin::DeliverSample(

-    IMediaSample* pSample,

-    REFERENCE_TIME tStart,

-    REFERENCE_TIME tStop

-    )

-{

-    // fix up sample if past actual stop (for sector alignment)

-    REFERENCE_TIME t1, t2;

-    if (S_OK == pSample->GetTime(&t1, &t2)) {

-        if (t2 > tStop) {

-            t2 = tStop;

-        }

-

-        // adjust times to be relative to (aligned) start time

-        t1 -= tStart;

-        t2 -= tStart;

-        HRESULT hr = pSample->SetTime(&t1, &t2);

-        if (FAILED(hr)) {

-            return hr;

-        }

-    }

-

-#ifdef DXMPERF

-	{

-	AM_MEDIA_TYPE *	pmt = NULL;

-	pSample->GetMediaType( &pmt );

-	PERFLOG_RECEIVE( L"CPullPin", m_pReader, this, pSample, pmt );

-	}

-#endif

-

-    HRESULT hr = Receive(pSample);

-    pSample->Release();

-    return hr;

-}

-

-void

-CPullPin::Process(void)

-{

-    // is there anything to do?

-    if (m_tStop <= m_tStart) {

-	EndOfStream();

-	return;

-    }

-

-    BOOL bDiscontinuity = TRUE;

-

-    // if there is more than one sample at the allocator,

-    // then try to queue 2 at once in order to overlap.

-    // -- get buffer count and required alignment

-    ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES Actual;

-    HRESULT hr = m_pAlloc->GetProperties(&Actual);

-

-    // align the start position downwards

-    REFERENCE_TIME tStart = AlignDown(m_tStart / UNITS, Actual.cbAlign) * UNITS;

-    REFERENCE_TIME tCurrent = tStart;

-

-    REFERENCE_TIME tStop = m_tStop;

-    if (tStop > m_tDuration) {

-	tStop = m_tDuration;

-    }

-

-    // align the stop position - may be past stop, but that

-    // doesn't matter

-    REFERENCE_TIME tAlignStop = AlignUp(tStop / UNITS, Actual.cbAlign) * UNITS;

-

-

-    DWORD dwRequest;

-

-    if (!m_bSync) {

-

-	//  Break out of the loop either if we get to the end or we're asked

-	//  to do something else

-	while (tCurrent < tAlignStop) {

-

-	    // Break out without calling EndOfStream if we're asked to

-	    // do something different

-	    if (CheckRequest(&dwRequest)) {

-		return;

-	    }

-

-	    // queue a first sample

-	    if (Actual.cBuffers > 1) {

-

-		hr = QueueSample(tCurrent, tAlignStop, TRUE);

-		bDiscontinuity = FALSE;

-

-		if (FAILED(hr)) {

-		    return;

-		}

-	    }

-

-

-

-	    // loop queueing second and waiting for first..

-	    while (tCurrent < tAlignStop) {

-

-		hr = QueueSample(tCurrent, tAlignStop, bDiscontinuity);

-		bDiscontinuity = FALSE;

-

-		if (FAILED(hr)) {

-		    return;

-		}

-

-		hr = CollectAndDeliver(tStart, tStop);

-		if (S_OK != hr) {

-

-		    // stop if error, or if downstream filter said

-		    // to stop.

-		    return;

-		}

-	    }

-

-	    if (Actual.cBuffers > 1) {

-		hr = CollectAndDeliver(tStart, tStop);

-		if (FAILED(hr)) {

-		    return;

-		}

-	    }

-	}

-    } else {

-

-	// sync version of above loop

-	while (tCurrent < tAlignStop) {

-

-	    // Break out without calling EndOfStream if we're asked to

-	    // do something different

-	    if (CheckRequest(&dwRequest)) {

-		return;

-	    }

-

-	    IMediaSample* pSample;

-

-	    hr = m_pAlloc->GetBuffer(&pSample, NULL, NULL, 0);

-	    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-		OnError(hr);

-		return;

-	    }

-

-	    LONGLONG tStopThis = tCurrent + (pSample->GetSize() * UNITS);

-	    if (tStopThis > tAlignStop) {

-		tStopThis = tAlignStop;

-	    }

-	    pSample->SetTime(&tCurrent, &tStopThis);

-	    tCurrent = tStopThis;

-

-	    if (bDiscontinuity) {

-		pSample->SetDiscontinuity(TRUE);

-		bDiscontinuity = FALSE;

-	    }

-

-	    hr = m_pReader->SyncReadAligned(pSample);

-

-	    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-		pSample->Release();

-		OnError(hr);

-		return;

-	    }

-

-	    hr = DeliverSample(pSample, tStart, tStop);

-	    if (hr != S_OK) {

-		if (FAILED(hr)) {

-		    OnError(hr);

-		}

-		return;

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-

-    EndOfStream();

-}

-

-// after a flush, cancelled i/o will be waiting for collection

-// and release

-void

-CPullPin::CleanupCancelled(void)

-{

-    while (1) {

-	IMediaSample * pSample;

-	DWORD_PTR dwUnused;

-

-	HRESULT hr = m_pReader->WaitForNext(

-			    0,          // no wait

-			    &pSample,

-			    &dwUnused);

-	if(pSample) {

-	    pSample->Release();

-	} else {

-	    // no more samples

-	    return;

-	}

-    }

-}

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/pullpin.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/pullpin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 03ad40ec..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/pullpin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: PullPin.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines CPullPin class.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#ifndef __PULLPIN_H__

-#define __PULLPIN_H__

-

-//

-// CPullPin

-//

-// object supporting pulling data from an IAsyncReader interface.

-// Given a start/stop position, calls a pure Receive method with each

-// IMediaSample received.

-//

-// This is essentially for use in a MemInputPin when it finds itself

-// connected to an IAsyncReader pin instead of a pushing pin.

-//

-

-class CPullPin : public CAMThread

-{

-    IAsyncReader*       m_pReader;

-    REFERENCE_TIME      m_tStart;

-    REFERENCE_TIME      m_tStop;

-    REFERENCE_TIME      m_tDuration;

-    BOOL                m_bSync;

-

-    enum ThreadMsg {

-	TM_Pause,       // stop pulling and wait for next message

-	TM_Start,       // start pulling

-	TM_Exit,        // stop and exit

-    };

-

-    ThreadMsg m_State;

-

-    // override pure thread proc from CAMThread

-    DWORD ThreadProc(void);

-

-    // running pull method (check m_bSync)

-    void Process(void);

-

-    // clean up any cancelled i/o after a flush

-    void CleanupCancelled(void);

-

-    // suspend thread from pulling, eg during seek

-    HRESULT PauseThread();

-

-    // start thread pulling - create thread if necy

-    HRESULT StartThread();

-

-    // stop and close thread

-    HRESULT StopThread();

-

-    // called from ProcessAsync to queue and collect requests

-    HRESULT QueueSample(

-		__inout REFERENCE_TIME& tCurrent,

-		REFERENCE_TIME tAlignStop,

-		BOOL bDiscontinuity);

-

-    HRESULT CollectAndDeliver(

-		REFERENCE_TIME tStart,

-		REFERENCE_TIME tStop);

-

-    HRESULT DeliverSample(

-		IMediaSample* pSample,

-		REFERENCE_TIME tStart,

-		REFERENCE_TIME tStop);

-

-protected:

-    IMemAllocator *     m_pAlloc;

-

-public:

-    CPullPin();

-    virtual ~CPullPin();

-

-    // returns S_OK if successfully connected to an IAsyncReader interface

-    // from this object

-    // Optional allocator should be proposed as a preferred allocator if

-    // necessary

-    // bSync is TRUE if we are to use sync reads instead of the

-    // async methods.

-    HRESULT Connect(IUnknown* pUnk, IMemAllocator* pAlloc, BOOL bSync);

-

-    // disconnect any connection made in Connect

-    HRESULT Disconnect();

-

-    // agree an allocator using RequestAllocator - optional

-    // props param specifies your requirements (non-zero fields).

-    // returns an error code if fail to match requirements.

-    // optional IMemAllocator interface is offered as a preferred allocator

-    // but no error occurs if it can't be met.

-    virtual HRESULT DecideAllocator(

-		IMemAllocator* pAlloc,

-		__inout_opt ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * pProps);

-

-    // set start and stop position. if active, will start immediately at

-    // the new position. Default is 0 to duration

-    HRESULT Seek(REFERENCE_TIME tStart, REFERENCE_TIME tStop);

-

-    // return the total duration

-    HRESULT Duration(__out REFERENCE_TIME* ptDuration);

-

-    // start pulling data

-    HRESULT Active(void);

-

-    // stop pulling data

-    HRESULT Inactive(void);

-

-    // helper functions

-    LONGLONG AlignDown(LONGLONG ll, LONG lAlign) {

-	// aligning downwards is just truncation

-	return ll & ~(lAlign-1);

-    };

-

-    LONGLONG AlignUp(LONGLONG ll, LONG lAlign) {

-	// align up: round up to next boundary

-	return (ll + (lAlign -1)) & ~(lAlign -1);

-    };

-

-    // GetReader returns the (addrefed) IAsyncReader interface

-    // for SyncRead etc

-    IAsyncReader* GetReader() {

-	m_pReader->AddRef();

-	return m_pReader;

-    };

-

-    // -- pure --

-

-    // override this to handle data arrival

-    // return value other than S_OK will stop data

-    virtual HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample*) PURE;

-

-    // override this to handle end-of-stream

-    virtual HRESULT EndOfStream(void) PURE;

-

-    // called on runtime errors that will have caused pulling

-    // to stop

-    // these errors are all returned from the upstream filter, who

-    // will have already reported any errors to the filtergraph.

-    virtual void OnError(HRESULT hr) PURE;

-

-    // flush this pin and all downstream

-    virtual HRESULT BeginFlush() PURE;

-    virtual HRESULT EndFlush() PURE;

-

-};

-

-#endif //__PULLPIN_H__

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/refclock.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/refclock.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ae25f44..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/refclock.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,402 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: RefClock.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements the IReferenceClock interface.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>

-#include <limits.h>

-

-#ifdef DXMPERF

-#include "dxmperf.h"

-#endif // DXMPERF

-

-

-// 'this' used in constructor list

-#pragma warning(disable:4355)

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(

-    REFIID riid,

-    __deref_out void ** ppv)

-{

-    HRESULT hr;

-

-    if (riid == IID_IReferenceClock)

-    {

-        hr = GetInterface((IReferenceClock *) this, ppv);

-    }

-    else if (riid == IID_IReferenceClockTimerControl)

-    {

-        hr = GetInterface((IReferenceClockTimerControl *) this, ppv);

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        hr = CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);

-    }

-    return hr;

-}

-

-CBaseReferenceClock::~CBaseReferenceClock()

-{

-#ifdef DXMPERF

-    PERFLOG_DTOR( L"CBaseReferenceClock", (IReferenceClock *) this );

-#endif // DXMPERF

-

-    if (m_TimerResolution) timeEndPeriod(m_TimerResolution);

-

-    if (m_pSchedule)

-    {

-        m_pSchedule->DumpLinkedList();

-    }

-

-    if (m_hThread)

-    {

-        m_bAbort = TRUE;

-        TriggerThread();

-        WaitForSingleObject( m_hThread, INFINITE );

-        EXECUTE_ASSERT( CloseHandle(m_hThread) );

-        m_hThread = 0;

-        EXECUTE_ASSERT( CloseHandle(m_pSchedule->GetEvent()) );

-	delete m_pSchedule;

-    }

-}

-

-// A derived class may supply a hThreadEvent if it has its own thread that will take care

-// of calling the schedulers Advise method.  (Refere to CBaseReferenceClock::AdviseThread()

-// to see what such a thread has to do.)

-CBaseReferenceClock::CBaseReferenceClock( __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, 

-                                          __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, 

-                                          __inout HRESULT *phr, 

-                                          __inout_opt CAMSchedule * pShed )

-: CUnknown( pName, pUnk )

-, m_rtLastGotTime(0)

-, m_TimerResolution(0)

-, m_bAbort( FALSE )

-, m_pSchedule( pShed ? pShed : new CAMSchedule(CreateEvent(NULL, FALSE, FALSE, NULL)) )

-, m_hThread(0)

-{

-

-#ifdef DXMPERF

-    PERFLOG_CTOR( pName ? pName : L"CBaseReferenceClock", (IReferenceClock *) this );

-#endif // DXMPERF

-

-    ASSERT(m_pSchedule);

-    if (!m_pSchedule)

-    {

-        *phr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        // Set up the highest resolution timer we can manage

-        TIMECAPS tc;

-        m_TimerResolution = (TIMERR_NOERROR == timeGetDevCaps(&tc, sizeof(tc)))

-                            ? tc.wPeriodMin

-                            : 1;

-

-        timeBeginPeriod(m_TimerResolution);

-

-        /* Initialise our system times - the derived clock should set the right values */

-        m_dwPrevSystemTime = timeGetTime();

-        m_rtPrivateTime = (UNITS / MILLISECONDS) * m_dwPrevSystemTime;

-

-        #ifdef PERF

-            m_idGetSystemTime = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("CBaseReferenceClock::GetTime"));

-        #endif

-

-        if ( !pShed )

-        {

-            DWORD ThreadID;

-            m_hThread = ::CreateThread(NULL,                  // Security attributes

-                                       (DWORD) 0,             // Initial stack size

-                                       AdviseThreadFunction,  // Thread start address

-                                       (LPVOID) this,         // Thread parameter

-                                       (DWORD) 0,             // Creation flags

-                                       &ThreadID);            // Thread identifier

-

-            if (m_hThread)

-            {

-                SetThreadPriority( m_hThread, THREAD_PRIORITY_TIME_CRITICAL );

-            }

-            else

-            {

-                *phr = E_FAIL;

-                EXECUTE_ASSERT( CloseHandle(m_pSchedule->GetEvent()) );

-                delete m_pSchedule;

-                m_pSchedule = NULL;

-            }

-        }

-    }

-}

-

-void CBaseReferenceClock::Restart (IN REFERENCE_TIME rtMinTime)

-{

-    Lock();

-    m_rtLastGotTime = rtMinTime ;

-    Unlock();

-}

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::GetTime(__out REFERENCE_TIME *pTime)

-{

-    HRESULT hr;

-    if (pTime)

-    {

-        REFERENCE_TIME rtNow;

-        Lock();

-        rtNow = GetPrivateTime();

-        if (rtNow > m_rtLastGotTime)

-        {

-            m_rtLastGotTime = rtNow;

-            hr = S_OK;

-        }

-        else

-        {

-            hr = S_FALSE;

-        }

-        *pTime = m_rtLastGotTime;

-        Unlock();

-        MSR_INTEGER(m_idGetSystemTime, LONG((*pTime) / (UNITS/MILLISECONDS)) );

-

-#ifdef DXMPERF

-        PERFLOG_GETTIME( (IReferenceClock *) this, *pTime );

-#endif // DXMPERF

-

-    }

-    else hr = E_POINTER;

-

-    return hr;

-}

-

-/* Ask for an async notification that a time has elapsed */

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::AdviseTime(

-    REFERENCE_TIME baseTime,         // base reference time

-    REFERENCE_TIME streamTime,       // stream offset time

-    HEVENT hEvent,                   // advise via this event

-    __out DWORD_PTR *pdwAdviseCookie)// where your cookie goes

-{

-    CheckPointer(pdwAdviseCookie, E_POINTER);

-    *pdwAdviseCookie = 0;

-

-    // Check that the event is not already set

-    ASSERT(WAIT_TIMEOUT == WaitForSingleObject(HANDLE(hEvent),0));

-

-    HRESULT hr;

-

-    const REFERENCE_TIME lRefTime = baseTime + streamTime;

-    if ( lRefTime <= 0 || lRefTime == MAX_TIME )

-    {

-        hr = E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        *pdwAdviseCookie = m_pSchedule->AddAdvisePacket( lRefTime, 0, HANDLE(hEvent), FALSE );

-        hr = *pdwAdviseCookie ? NOERROR : E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    }

-    return hr;

-}

-

-

-/* Ask for an asynchronous periodic notification that a time has elapsed */

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::AdvisePeriodic(

-    REFERENCE_TIME StartTime,         // starting at this time

-    REFERENCE_TIME PeriodTime,        // time between notifications

-    HSEMAPHORE hSemaphore,            // advise via a semaphore

-    __out DWORD_PTR *pdwAdviseCookie) // where your cookie goes

-{

-    CheckPointer(pdwAdviseCookie, E_POINTER);

-    *pdwAdviseCookie = 0;

-

-    HRESULT hr;

-    if (StartTime > 0 && PeriodTime > 0 && StartTime != MAX_TIME )

-    {

-        *pdwAdviseCookie = m_pSchedule->AddAdvisePacket( StartTime, PeriodTime, HANDLE(hSemaphore), TRUE );

-        hr = *pdwAdviseCookie ? NOERROR : E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    }

-    else hr = E_INVALIDARG;

-

-    return hr;

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::Unadvise(DWORD_PTR dwAdviseCookie)

-{

-    return m_pSchedule->Unadvise(dwAdviseCookie);

-}

-

-

-REFERENCE_TIME CBaseReferenceClock::GetPrivateTime()

-{

-    CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);

-

-

-    /* If the clock has wrapped then the current time will be less than

-     * the last time we were notified so add on the extra milliseconds

-     *

-     * The time period is long enough so that the likelihood of

-     * successive calls spanning the clock cycle is not considered.

-     */

-

-    DWORD dwTime = timeGetTime();

-    {

-        m_rtPrivateTime += Int32x32To64(UNITS / MILLISECONDS, (DWORD)(dwTime - m_dwPrevSystemTime));

-        m_dwPrevSystemTime = dwTime;

-    }

-

-    return m_rtPrivateTime;

-}

-

-

-/* Adjust the current time by the input value.  This allows an

-   external time source to work out some of the latency of the clock

-   system and adjust the "current" time accordingly.  The intent is

-   that the time returned to the user is synchronised to a clock

-   source and allows drift to be catered for.

-

-   For example: if the clock source detects a drift it can pass a delta

-   to the current time rather than having to set an explicit time.

-*/

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseReferenceClock::SetTimeDelta(const REFERENCE_TIME & TimeDelta)

-{

-#ifdef DEBUG

-

-    // Just break if passed an improper time delta value

-    LONGLONG llDelta = TimeDelta > 0 ? TimeDelta : -TimeDelta;

-    if (llDelta > UNITS * 1000) {

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 0, TEXT("Bad Time Delta")));

-        //DebugBreak();

-    }

-

-    // We're going to calculate a "severity" for the time change. Max -1

-    // min 8.  We'll then use this as the debug logging level for a

-    // debug log message.

-    const LONG usDelta = LONG(TimeDelta/10);      // Delta in micro-secs

-

-    DWORD delta        = abs(usDelta);            // varying delta

-    // Severity == 8 - ceil(log<base 8>(abs( micro-secs delta)))

-    int   Severity     = 8;

-    while ( delta > 0 )

-    {

-        delta >>= 3;                              // div 8

-        Severity--;

-    }

-

-    // Sev == 0 => > 2 second delta!

-    DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, Severity < 0 ? 0 : Severity,

-        TEXT("Sev %2i: CSystemClock::SetTimeDelta(%8ld us) %lu -> %lu ms."),

-        Severity, usDelta, DWORD(ConvertToMilliseconds(m_rtPrivateTime)),

-        DWORD(ConvertToMilliseconds(TimeDelta+m_rtPrivateTime)) ));

-

-    // Don't want the DbgBreak to fire when running stress on debug-builds.

-    #ifdef BREAK_ON_SEVERE_TIME_DELTA

-        if (Severity < 0)

-            DbgBreakPoint(TEXT("SetTimeDelta > 16 seconds!"),

-                          TEXT(__FILE__),__LINE__);

-    #endif

-

-#endif

-

-    CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);

-    m_rtPrivateTime += TimeDelta;

-    // If time goes forwards, and we have advises, then we need to

-    // trigger the thread so that it can re-evaluate its wait time.

-    // Since we don't want the cost of the thread switches if the change

-    // is really small, only do it if clock goes forward by more than

-    // 0.5 millisecond.  If the time goes backwards, the thread will

-    // wake up "early" (relativly speaking) and will re-evaluate at

-    // that time.

-    if ( TimeDelta > 5000 && m_pSchedule->GetAdviseCount() > 0 ) TriggerThread();

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-// Thread stuff

-

-DWORD __stdcall CBaseReferenceClock::AdviseThreadFunction(__in LPVOID p)

-{

-    return DWORD(reinterpret_cast<CBaseReferenceClock*>(p)->AdviseThread());

-}

-

-HRESULT CBaseReferenceClock::AdviseThread()

-{

-    DWORD dwWait = INFINITE;

-

-    // The first thing we do is wait until something interesting happens

-    // (meaning a first advise or shutdown).  This prevents us calling

-    // GetPrivateTime immediately which is goodness as that is a virtual

-    // routine and the derived class may not yet be constructed.  (This

-    // thread is created in the base class constructor.)

-

-    while ( !m_bAbort )

-    {

-        // Wait for an interesting event to happen

-        DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 3, TEXT("CBaseRefClock::AdviseThread() Delay: %lu ms"), dwWait ));

-        WaitForSingleObject(m_pSchedule->GetEvent(), dwWait);

-        if (m_bAbort) break;

-

-        // There are several reasons why we need to work from the internal

-        // time, mainly to do with what happens when time goes backwards.

-        // Mainly, it stop us looping madly if an event is just about to

-        // expire when the clock goes backward (i.e. GetTime stop for a

-        // while).

-        const REFERENCE_TIME  rtNow = GetPrivateTime();

-

-        DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 3,

-              TEXT("CBaseRefClock::AdviseThread() Woke at = %lu ms"),

-              ConvertToMilliseconds(rtNow) ));

-

-        // We must add in a millisecond, since this is the resolution of our

-        // WaitForSingleObject timer.  Failure to do so will cause us to loop

-        // franticly for (approx) 1 a millisecond.

-        m_rtNextAdvise = m_pSchedule->Advise( 10000 + rtNow );

-        LONGLONG llWait = m_rtNextAdvise - rtNow;

-

-        ASSERT( llWait > 0 );

-

-        llWait = ConvertToMilliseconds(llWait);

-        // DON'T replace this with a max!! (The type's of these things is VERY important)

-        dwWait = (llWait > REFERENCE_TIME(UINT_MAX)) ? UINT_MAX : DWORD(llWait);

-    };

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-HRESULT CBaseReferenceClock::SetDefaultTimerResolution(

-        REFERENCE_TIME timerResolution // in 100ns

-    )

-{

-    CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);

-    if( 0 == timerResolution  ) {

-        if( m_TimerResolution ) {

-           timeEndPeriod( m_TimerResolution );

-           m_TimerResolution = 0;

-        }

-    } else {

-        TIMECAPS tc;

-        DWORD dwMinResolution = (TIMERR_NOERROR == timeGetDevCaps(&tc, sizeof(tc)))

-                            ? tc.wPeriodMin

-                            : 1;

-        DWORD dwResolution = max( dwMinResolution, DWORD(timerResolution / 10000) );

-        if( dwResolution != m_TimerResolution ) {

-            timeEndPeriod(m_TimerResolution);

-            m_TimerResolution = dwResolution;

-            timeBeginPeriod( m_TimerResolution );

-        }

-    }

-    return S_OK;

-}

-

-HRESULT CBaseReferenceClock::GetDefaultTimerResolution(

-        __out REFERENCE_TIME* pTimerResolution // in 100ns

-    )

-{

-    if( !pTimerResolution ) {

-        return E_POINTER;

-    }

-    CAutoLock cObjectLock(this);

-    *pTimerResolution = m_TimerResolution * 10000;

-    return S_OK;

-}

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/schedule.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/schedule.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d798306..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/schedule.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,284 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: Schedule.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1996-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>

-

-// DbgLog values (all on LOG_TIMING):

-//

-// 2 for schedulting, firing and shunting of events

-// 3 for wait delays and wake-up times of event thread

-// 4 for details of whats on the list when the thread awakes

-

-/* Construct & destructors */

-

-CAMSchedule::CAMSchedule( HANDLE ev )

-: CBaseObject(TEXT("CAMSchedule"))

-, head(&z, 0), z(0, MAX_TIME)

-, m_dwNextCookie(0), m_dwAdviseCount(0)

-, m_pAdviseCache(0), m_dwCacheCount(0)

-, m_ev( ev )

-{

-    head.m_dwAdviseCookie = z.m_dwAdviseCookie = 0;

-}

-

-CAMSchedule::~CAMSchedule()

-{

-    m_Serialize.Lock();

-

-    // Delete cache

-    CAdvisePacket * p = m_pAdviseCache;

-    while (p)

-    {

-        CAdvisePacket *const p_next = p->m_next;

-        delete p;

-        p = p_next;

-    }

-

-    ASSERT( m_dwAdviseCount == 0 );

-    // Better to be safe than sorry

-    if ( m_dwAdviseCount > 0 )

-    {

-        DumpLinkedList();

-        while ( !head.m_next->IsZ() )

-        {

-            head.DeleteNext();

-            --m_dwAdviseCount;

-        }

-    }

-

-    // If, in the debug version, we assert twice, it means, not only

-    // did we have left over advises, but we have also let m_dwAdviseCount

-    // get out of sync. with the number of advises actually on the list.

-    ASSERT( m_dwAdviseCount == 0 );

-

-    m_Serialize.Unlock();

-}

-

-/* Public methods */

-

-DWORD CAMSchedule::GetAdviseCount()

-{

-    // No need to lock, m_dwAdviseCount is 32bits & declared volatile

-    return m_dwAdviseCount;

-}

-

-REFERENCE_TIME CAMSchedule::GetNextAdviseTime()

-{

-    CAutoLock lck(&m_Serialize); // Need to stop the linked list from changing

-    return head.m_next->m_rtEventTime;

-}

-

-DWORD_PTR CAMSchedule::AddAdvisePacket

-( const REFERENCE_TIME & time1

-, const REFERENCE_TIME & time2

-, HANDLE h, BOOL periodic

-)

-{

-    // Since we use MAX_TIME as a sentry, we can't afford to

-    // schedule a notification at MAX_TIME

-    ASSERT( time1 < MAX_TIME );

-    DWORD_PTR Result;

-    CAdvisePacket * p;

-

-    m_Serialize.Lock();

-

-    if (m_pAdviseCache)

-    {

-        p = m_pAdviseCache;

-        m_pAdviseCache = p->m_next;

-        --m_dwCacheCount;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        p = new CAdvisePacket();

-    }

-    if (p)

-    {

-        p->m_rtEventTime = time1; p->m_rtPeriod = time2;

-        p->m_hNotify = h; p->m_bPeriodic = periodic;

-        Result = AddAdvisePacket( p );

-    }

-    else Result = 0;

-

-    m_Serialize.Unlock();

-

-    return Result;

-}

-

-HRESULT CAMSchedule::Unadvise(DWORD_PTR dwAdviseCookie)

-{

-    HRESULT hr = S_FALSE;

-    CAdvisePacket * p_prev = &head;

-    CAdvisePacket * p_n;

-    m_Serialize.Lock();

-    while ( p_n = p_prev->Next() ) // The Next() method returns NULL when it hits z

-    {

-        if ( p_n->m_dwAdviseCookie == dwAdviseCookie )

-        {

-            Delete( p_prev->RemoveNext() );

-            --m_dwAdviseCount;

-            hr = S_OK;

-	    // Having found one cookie that matches, there should be no more

-            #ifdef DEBUG

-	       while (p_n = p_prev->Next())

-               {

-                   ASSERT(p_n->m_dwAdviseCookie != dwAdviseCookie);

-                   p_prev = p_n;

-               }

-            #endif

-            break;

-        }

-        p_prev = p_n;

-    };

-    m_Serialize.Unlock();

-    return hr;

-}

-

-REFERENCE_TIME CAMSchedule::Advise( const REFERENCE_TIME & rtTime )

-{

-    REFERENCE_TIME  rtNextTime;

-    CAdvisePacket * pAdvise;

-

-    DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 2,

-        TEXT("CAMSchedule::Advise( %lu ms )"), ULONG(rtTime / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS))));

-

-    CAutoLock lck(&m_Serialize);

-

-    #ifdef DEBUG

-        if (DbgCheckModuleLevel(LOG_TIMING, 4)) DumpLinkedList();

-    #endif

-

-    //  Note - DON'T cache the difference, it might overflow 

-    while ( rtTime >= (rtNextTime = (pAdvise=head.m_next)->m_rtEventTime) &&

-            !pAdvise->IsZ() )

-    {

-        ASSERT(pAdvise->m_dwAdviseCookie); // If this is zero, its the head or the tail!!

-

-        ASSERT(pAdvise->m_hNotify != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);

-

-        if (pAdvise->m_bPeriodic == TRUE)

-        {

-            ReleaseSemaphore(pAdvise->m_hNotify,1,NULL);

-            pAdvise->m_rtEventTime += pAdvise->m_rtPeriod;

-            ShuntHead();

-        }

-        else

-        {

-            ASSERT( pAdvise->m_bPeriodic == FALSE );

-            EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent(pAdvise->m_hNotify));

-            --m_dwAdviseCount;

-            Delete( head.RemoveNext() );

-        }

-

-    }

-

-    DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 3,

-            TEXT("CAMSchedule::Advise() Next time stamp: %lu ms, for advise %lu."),

-            DWORD(rtNextTime / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS)), pAdvise->m_dwAdviseCookie ));

-

-    return rtNextTime;

-}

-

-/* Private methods */

-

-DWORD_PTR CAMSchedule::AddAdvisePacket( __inout CAdvisePacket * pPacket )

-{

-    ASSERT(pPacket->m_rtEventTime >= 0 && pPacket->m_rtEventTime < MAX_TIME);

-    ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_Serialize));

-

-    CAdvisePacket * p_prev = &head;

-    CAdvisePacket * p_n;

-

-    const DWORD_PTR Result = pPacket->m_dwAdviseCookie = ++m_dwNextCookie;

-    // This relies on the fact that z is a sentry with a maximal m_rtEventTime

-    for(;;p_prev = p_n)

-    {

-        p_n = p_prev->m_next;

-        if ( p_n->m_rtEventTime >= pPacket->m_rtEventTime ) break;

-    }

-    p_prev->InsertAfter( pPacket );

-    ++m_dwAdviseCount;

-

-    DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 2, TEXT("Added advise %lu, for thread 0x%02X, scheduled at %lu"),

-    	pPacket->m_dwAdviseCookie, GetCurrentThreadId(), (pPacket->m_rtEventTime / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS)) ));

-

-    // If packet added at the head, then clock needs to re-evaluate wait time.

-    if ( p_prev == &head ) SetEvent( m_ev );

-

-    return Result;

-}

-

-void CAMSchedule::Delete( __inout CAdvisePacket * pPacket )

-{

-    if ( m_dwCacheCount >= dwCacheMax ) delete pPacket;

-    else

-    {

-        m_Serialize.Lock();

-        pPacket->m_next = m_pAdviseCache;

-        m_pAdviseCache = pPacket;

-        ++m_dwCacheCount;

-        m_Serialize.Unlock();

-    }

-}

-

-

-// Takes the head of the list & repositions it

-void CAMSchedule::ShuntHead()

-{

-    CAdvisePacket * p_prev = &head;

-    CAdvisePacket * p_n;

-

-    m_Serialize.Lock();

-    CAdvisePacket *const pPacket = head.m_next;

-

-    // This will catch both an empty list,

-    // and if somehow a MAX_TIME time gets into the list

-    // (which would also break this method).

-    ASSERT( pPacket->m_rtEventTime < MAX_TIME );

-

-    // This relies on the fact that z is a sentry with a maximal m_rtEventTime

-    for(;;p_prev = p_n)

-    {

-        p_n = p_prev->m_next;

-        if ( p_n->m_rtEventTime > pPacket->m_rtEventTime ) break;

-    }

-    // If p_prev == pPacket then we're already in the right place

-    if (p_prev != pPacket)

-    {

-        head.m_next = pPacket->m_next;

-        (p_prev->m_next = pPacket)->m_next = p_n;

-    }

-    #ifdef DEBUG

-        DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 2, TEXT("Periodic advise %lu, shunted to %lu"),

-    	    pPacket->m_dwAdviseCookie, (pPacket->m_rtEventTime / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS)) ));

-    #endif

-    m_Serialize.Unlock();

-}

-

-

-#ifdef DEBUG

-void CAMSchedule::DumpLinkedList()

-{

-    m_Serialize.Lock();

-    int i=0;

-    DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("CAMSchedule::DumpLinkedList() this = 0x%p"), this));

-    for ( CAdvisePacket * p = &head

-        ; p

-        ; p = p->m_next         , i++

-        )	

-    {

-        DbgLog((LOG_TIMING, 1, TEXT("Advise List # %lu, Cookie %d,  RefTime %lu"),

-            i,

-	    p->m_dwAdviseCookie,

-	    p->m_rtEventTime / (UNITS / MILLISECONDS)

-            ));

-    }

-    m_Serialize.Unlock();

-}

-#endif

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/schedule.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/schedule.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c16700a2..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/schedule.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: Schedule.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1996-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#ifndef __CAMSchedule__

-#define __CAMSchedule__

-

-class CAMSchedule : private CBaseObject

-{

-public:

-    virtual ~CAMSchedule();

-    // ev is the event we should fire if the advise time needs re-evaluating

-    CAMSchedule( HANDLE ev );

-

-    DWORD GetAdviseCount();

-    REFERENCE_TIME GetNextAdviseTime();

-

-    // We need a method for derived classes to add advise packets, we return the cookie

-    DWORD_PTR AddAdvisePacket( const REFERENCE_TIME & time1, const REFERENCE_TIME & time2, HANDLE h, BOOL periodic );

-    // And a way to cancel

-    HRESULT Unadvise(DWORD_PTR dwAdviseCookie);

-

-    // Tell us the time please, and we'll dispatch the expired events.  We return the time of the next event.

-    // NB: The time returned will be "useless" if you start adding extra Advises.  But that's the problem of

-    // whoever is using this helper class (typically a clock).

-    REFERENCE_TIME Advise( const REFERENCE_TIME & rtTime );

-

-    // Get the event handle which will be set if advise time requires re-evaluation.

-    HANDLE GetEvent() const { return m_ev; }

-

-private:

-    // We define the nodes that will be used in our singly linked list

-    // of advise packets.  The list is ordered by time, with the

-    // elements that will expire first at the front.

-    class CAdvisePacket

-    {

-    public:

-        CAdvisePacket()

-        {}

-

-        CAdvisePacket * m_next;

-        DWORD_PTR       m_dwAdviseCookie;

-        REFERENCE_TIME  m_rtEventTime;      // Time at which event should be set

-        REFERENCE_TIME  m_rtPeriod;         // Periodic time

-        HANDLE          m_hNotify;          // Handle to event or semephore

-        BOOL            m_bPeriodic;        // TRUE => Periodic event

-

-        CAdvisePacket( __inout_opt CAdvisePacket * next, LONGLONG time ) : m_next(next), m_rtEventTime(time)

-        {}

-

-        void InsertAfter( __inout CAdvisePacket * p )

-        {

-            p->m_next = m_next;

-            m_next    = p;

-        }

-

-        int IsZ() const // That is, is it the node that represents the end of the list

-        { return m_next == 0; }

-

-        CAdvisePacket * RemoveNext()

-        {

-            CAdvisePacket *const next = m_next;

-            CAdvisePacket *const new_next = next->m_next;

-            m_next = new_next;

-            return next;

-        }

-

-        void DeleteNext()

-        {

-            delete RemoveNext();

-        }

-

-        CAdvisePacket * Next() const

-        {

-            CAdvisePacket * result = m_next;

-            if (result->IsZ()) result = 0;

-            return result;

-        }

-

-        DWORD_PTR Cookie() const

-        { return m_dwAdviseCookie; }

-    };

-

-    // Structure is:

-    // head -> elmt1 -> elmt2 -> z -> null

-    // So an empty list is:       head -> z -> null

-    // Having head & z as links makes insertaion,

-    // deletion and shunting much easier.

-    CAdvisePacket   head, z;            // z is both a tail and a sentry

-

-    volatile DWORD_PTR  m_dwNextCookie;     // Strictly increasing

-    volatile DWORD  m_dwAdviseCount;    // Number of elements on list

-

-    CCritSec        m_Serialize;

-

-    // AddAdvisePacket: adds the packet, returns the cookie (0 if failed)

-    DWORD_PTR AddAdvisePacket( __inout CAdvisePacket * pPacket );

-    // Event that we should set if the packed added above will be the next to fire.

-    const HANDLE m_ev;

-

-    // A Shunt is where we have changed the first element in the

-    // list and want it re-evaluating (i.e. repositioned) in

-    // the list.

-    void ShuntHead();

-

-    // Rather than delete advise packets, we cache them for future use

-    CAdvisePacket * m_pAdviseCache;

-    DWORD           m_dwCacheCount;

-    enum { dwCacheMax = 5 };             // Don't bother caching more than five

-

-    void Delete( __inout CAdvisePacket * pLink );// This "Delete" will cache the Link

-

-// Attributes and methods for debugging

-public:

-#ifdef DEBUG

-    void DumpLinkedList();

-#else

-    void DumpLinkedList() {}

-#endif

-

-};

-

-#endif // __CAMSchedule__

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/seekpt.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/seekpt.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index bb13d6f0..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/seekpt.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: SeekPT.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>

-#include "seekpt.h"

-

-//==================================================================

-// CreateInstance

-// This goes in the factory template table to create new instances

-// If there is already a mapper instance - return that, else make one

-// and save it in a static variable so that forever after we can return that.

-//==================================================================

-

-CUnknown * CSeekingPassThru::CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr)

-{

-    return new CSeekingPassThru(NAME("Seeking PassThru"),pUnk, phr);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CSeekingPassThru::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv)

-{

-    if (riid == IID_ISeekingPassThru) {

-        return GetInterface((ISeekingPassThru *) this, ppv);

-    } else {

-        if (m_pPosPassThru &&

-            (riid == IID_IMediaSeeking ||

-             riid == IID_IMediaPosition)) {

-            return m_pPosPassThru->NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);

-        } else {

-            return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);

-        }

-    }

-}

-

-

-CSeekingPassThru::CSeekingPassThru( __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr )

-                            : CUnknown(pName, pUnk, phr),

-                            m_pPosPassThru(NULL)

-{

-}

-

-

-CSeekingPassThru::~CSeekingPassThru()

-{

-    delete m_pPosPassThru;

-}

-

-STDMETHODIMP CSeekingPassThru::Init(BOOL bRendererSeeking, IPin *pPin)

-{

-    HRESULT hr = NOERROR;

-    if (m_pPosPassThru) {

-        hr = E_FAIL;

-    } else {

-        m_pPosPassThru =

-            bRendererSeeking ?

-                new CRendererPosPassThru(

-                    NAME("Render Seeking COM object"),

-                    (IUnknown *)this,

-                    &hr,

-                    pPin) :

-                new CPosPassThru(

-                    NAME("Render Seeking COM object"),

-                    (IUnknown *)this,

-                    &hr,

-                    pPin);

-        if (!m_pPosPassThru) {

-            hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-        } else {

-            if (FAILED(hr)) {

-                delete m_pPosPassThru;

-                m_pPosPassThru = NULL;

-            }

-        }

-    }

-    return hr;

-}

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/source.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/source.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index ef7795c4..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/source.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,522 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: Source.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow  base classes - implements CSource, which is a Quartz

-//       source filter 'template.'

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-// Locking Strategy.

-//

-// Hold the filter critical section (m_pFilter->pStateLock()) to serialise

-// access to functions. Note that, in general, this lock may be held

-// by a function when the worker thread may want to hold it. Therefore

-// if you wish to access shared state from the worker thread you will

-// need to add another critical section object. The execption is during

-// the threads processing loop, when it is safe to get the filter critical

-// section from within FillBuffer().

-

-#include <streams.h>

-

-

-//

-// CSource::Constructor

-//

-// Initialise the pin count for the filter. The user will create the pins in

-// the derived class.

-CSource::CSource(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid)

-    : CBaseFilter(pName, lpunk, &m_cStateLock, clsid),

-      m_iPins(0),

-      m_paStreams(NULL)

-{

-}

-

-CSource::CSource(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *phr)

-    : CBaseFilter(pName, lpunk, &m_cStateLock, clsid),

-      m_iPins(0),

-      m_paStreams(NULL)

-{

-    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(phr);

-}

-

-#ifdef UNICODE

-CSource::CSource(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid)

-    : CBaseFilter(pName, lpunk, &m_cStateLock, clsid),

-      m_iPins(0),

-      m_paStreams(NULL)

-{

-}

-

-CSource::CSource(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *phr)

-    : CBaseFilter(pName, lpunk, &m_cStateLock, clsid),

-      m_iPins(0),

-      m_paStreams(NULL)

-{

-    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(phr);

-}

-#endif

-

-//

-// CSource::Destructor

-//

-CSource::~CSource()

-{

-    /*  Free our pins and pin array */

-    while (m_iPins != 0) {

-	// deleting the pins causes them to be removed from the array...

-	delete m_paStreams[m_iPins - 1];

-    }

-

-    ASSERT(m_paStreams == NULL);

-}

-

-

-//

-//  Add a new pin

-//

-HRESULT CSource::AddPin(__in CSourceStream *pStream)

-{

-    CAutoLock lock(&m_cStateLock);

-

-    /*  Allocate space for this pin and the old ones */

-    CSourceStream **paStreams = new CSourceStream *[m_iPins + 1];

-    if (paStreams == NULL) {

-        return E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    }

-    if (m_paStreams != NULL) {

-        CopyMemory((PVOID)paStreams, (PVOID)m_paStreams,

-                   m_iPins * sizeof(m_paStreams[0]));

-        paStreams[m_iPins] = pStream;

-        delete [] m_paStreams;

-    }

-    m_paStreams = paStreams;

-    m_paStreams[m_iPins] = pStream;

-    m_iPins++;

-    return S_OK;

-}

-

-//

-//  Remove a pin - pStream is NOT deleted

-//

-HRESULT CSource::RemovePin(__in CSourceStream *pStream)

-{

-    int i;

-    for (i = 0; i < m_iPins; i++) {

-        if (m_paStreams[i] == pStream) {

-            if (m_iPins == 1) {

-                delete [] m_paStreams;

-                m_paStreams = NULL;

-            } else {

-                /*  no need to reallocate */

-		while (++i < m_iPins)

-		    m_paStreams[i - 1] = m_paStreams[i];

-            }

-            m_iPins--;

-            return S_OK;

-        }

-    }

-    return S_FALSE;

-}

-

-//

-// FindPin

-//

-// Set *ppPin to the IPin* that has the id Id.

-// or to NULL if the Id cannot be matched.

-STDMETHODIMP CSource::FindPin(LPCWSTR Id, __deref_out IPin **ppPin)

-{

-    CheckPointer(ppPin,E_POINTER);

-    ValidateReadWritePtr(ppPin,sizeof(IPin *));

-    // The -1 undoes the +1 in QueryId and ensures that totally invalid

-    // strings (for which WstrToInt delivers 0) give a deliver a NULL pin.

-    int i = WstrToInt(Id) -1;

-    *ppPin = GetPin(i);

-    if (*ppPin!=NULL){

-        (*ppPin)->AddRef();

-        return NOERROR;

-    } else {

-        return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;

-    }

-}

-

-//

-// FindPinNumber

-//

-// return the number of the pin with this IPin* or -1 if none

-int CSource::FindPinNumber(__in IPin *iPin) {

-    int i;

-    for (i=0; i<m_iPins; ++i) {

-        if ((IPin *)(m_paStreams[i])==iPin) {

-            return i;

-        }

-    }

-    return -1;

-}

-

-//

-// GetPinCount

-//

-// Returns the number of pins this filter has

-int CSource::GetPinCount(void) {

-

-    CAutoLock lock(&m_cStateLock);

-    return m_iPins;

-}

-

-

-//

-// GetPin

-//

-// Return a non-addref'd pointer to pin n

-// needed by CBaseFilter

-CBasePin *CSource::GetPin(int n) {

-

-    CAutoLock lock(&m_cStateLock);

-

-    // n must be in the range 0..m_iPins-1

-    // if m_iPins>n  && n>=0 it follows that m_iPins>0

-    // which is what used to be checked (i.e. checking that we have a pin)

-    if ((n >= 0) && (n < m_iPins)) {

-

-        ASSERT(m_paStreams[n]);

-	return m_paStreams[n];

-    }

-    return NULL;

-}

-

-

-//

-

-

-// *

-// * --- CSourceStream ----

-// *

-

-//

-// Set Id to point to a CoTaskMemAlloc'd

-STDMETHODIMP CSourceStream::QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR *Id) {

-    CheckPointer(Id,E_POINTER);

-    ValidateReadWritePtr(Id,sizeof(LPWSTR));

-

-    // We give the pins id's which are 1,2,...

-    // FindPinNumber returns -1 for an invalid pin

-    int i = 1+ m_pFilter->FindPinNumber(this);

-    if (i<1) return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;

-    *Id = (LPWSTR)CoTaskMemAlloc(sizeof(WCHAR) * 12);

-    if (*Id==NULL) {

-       return E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    }

-    IntToWstr(i, *Id);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-

-//

-// CSourceStream::Constructor

-//

-// increments the number of pins present on the filter

-CSourceStream::CSourceStream(

-    __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,

-    __inout HRESULT *phr,

-    __inout CSource *ps,

-    __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName)

-    : CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, ps, ps->pStateLock(), phr, pPinName),

-      m_pFilter(ps) {

-

-     *phr = m_pFilter->AddPin(this);

-}

-

-#ifdef UNICODE

-CSourceStream::CSourceStream(

-    __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,

-    __inout HRESULT *phr,

-    __inout CSource *ps,

-    __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName)

-    : CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, ps, ps->pStateLock(), phr, pPinName),

-      m_pFilter(ps) {

-

-     *phr = m_pFilter->AddPin(this);

-}

-#endif

-//

-// CSourceStream::Destructor

-//

-// Decrements the number of pins on this filter

-CSourceStream::~CSourceStream(void) {

-

-     m_pFilter->RemovePin(this);

-}

-

-

-//

-// CheckMediaType

-//

-// Do we support this type? Provides the default support for 1 type.

-HRESULT CSourceStream::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pMediaType) {

-

-    CAutoLock lock(m_pFilter->pStateLock());

-

-    CMediaType mt;

-    GetMediaType(&mt);

-

-    if (mt == *pMediaType) {

-        return NOERROR;

-    }

-

-    return E_FAIL;

-}

-

-

-//

-// GetMediaType/3

-//

-// By default we support only one type

-// iPosition indexes are 0-n

-HRESULT CSourceStream::GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType) {

-

-    CAutoLock lock(m_pFilter->pStateLock());

-

-    if (iPosition<0) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-    if (iPosition>0) {

-        return VFW_S_NO_MORE_ITEMS;

-    }

-    return GetMediaType(pMediaType);

-}

-

-

-//

-// Active

-//

-// The pin is active - start up the worker thread

-HRESULT CSourceStream::Active(void) {

-

-    CAutoLock lock(m_pFilter->pStateLock());

-

-    HRESULT hr;

-

-    if (m_pFilter->IsActive()) {

-	return S_FALSE;	// succeeded, but did not allocate resources (they already exist...)

-    }

-

-    // do nothing if not connected - its ok not to connect to

-    // all pins of a source filter

-    if (!IsConnected()) {

-        return NOERROR;

-    }

-

-    hr = CBaseOutputPin::Active();

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    ASSERT(!ThreadExists());

-

-    // start the thread

-    if (!Create()) {

-        return E_FAIL;

-    }

-

-    // Tell thread to initialize. If OnThreadCreate Fails, so does this.

-    hr = Init();

-    if (FAILED(hr))

-	return hr;

-

-    return Pause();

-}

-

-

-//

-// Inactive

-//

-// Pin is inactive - shut down the worker thread

-// Waits for the worker to exit before returning.

-HRESULT CSourceStream::Inactive(void) {

-

-    CAutoLock lock(m_pFilter->pStateLock());

-

-    HRESULT hr;

-

-    // do nothing if not connected - its ok not to connect to

-    // all pins of a source filter

-    if (!IsConnected()) {

-        return NOERROR;

-    }

-

-    // !!! need to do this before trying to stop the thread, because

-    // we may be stuck waiting for our own allocator!!!

-

-    hr = CBaseOutputPin::Inactive();  // call this first to Decommit the allocator

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-	return hr;

-    }

-

-    if (ThreadExists()) {

-	hr = Stop();

-

-	if (FAILED(hr)) {

-	    return hr;

-	}

-

-	hr = Exit();

-	if (FAILED(hr)) {

-	    return hr;

-	}

-

-	Close();	// Wait for the thread to exit, then tidy up.

-    }

-

-    // hr = CBaseOutputPin::Inactive();  // call this first to Decommit the allocator

-    //if (FAILED(hr)) {

-    //	return hr;

-    //}

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-//

-// ThreadProc

-//

-// When this returns the thread exits

-// Return codes > 0 indicate an error occured

-DWORD CSourceStream::ThreadProc(void) {

-

-    HRESULT hr;  // the return code from calls

-    Command com;

-

-    do {

-	com = GetRequest();

-	if (com != CMD_INIT) {

-	    DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Thread expected init command")));

-	    Reply((DWORD) E_UNEXPECTED);

-	}

-    } while (com != CMD_INIT);

-

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 1, TEXT("CSourceStream worker thread initializing")));

-

-    hr = OnThreadCreate(); // perform set up tasks

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("CSourceStream::OnThreadCreate failed. Aborting thread.")));

-        OnThreadDestroy();

-	Reply(hr);	// send failed return code from OnThreadCreate

-        return 1;

-    }

-

-    // Initialisation suceeded

-    Reply(NOERROR);

-

-    Command cmd;

-    do {

-	cmd = GetRequest();

-

-	switch (cmd) {

-

-	case CMD_EXIT:

-	    Reply(NOERROR);

-	    break;

-

-	case CMD_RUN:

-	    DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("CMD_RUN received before a CMD_PAUSE???")));

-	    // !!! fall through???

-	

-	case CMD_PAUSE:

-	    Reply(NOERROR);

-	    DoBufferProcessingLoop();

-	    break;

-

-	case CMD_STOP:

-	    Reply(NOERROR);

-	    break;

-

-	default:

-	    DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Unknown command %d received!"), cmd));

-	    Reply((DWORD) E_NOTIMPL);

-	    break;

-	}

-    } while (cmd != CMD_EXIT);

-

-    hr = OnThreadDestroy();	// tidy up.

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("CSourceStream::OnThreadDestroy failed. Exiting thread.")));

-        return 1;

-    }

-

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 1, TEXT("CSourceStream worker thread exiting")));

-    return 0;

-}

-

-

-//

-// DoBufferProcessingLoop

-//

-// Grabs a buffer and calls the users processing function.

-// Overridable, so that different delivery styles can be catered for.

-HRESULT CSourceStream::DoBufferProcessingLoop(void) {

-

-    Command com;

-

-    OnThreadStartPlay();

-

-    do {

-	while (!CheckRequest(&com)) {

-

-	    IMediaSample *pSample;

-

-	    HRESULT hr = GetDeliveryBuffer(&pSample,NULL,NULL,0);

-	    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-                Sleep(1);

-		continue;	// go round again. Perhaps the error will go away

-			    // or the allocator is decommited & we will be asked to

-			    // exit soon.

-	    }

-

-	    // Virtual function user will override.

-	    hr = FillBuffer(pSample);

-

-	    if (hr == S_OK) {

-		hr = Deliver(pSample);

-                pSample->Release();

-

-                // downstream filter returns S_FALSE if it wants us to

-                // stop or an error if it's reporting an error.

-                if(hr != S_OK)

-                {

-                  DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Deliver() returned %08x; stopping"), hr));

-                  return S_OK;

-                }

-

-	    } else if (hr == S_FALSE) {

-                // derived class wants us to stop pushing data

-		pSample->Release();

-		DeliverEndOfStream();

-		return S_OK;

-	    } else {

-                // derived class encountered an error

-                pSample->Release();

-		DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Error %08lX from FillBuffer!!!"), hr));

-                DeliverEndOfStream();

-                m_pFilter->NotifyEvent(EC_ERRORABORT, hr, 0);

-                return hr;

-	    }

-

-            // all paths release the sample

-	}

-

-        // For all commands sent to us there must be a Reply call!

-

-	if (com == CMD_RUN || com == CMD_PAUSE) {

-	    Reply(NOERROR);

-	} else if (com != CMD_STOP) {

-	    Reply((DWORD) E_UNEXPECTED);

-	    DbgLog((LOG_ERROR, 1, TEXT("Unexpected command!!!")));

-	}

-    } while (com != CMD_STOP);

-

-    return S_FALSE;

-}

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/source.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/source.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 528d5bcb..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/source.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: Source.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines classes to simplify creation of

-//       ActiveX source filters that support continuous generation of data.

-//       No support is provided for IMediaControl or IMediaPosition.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-//

-// Derive your source filter from CSource.

-// During construction either:

-//    Create some CSourceStream objects to manage your pins

-//    Provide the user with a means of doing so eg, an IPersistFile interface.

-//

-// CSource provides:

-//    IBaseFilter interface management

-//    IMediaFilter interface management, via CBaseFilter

-//    Pin counting for CBaseFilter

-//

-// Derive a class from CSourceStream to manage your output pin types

-//  Implement GetMediaType/1 to return the type you support. If you support multiple

-//   types then overide GetMediaType/3, CheckMediaType and GetMediaTypeCount.

-//  Implement Fillbuffer() to put data into one buffer.

-//

-// CSourceStream provides:

-//    IPin management via CBaseOutputPin

-//    Worker thread management

-

-#ifndef __CSOURCE__

-#define __CSOURCE__

-

-class CSourceStream;  // The class that will handle each pin

-

-

-//

-// CSource

-//

-// Override construction to provide a means of creating

-// CSourceStream derived objects - ie a way of creating pins.

-class CSource : public CBaseFilter {

-public:

-

-    CSource(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *phr);

-    CSource(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid);

-#ifdef UNICODE

-    CSource(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *phr);

-    CSource(__in_opt LPCSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN lpunk, CLSID clsid);

-#endif

-    ~CSource();

-

-    int       GetPinCount(void);

-    CBasePin *GetPin(int n);

-

-    // -- Utilities --

-

-    CCritSec*	pStateLock(void) { return &m_cStateLock; }	// provide our critical section

-

-    HRESULT     AddPin(__in CSourceStream *);

-    HRESULT     RemovePin(__in CSourceStream *);

-

-    STDMETHODIMP FindPin(

-        LPCWSTR Id,

-        __deref_out IPin ** ppPin

-    );

-

-    int FindPinNumber(__in IPin *iPin);

-    

-protected:

-

-    int             m_iPins;       // The number of pins on this filter. Updated by CSourceStream

-    	   			   // constructors & destructors.

-    CSourceStream **m_paStreams;   // the pins on this filter.

-

-    CCritSec m_cStateLock;	// Lock this to serialize function accesses to the filter state

-

-};

-

-

-//

-// CSourceStream

-//

-// Use this class to manage a stream of data that comes from a

-// pin.

-// Uses a worker thread to put data on the pin.

-class CSourceStream : public CAMThread, public CBaseOutputPin {

-public:

-

-    CSourceStream(__in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,

-                  __inout HRESULT *phr,

-                  __inout CSource *pms,

-                  __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);

-#ifdef UNICODE

-    CSourceStream(__in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,

-                  __inout HRESULT *phr,

-                  __inout CSource *pms,

-                  __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);

-#endif

-    virtual ~CSourceStream(void);  // virtual destructor ensures derived class destructors are called too.

-

-protected:

-

-    CSource *m_pFilter;	// The parent of this stream

-

-    // *

-    // * Data Source

-    // *

-    // * The following three functions: FillBuffer, OnThreadCreate/Destroy, are

-    // * called from within the ThreadProc. They are used in the creation of

-    // * the media samples this pin will provide

-    // *

-

-    // Override this to provide the worker thread a means

-    // of processing a buffer

-    virtual HRESULT FillBuffer(IMediaSample *pSamp) PURE;

-

-    // Called as the thread is created/destroyed - use to perform

-    // jobs such as start/stop streaming mode

-    // If OnThreadCreate returns an error the thread will exit.

-    virtual HRESULT OnThreadCreate(void) {return NOERROR;};

-    virtual HRESULT OnThreadDestroy(void) {return NOERROR;};

-    virtual HRESULT OnThreadStartPlay(void) {return NOERROR;};

-

-    // *

-    // * Worker Thread

-    // *

-

-    HRESULT Active(void);    // Starts up the worker thread

-    HRESULT Inactive(void);  // Exits the worker thread.

-

-public:

-    // thread commands

-    enum Command {CMD_INIT, CMD_PAUSE, CMD_RUN, CMD_STOP, CMD_EXIT};

-    HRESULT Init(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_INIT); }

-    HRESULT Exit(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_EXIT); }

-    HRESULT Run(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_RUN); }

-    HRESULT Pause(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_PAUSE); }

-    HRESULT Stop(void) { return CallWorker(CMD_STOP); }

-

-protected:

-    Command GetRequest(void) { return (Command) CAMThread::GetRequest(); }

-    BOOL    CheckRequest(Command *pCom) { return CAMThread::CheckRequest( (DWORD *) pCom); }

-

-    // override these if you want to add thread commands

-    virtual DWORD ThreadProc(void);  		// the thread function

-

-    virtual HRESULT DoBufferProcessingLoop(void);    // the loop executed whilst running

-

-

-    // *

-    // * AM_MEDIA_TYPE support

-    // *

-

-    // If you support more than one media type then override these 2 functions

-    virtual HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pMediaType);

-    virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType);  // List pos. 0-n

-

-    // If you support only one type then override this fn.

-    // This will only be called by the default implementations

-    // of CheckMediaType and GetMediaType(int, CMediaType*)

-    // You must override this fn. or the above 2!

-    virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(__inout CMediaType *pMediaType) {return E_UNEXPECTED;}

-

-    STDMETHODIMP QueryId(

-        __deref_out LPWSTR * Id

-    );

-};

-

-#endif // __CSOURCE__

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/streams.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/streams.h
index 1926321d..63f33dfe 100644
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/streams.h
+++ b/third_party/BaseClasses/streams.h
@@ -159,11 +159,11 @@ LONG_PTR _SetWindowLongPtr(HWND hwnd, int nIndex, T p)
 //#include <amaudio.h>    // ActiveMovie audio interfaces and definitions

 #include <wxutil.h>     // General helper classes for threads etc

 #include <combase.h>    // Base COM classes to support IUnknown

-#include <dllsetup.h>   // Filter registration support functions

+//#include <dllsetup.h>   // Filter registration support functions

 #include <measure.h>    // Performance measurement

-#include <comlite.h>    // Light weight com function prototypes

+//#include <comlite.h>    // Light weight com function prototypes

 

-#include <cache.h>      // Simple cache container class

+//#include <cache.h>      // Simple cache container class

 #include <wxlist.h>     // Non MFC generic list class

 #include <msgthrd.h>	// CMsgThread

 #include <mtype.h>      // Helper class for managing media types

@@ -172,26 +172,26 @@ LONG_PTR _SetWindowLongPtr(HWND hwnd, int nIndex, T p)
 #include <ctlutil.h>    // control interface utility classes

 #include <evcode.h>     // event code definitions

 #include <amfilter.h>   // Main streams architecture class hierachy

-#include <transfrm.h>   // Generic transform filter

-#include <transip.h>    // Generic transform-in-place filter

+//#include <transfrm.h>   // Generic transform filter

+//#include <transip.h>    // Generic transform-in-place filter

 #include <uuids.h>      // declaration of type GUIDs and well-known clsids

-#include <source.h>	// Generic source filter

-#include <outputq.h>    // Output pin queueing

+//#include <source.h>	// Generic source filter

+//#include <outputq.h>    // Output pin queueing

 #include <errors.h>     // HRESULT status and error definitions

 #include <renbase.h>    // Base class for writing ActiveX renderers

-#include <winutil.h>    // Helps with filters that manage windows

-#include <winctrl.h>    // Implements the IVideoWindow interface

-#include <videoctl.h>   // Specifically video related classes

-#include <refclock.h>	// Base clock class

-#include <sysclock.h>	// System clock

-#include <pstream.h>    // IPersistStream helper class

-#include <vtrans.h>     // Video Transform Filter base class

-#include <amextra.h>

-#include <cprop.h>      // Base property page class

-#include <strmctl.h>    // IAMStreamControl support

-#include <edevdefs.h>   // External device control interface defines

-#include <audevcod.h>   // audio filter device error event codes

-

+//#include <winutil.h>    // Helps with filters that manage windows

+//#include <winctrl.h>    // Implements the IVideoWindow interface

+//#include <videoctl.h>   // Specifically video related classes

+const LONGLONG MAX_TIME = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF;   /* Maximum LONGLONG value */

+//#include <refclock.h>	// Base clock class

+//#include <sysclock.h>	// System clock

+//#include <pstream.h>    // IPersistStream helper class

+//#include <vtrans.h>     // Video Transform Filter base class

+//#include <amextra.h>

+//#include <cprop.h>      // Base property page class

+//#include <strmctl.h>    // IAMStreamControl support

+//#include <edevdefs.h>   // External device control interface defines

+//#include <audevcod.h>   // audio filter device error event codes

 

 

 #else

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/strmctl.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/strmctl.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index b7f59521..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/strmctl.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,402 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: StrmCtl.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1996-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>

-#include <strmctl.h>

-

-CBaseStreamControl::CBaseStreamControl(__inout HRESULT *phr)

-: m_StreamState(STREAM_FLOWING)

-, m_StreamStateOnStop(STREAM_FLOWING) // means no pending stop

-, m_tStartTime(MAX_TIME)

-, m_tStopTime(MAX_TIME)

-, m_StreamEvent(FALSE, phr)

-, m_dwStartCookie(0)

-, m_dwStopCookie(0)

-, m_pRefClock(NULL)

-, m_FilterState(State_Stopped)

-, m_bIsFlushing(FALSE)

-, m_bStopSendExtra(FALSE)

-{}

-

-CBaseStreamControl::~CBaseStreamControl()

-{

-    // Make sure we release the clock.

-    SetSyncSource(NULL);

-    return;

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseStreamControl::StopAt(const REFERENCE_TIME * ptStop, BOOL bSendExtra, DWORD dwCookie)

-{

-    CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);

-    m_bStopSendExtra = FALSE;	// reset

-    m_bStopExtraSent = FALSE;

-    if (ptStop)

-    {

-        if (*ptStop == MAX_TIME)

-        {

-            DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StopAt: Cancel stop")));

-            CancelStop();

-	    // If there's now a command to start in the future, we assume

-	    // they want to be stopped when the graph is first run

-	    if (m_FilterState == State_Stopped && m_tStartTime < MAX_TIME) {

-	        m_StreamState = STREAM_DISCARDING;

-                DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("graph will begin by DISCARDING")));

-	    }

-            return NOERROR;

-        }

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StopAt: %dms extra=%d"),

-				(int)(*ptStop/10000), bSendExtra));

-	// if the first command is to stop in the future, then we assume they

-        // want to be started when the graph is first run

-	if (m_FilterState == State_Stopped && m_tStartTime > *ptStop) {

-	    m_StreamState = STREAM_FLOWING;

-            DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("graph will begin by FLOWING")));

-	}

-        m_bStopSendExtra = bSendExtra;

-        m_tStopTime = *ptStop;

-        m_dwStopCookie = dwCookie;

-        m_StreamStateOnStop = STREAM_DISCARDING;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StopAt: now")));

-	// sending an extra frame when told to stop now would mess people up

-        m_bStopSendExtra = FALSE;

-        m_tStopTime = MAX_TIME;

-        m_dwStopCookie = 0;

-        m_StreamState = STREAM_DISCARDING;

-        m_StreamStateOnStop = STREAM_FLOWING;	// no pending stop

-    }

-    // we might change our mind what to do with a sample we're blocking

-    m_StreamEvent.Set();

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseStreamControl::StartAt

-( const REFERENCE_TIME *ptStart, DWORD dwCookie )

-{

-    CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);

-    if (ptStart)

-    {

-        if (*ptStart == MAX_TIME)

-        {

-            DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StartAt: Cancel start")));

-            CancelStart();

-	    // If there's now a command to stop in the future, we assume

-	    // they want to be started when the graph is first run

-	    if (m_FilterState == State_Stopped && m_tStopTime < MAX_TIME) {

-                DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("graph will begin by FLOWING")));

-	        m_StreamState = STREAM_FLOWING;

-	    }

-            return NOERROR;

-        }

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StartAt: %dms"), (int)(*ptStart/10000)));

-	// if the first command is to start in the future, then we assume they

-        // want to be stopped when the graph is first run

-	if (m_FilterState == State_Stopped && m_tStopTime >= *ptStart) {

-            DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("graph will begin by DISCARDING")));

-	    m_StreamState = STREAM_DISCARDING;

-	}

-        m_tStartTime = *ptStart;

-        m_dwStartCookie = dwCookie;

-        // if (m_tStopTime == m_tStartTime) CancelStop();

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("StartAt: now")));

-        m_tStartTime = MAX_TIME;

-        m_dwStartCookie = 0;

-        m_StreamState = STREAM_FLOWING;

-    }

-    // we might change our mind what to do with a sample we're blocking

-    m_StreamEvent.Set();

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-//  Retrieve information about current settings

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseStreamControl::GetInfo(__out AM_STREAM_INFO *pInfo)

-{

-    if (pInfo == NULL)

-	return E_POINTER;

-

-    pInfo->tStart = m_tStartTime;

-    pInfo->tStop  = m_tStopTime;

-    pInfo->dwStartCookie = m_dwStartCookie;

-    pInfo->dwStopCookie  = m_dwStopCookie;

-    pInfo->dwFlags = m_bStopSendExtra ? AM_STREAM_INFO_STOP_SEND_EXTRA : 0;

-    pInfo->dwFlags |= m_tStartTime == MAX_TIME ? 0 : AM_STREAM_INFO_START_DEFINED;

-    pInfo->dwFlags |= m_tStopTime == MAX_TIME ? 0 : AM_STREAM_INFO_STOP_DEFINED;

-    switch (m_StreamState) {

-    default:

-        DbgBreak("Invalid stream state");

-    case STREAM_FLOWING:

-        break;

-    case STREAM_DISCARDING:

-        pInfo->dwFlags |= AM_STREAM_INFO_DISCARDING;

-        break;

-    }

-    return S_OK;

-}

-

-

-void CBaseStreamControl::ExecuteStop()

-{

-    ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_CritSec));

-    m_StreamState = m_StreamStateOnStop;

-    if (m_dwStopCookie && m_pSink) {

-	DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("*sending EC_STREAM_CONTROL_STOPPED (%d)"),

-							m_dwStopCookie));

-        m_pSink->Notify(EC_STREAM_CONTROL_STOPPED, (LONG_PTR)this, m_dwStopCookie);

-    }

-    CancelStop(); // This will do the tidy up

-}

-

-void CBaseStreamControl::ExecuteStart()

-{

-    ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_CritSec));

-    m_StreamState = STREAM_FLOWING;

-    if (m_dwStartCookie) {

-	DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("*sending EC_STREAM_CONTROL_STARTED (%d)"),

-							m_dwStartCookie));

-        m_pSink->Notify(EC_STREAM_CONTROL_STARTED, (LONG_PTR)this, m_dwStartCookie);

-    }

-    CancelStart(); // This will do the tidy up

-}

-

-void CBaseStreamControl::CancelStop()

-{

-    ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_CritSec));

-    m_tStopTime = MAX_TIME;

-    m_dwStopCookie = 0;

-    m_StreamStateOnStop = STREAM_FLOWING;

-}

-

-void CBaseStreamControl::CancelStart()

-{

-    ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_CritSec));

-    m_tStartTime = MAX_TIME;

-    m_dwStartCookie = 0;

-}

-

-

-// This guy will return one of the three StreamControlState's.  Here's what the caller

-// should do for each one:

-//

-// STREAM_FLOWING:      Proceed as usual (render or pass the sample on)

-// STREAM_DISCARDING:   Calculate the time 'til *pSampleStart and wait that long

-//                      for the event handle (GetStreamEventHandle()).  If the

-//                      wait expires, throw the sample away.  If the event

-//			fires, call me back, I've changed my mind.

-//			I use pSampleStart (not Stop) so that live sources don't

-// 			block for the duration of their samples, since the clock

-//			will always read approximately pSampleStart when called

-

-

-// All through this code, you'll notice the following rules:

-// - When start and stop time are the same, it's as if start was first

-// - An event is considered inside the sample when it's >= sample start time

-//   but < sample stop time

-// - if any part of the sample is supposed to be sent, we'll send the whole

-//   thing since we don't break it into smaller pieces

-// - If we skip over a start or stop without doing it, we still signal the event

-//   and reset ourselves in case somebody's waiting for the event, and to make

-//   sure we notice that the event is past and should be forgotten

-// Here are the 19 cases that have to be handled (x=start o=stop <-->=sample):

-//

-// 1.	xo<-->		start then stop

-// 2.	ox<-->		stop then start

-// 3.	 x<o->		start

-// 4.	 o<x->		stop then start

-// 5.	 x<-->o		start

-// 6.	 o<-->x		stop

-// 7.	  <x->o		start

-// 8.	  <o->x		no change

-// 9.	  <xo>		start

-// 10.	  <ox>		stop then start

-// 11.	  <-->xo	no change

-// 12.	  <-->ox	no change

-// 13.	 x<-->		start

-// 14.    <x->		start

-// 15.    <-->x		no change

-// 16.   o<-->		stop

-// 17.	  <o->		no change

-// 18.	  <-->o		no change

-// 19.    <-->		no change

-

-

-enum CBaseStreamControl::StreamControlState CBaseStreamControl::CheckSampleTimes

-( __in const REFERENCE_TIME * pSampleStart, __in const REFERENCE_TIME * pSampleStop )

-{

-    CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);

-

-    ASSERT(!m_bIsFlushing);

-    ASSERT(pSampleStart && pSampleStop);

-

-    // Don't ask me how I came up with the code below to handle all 19 cases

-    // - DannyMi

-

-    if (m_tStopTime >= *pSampleStart)

-    {

-        if (m_tStartTime >= *pSampleStop)

-	    return m_StreamState;		// cases  8 11 12 15 17 18 19

-	if (m_tStopTime < m_tStartTime)

-	    ExecuteStop();			// case 10

-	ExecuteStart();                         // cases 3 5 7 9 13 14

-	return m_StreamState;

-    }

-

-    if (m_tStartTime >= *pSampleStop)

-    {

-        ExecuteStop();                          // cases 6 16

-        return m_StreamState;

-    }

-

-    if (m_tStartTime <= m_tStopTime)

-    {

-	ExecuteStart();

-	ExecuteStop();

-        return m_StreamState;		// case 1

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	ExecuteStop();

-	ExecuteStart();

-        return m_StreamState;		// cases 2 4

-    }

-}

-

-

-enum CBaseStreamControl::StreamControlState CBaseStreamControl::CheckStreamState( IMediaSample * pSample )

-{

-

-    REFERENCE_TIME rtBufferStart, rtBufferStop;

-    const BOOL bNoBufferTimes =

-              pSample == NULL ||

-              FAILED(pSample->GetTime(&rtBufferStart, &rtBufferStop));

-

-    StreamControlState state;

-    LONG lWait;

-

-    do

-        {

- 	    // something has to break out of the blocking

-            if (m_bIsFlushing || m_FilterState == State_Stopped)

-		return STREAM_DISCARDING;

-

-            if (bNoBufferTimes) {

-                //  Can't do anything until we get a time stamp

-                state = m_StreamState;

-                break;

-            } else {

-                state = CheckSampleTimes( &rtBufferStart, &rtBufferStop );

-                if (state == STREAM_FLOWING)

-		    break;

-

-		// we aren't supposed to send this, but we've been

-		// told to send one more than we were supposed to

-		// (and the stop isn't still pending and we're streaming)

-		if (m_bStopSendExtra && !m_bStopExtraSent &&

-					m_tStopTime == MAX_TIME &&

-					m_FilterState != State_Stopped) {

-		    m_bStopExtraSent = TRUE;

-		    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("%d sending an EXTRA frame"),

-							    m_dwStopCookie));

-		    state = STREAM_FLOWING;

-		    break;

-		}

-            }

-

-            // We're in discarding mode

-

-            // If we've no clock, discard as fast as we can

-            if (!m_pRefClock) {

-		break;

-

-	    // If we're paused, we can't discard in a timely manner because

-	    // there's no such thing as stream times.  We must block until

-	    // we run or stop, or we'll end up throwing the whole stream away

-	    // as quickly as possible

-	    } else if (m_FilterState == State_Paused) {

-		lWait = INFINITE;

-

-	    } else {

-	        // wait until it's time for the sample until we say "discard"

-	        // ("discard in a timely fashion")

-	        REFERENCE_TIME rtNow;

-                EXECUTE_ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(m_pRefClock->GetTime(&rtNow)));

-                rtNow -= m_tRunStart;   // Into relative ref-time

-                lWait = LONG((rtBufferStart - rtNow)/10000); // 100ns -> ms

-                if (lWait < 10) break; // Not worth waiting - discard early

-	    }

-

-    } while(WaitForSingleObject(GetStreamEventHandle(), lWait) != WAIT_TIMEOUT);

-

-    return state;

-}

-

-

-void CBaseStreamControl::NotifyFilterState( FILTER_STATE new_state, REFERENCE_TIME tStart )

-{

-    CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);

-

-    // or we will get confused

-    if (m_FilterState == new_state)

-	return;

-

-    switch (new_state)

-    {

-        case State_Stopped:

-

-            DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("Filter is STOPPED")));

-

-	    // execute any pending starts and stops in the right order,

-	    // to make sure all notifications get sent, and we end up

-	    // in the right state to begin next time (??? why not?)

-

-	    if (m_tStartTime != MAX_TIME && m_tStopTime == MAX_TIME) {

-		ExecuteStart();

-	    } else if (m_tStopTime != MAX_TIME && m_tStartTime == MAX_TIME) {

-		ExecuteStop();

-	    } else if (m_tStopTime != MAX_TIME && m_tStartTime != MAX_TIME) {

-		if (m_tStartTime <= m_tStopTime) {

-		    ExecuteStart();

-		    ExecuteStop();

-		} else {

-		    ExecuteStop();

-		    ExecuteStart();

-		}

-	    }

-	    // always start off flowing when the graph starts streaming

-	    // unless told otherwise

-	    m_StreamState = STREAM_FLOWING;

-            m_FilterState = new_state;

-            break;

-

-        case State_Running:

-

-            DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("Filter is RUNNING")));

-

-            m_tRunStart = tStart;

-            // fall-through

-

-        default: // case State_Paused:

-            m_FilterState = new_state;

-    }

-    // unblock!

-    m_StreamEvent.Set();

-}

-

-

-void CBaseStreamControl::Flushing(BOOL bInProgress)

-{

-    CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);

-    m_bIsFlushing = bInProgress;

-    m_StreamEvent.Set();

-}

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/strmctl.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/strmctl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cb2adf30..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/strmctl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: StrmCtl.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1996-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#ifndef __strmctl_h__

-#define __strmctl_h__

-

-class CBaseStreamControl : public IAMStreamControl

-{

-public:

-    // Used by the implementation

-    enum StreamControlState

-    { STREAM_FLOWING = 0x1000,

-      STREAM_DISCARDING

-    };

-

-private:

-    enum StreamControlState	m_StreamState;		// Current stream state

-    enum StreamControlState	m_StreamStateOnStop;	// State after next stop

-						// (i.e.Blocking or Discarding)

-

-    REFERENCE_TIME	m_tStartTime;	    // MAX_TIME implies none

-    REFERENCE_TIME	m_tStopTime;	    // MAX_TIME implies none

-    DWORD		m_dwStartCookie;    // Cookie for notification to app

-    DWORD		m_dwStopCookie;	    // Cookie for notification to app

-    volatile BOOL       m_bIsFlushing;        // No optimization pls!

-    volatile BOOL	m_bStopSendExtra;   // bSendExtra was set

-    volatile BOOL	m_bStopExtraSent;   // the extra one was sent

-

-    CCritSec		m_CritSec;	    // CritSec to guard above attributes

-

-    // Event to fire when we can come

-    // out of blocking, or to come out of waiting

-    // to discard if we change our minds.

-    //

-    CAMEvent			m_StreamEvent;

-

-    // All of these methods execute immediately.  Helpers for others.

-    //

-    void ExecuteStop();

-    void ExecuteStart();

-    void CancelStop();

-    void CancelStart();

-

-    // Some things we need to be told by our owning filter

-    // Your pin must also expose IAMStreamControl when QI'd for it!

-    //

-    IReferenceClock *	m_pRefClock;	    // Need it to set advises

-					    // Filter must tell us via

-					    // SetSyncSource

-    IMediaEventSink *   m_pSink;            // Event sink

-					    // Filter must tell us after it

-					    // creates it in JoinFilterGraph()

-    FILTER_STATE	m_FilterState;	    // Just need it!

-					    // Filter must tell us via

-					    // NotifyFilterState

-    REFERENCE_TIME	m_tRunStart;	    // Per the Run call to the filter

-

-    // This guy will return one of the three StreamControlState's.  Here's what

-    // the caller should do for each one:

-    //

-    // STREAM_FLOWING:		Proceed as usual (render or pass the sample on)

-    // STREAM_DISCARDING:	Calculate the time 'til *pSampleStop and wait

-    //				that long for the event handle

-    //				(GetStreamEventHandle()).  If the wait

-    //				expires, throw the sample away.  If the event

-    //				fires, call me back - I've changed my mind.

-    //

-    enum StreamControlState CheckSampleTimes( __in const REFERENCE_TIME * pSampleStart,

-					      __in const REFERENCE_TIME * pSampleStop );

-

-public:

-    // You don't have to tell us much when we're created, but there are other

-    // obligations that must be met.  See SetSyncSource & NotifyFilterState

-    // below.

-    //

-    CBaseStreamControl(__inout_opt HRESULT *phr = NULL);

-    ~CBaseStreamControl();

-

-    // If you want this class to work properly, there are thing you need to

-    // (keep) telling it.  Filters with pins that use this class

-    // should ensure that they pass through to this method any calls they

-    // receive on their SetSyncSource.

-

-    // We need a clock to see what time it is.  This is for the

-    // "discard in a timely fashion" logic.  If we discard everything as

-    // quick as possible, a whole 60 minute file could get discarded in the

-    // first 10 seconds, and if somebody wants to turn streaming on at 30 

-    // minutes into the file, and they make the call more than a few seconds

-    // after the graph is run, it may be too late!

-    // So we hold every sample until it's time has gone, then we discard it.

-    // The filter should call this when it gets a SetSyncSource

-    //

-    void SetSyncSource( IReferenceClock * pRefClock )

-    {

-	CAutoLock lck(&m_CritSec);

-	if (m_pRefClock) m_pRefClock->Release();

-	m_pRefClock = pRefClock;

-	if (m_pRefClock) m_pRefClock->AddRef();

-    }

-

-    // Set event sink for notifications

-    // The filter should call this in its JoinFilterGraph after it creates the

-    // IMediaEventSink

-    //

-    void SetFilterGraph( IMediaEventSink *pSink ) {

-        m_pSink = pSink;

-    }

-

-    // Since we schedule in stream time, we need the tStart and must track the

-    // state of our owning filter.

-    // The app should call this ever state change

-    //

-    void NotifyFilterState( FILTER_STATE new_state, REFERENCE_TIME tStart = 0 );

-

-    // Filter should call Flushing(TRUE) in BeginFlush,

-    // and Flushing(FALSE) in EndFlush.

-    //

-    void Flushing( BOOL bInProgress );

-

-

-    // The two main methods of IAMStreamControl

-

-    // Class adds default values suitable for immediate

-    // muting and unmuting of the stream.

-

-    STDMETHODIMP StopAt( const REFERENCE_TIME * ptStop = NULL,

-			 BOOL bSendExtra = FALSE,

-			 DWORD dwCookie = 0 );

-    STDMETHODIMP StartAt( const REFERENCE_TIME * ptStart = NULL,

-		    	  DWORD dwCookie = 0 );

-    STDMETHODIMP GetInfo( __out AM_STREAM_INFO *pInfo);

-

-    // Helper function for pin's receive method.  Call this with

-    // the sample and we'll tell you what to do with it.  We'll do a

-    // WaitForSingleObject within this call if one is required.  This is

-    // a "What should I do with this sample?" kind of call. We'll tell the

-    // caller to either flow it or discard it.

-    // If pSample is NULL we evaluate based on the current state

-    // settings

-    enum StreamControlState CheckStreamState( IMediaSample * pSample );

-

-private:

-    // These don't require locking, but we are relying on the fact that

-    // m_StreamState can be retrieved with integrity, and is a snap shot that

-    // may have just been, or may be just about to be, changed.

-    HANDLE GetStreamEventHandle() const { return m_StreamEvent; }

-    enum StreamControlState GetStreamState() const { return m_StreamState; }

-    BOOL IsStreaming() const { return m_StreamState == STREAM_FLOWING; }

-};

-

-#endif

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/sysclock.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/sysclock.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d582917..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/sysclock.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: SysClock.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements a system clock based on 

-//       IReferenceClock.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>

-#include <limits.h>

-

-

-#ifdef FILTER_DLL

-

-/* List of class IDs and creator functions for the class factory. This

-   provides the link between the OLE entry point in the DLL and an object

-   being created. The class factory will call the static CreateInstance

-   function when it is asked to create a CLSID_SystemClock object */

-

-CFactoryTemplate g_Templates[1] = {

-    {&CLSID_SystemClock, CSystemClock::CreateInstance}

-};

-

-int g_cTemplates = sizeof(g_Templates) / sizeof(g_Templates[0]);

-#endif

-

-/* This goes in the factory template table to create new instances */

-CUnknown * WINAPI CSystemClock::CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr)

-{

-    return new CSystemClock(NAME("System reference clock"),pUnk, phr);

-}

-

-

-CSystemClock::CSystemClock(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr) :

-    CBaseReferenceClock(pName, pUnk, phr)

-{

-}

-

-STDMETHODIMP CSystemClock::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(

-    REFIID riid,

-    __deref_out void ** ppv)

-{

-    if (riid == IID_IPersist)

-    {

-        return GetInterface(static_cast<IPersist *>(this), ppv);

-    }

-    else if (riid == IID_IAMClockAdjust)

-    {

-        return GetInterface(static_cast<IAMClockAdjust *>(this), ppv);

-    }

-    else

-    {

-        return CBaseReferenceClock::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);

-    }

-}

-

-/* Return the clock's clsid */

-STDMETHODIMP

-CSystemClock::GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pClsID,E_POINTER);

-    ValidateReadWritePtr(pClsID,sizeof(CLSID));

-    *pClsID = CLSID_SystemClock;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP 

-CSystemClock::SetClockDelta(REFERENCE_TIME rtDelta)

-{

-    return SetTimeDelta(rtDelta);

-}

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/sysclock.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/sysclock.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3976d346..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/sysclock.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: SysClock.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a system clock implementation of

-//       IReferenceClock.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#ifndef __SYSTEMCLOCK__

-#define __SYSTEMCLOCK__

-

-//

-// Base clock.  Uses timeGetTime ONLY

-// Uses most of the code in the base reference clock.

-// Provides GetTime

-//

-

-class CSystemClock : public CBaseReferenceClock, public IAMClockAdjust, public IPersist

-{

-public:

-    // We must be able to create an instance of ourselves

-    static CUnknown * WINAPI CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr);

-    CSystemClock(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, __inout HRESULT *phr);

-

-    DECLARE_IUNKNOWN

-

-    STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void ** ppv);

-

-    // Yield up our class id so that we can be persisted

-    // Implement required Ipersist method

-    STDMETHODIMP GetClassID(__out CLSID *pClsID);

-

-    //  IAMClockAdjust methods

-    STDMETHODIMP SetClockDelta(REFERENCE_TIME rtDelta);

-}; //CSystemClock

-

-#endif /* __SYSTEMCLOCK__ */

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/transfrm.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/transfrm.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d170779..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/transfrm.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1016 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: Transfrm.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements class for simple transform

-//       filters such as video decompressors.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>

-#include <measure.h>

-

-

-// =================================================================

-// Implements the CTransformFilter class

-// =================================================================

-

-CTransformFilter::CTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,

-                                   __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,

-                                   REFCLSID  clsid) :

-    CBaseFilter(pName,pUnk,&m_csFilter, clsid),

-    m_pInput(NULL),

-    m_pOutput(NULL),

-    m_bEOSDelivered(FALSE),

-    m_bQualityChanged(FALSE),

-    m_bSampleSkipped(FALSE)

-{

-#ifdef PERF

-    RegisterPerfId();

-#endif //  PERF

-}

-

-#ifdef UNICODE

-CTransformFilter::CTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCSTR pName,

-                                   __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,

-                                   REFCLSID  clsid) :

-    CBaseFilter(pName,pUnk,&m_csFilter, clsid),

-    m_pInput(NULL),

-    m_pOutput(NULL),

-    m_bEOSDelivered(FALSE),

-    m_bQualityChanged(FALSE),

-    m_bSampleSkipped(FALSE)

-{

-#ifdef PERF

-    RegisterPerfId();

-#endif //  PERF

-}

-#endif

-

-// destructor

-

-CTransformFilter::~CTransformFilter()

-{

-    // Delete the pins

-

-    delete m_pInput;

-    delete m_pOutput;

-}

-

-

-// Transform place holder - should never be called

-HRESULT CTransformFilter::Transform(IMediaSample * pIn, IMediaSample *pOut)

-{

-    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pIn);

-    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pOut);

-    DbgBreak("CTransformFilter::Transform() should never be called");

-    return E_UNEXPECTED;

-}

-

-

-// return the number of pins we provide

-

-int CTransformFilter::GetPinCount()

-{

-    return 2;

-}

-

-

-// return a non-addrefed CBasePin * for the user to addref if he holds onto it

-// for longer than his pointer to us. We create the pins dynamically when they

-// are asked for rather than in the constructor. This is because we want to

-// give the derived class an oppportunity to return different pin objects

-

-// We return the objects as and when they are needed. If either of these fails

-// then we return NULL, the assumption being that the caller will realise the

-// whole deal is off and destroy us - which in turn will delete everything.

-

-CBasePin *

-CTransformFilter::GetPin(int n)

-{

-    HRESULT hr = S_OK;

-

-    // Create an input pin if necessary

-

-    if (m_pInput == NULL) {

-

-        m_pInput = new CTransformInputPin(NAME("Transform input pin"),

-                                          this,              // Owner filter

-                                          &hr,               // Result code

-                                          L"XForm In");      // Pin name

-

-

-        //  Can't fail

-        ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));

-        if (m_pInput == NULL) {

-            return NULL;

-        }

-        m_pOutput = (CTransformOutputPin *)

-		   new CTransformOutputPin(NAME("Transform output pin"),

-                                            this,            // Owner filter

-                                            &hr,             // Result code

-                                            L"XForm Out");   // Pin name

-

-

-        // Can't fail

-        ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));

-        if (m_pOutput == NULL) {

-            delete m_pInput;

-            m_pInput = NULL;

-        }

-    }

-

-    // Return the appropriate pin

-

-    if (n == 0) {

-        return m_pInput;

-    } else

-    if (n == 1) {

-        return m_pOutput;

-    } else {

-        return NULL;

-    }

-}

-

-

-//

-// FindPin

-//

-// If Id is In or Out then return the IPin* for that pin

-// creating the pin if need be.  Otherwise return NULL with an error.

-

-STDMETHODIMP CTransformFilter::FindPin(LPCWSTR Id, __deref_out IPin **ppPin)

-{

-    CheckPointer(ppPin,E_POINTER);

-    ValidateReadWritePtr(ppPin,sizeof(IPin *));

-

-    if (0==lstrcmpW(Id,L"In")) {

-        *ppPin = GetPin(0);

-    } else if (0==lstrcmpW(Id,L"Out")) {

-        *ppPin = GetPin(1);

-    } else {

-        *ppPin = NULL;

-        return VFW_E_NOT_FOUND;

-    }

-

-    HRESULT hr = NOERROR;

-    //  AddRef() returned pointer - but GetPin could fail if memory is low.

-    if (*ppPin) {

-        (*ppPin)->AddRef();

-    } else {

-        hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;  // probably.  There's no pin anyway.

-    }

-    return hr;

-}

-

-

-// override these two functions if you want to inform something

-// about entry to or exit from streaming state.

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformFilter::StartStreaming()

-{

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformFilter::StopStreaming()

-{

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// override this to grab extra interfaces on connection

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformFilter::CheckConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir, IPin *pPin)

-{

-    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dir);

-    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pPin);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// place holder to allow derived classes to release any extra interfaces

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformFilter::BreakConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir)

-{

-    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dir);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Let derived classes know about connection completion

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformFilter::CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION direction,IPin *pReceivePin)

-{

-    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(direction);

-    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pReceivePin);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// override this to know when the media type is really set

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformFilter::SetMediaType(PIN_DIRECTION direction,const CMediaType *pmt)

-{

-    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(direction);

-    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pmt);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Set up our output sample

-HRESULT

-CTransformFilter::InitializeOutputSample(IMediaSample *pSample, __deref_out IMediaSample **ppOutSample)

-{

-    IMediaSample *pOutSample;

-

-    // default - times are the same

-

-    AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES * const pProps = m_pInput->SampleProps();

-    DWORD dwFlags = m_bSampleSkipped ? AM_GBF_PREVFRAMESKIPPED : 0;

-

-    // This will prevent the image renderer from switching us to DirectDraw

-    // when we can't do it without skipping frames because we're not on a

-    // keyframe.  If it really has to switch us, it still will, but then we

-    // will have to wait for the next keyframe

-    if (!(pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_SPLICEPOINT)) {

-	dwFlags |= AM_GBF_NOTASYNCPOINT;

-    }

-

-    ASSERT(m_pOutput->m_pAllocator != NULL);

-    HRESULT hr = m_pOutput->m_pAllocator->GetBuffer(

-             &pOutSample

-             , pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TIMEVALID ?

-                   &pProps->tStart : NULL

-             , pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_STOPVALID ?

-                   &pProps->tStop : NULL

-             , dwFlags

-         );

-    *ppOutSample = pOutSample;

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    ASSERT(pOutSample);

-    IMediaSample2 *pOutSample2;

-    if (SUCCEEDED(pOutSample->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaSample2,

-                                             (void **)&pOutSample2))) {

-        /*  Modify it */

-        AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES OutProps;

-        EXECUTE_ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(pOutSample2->GetProperties(

-            FIELD_OFFSET(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, tStart), (PBYTE)&OutProps)

-        ));

-        OutProps.dwTypeSpecificFlags = pProps->dwTypeSpecificFlags;

-        OutProps.dwSampleFlags =

-            (OutProps.dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED) |

-            (pProps->dwSampleFlags & ~AM_SAMPLE_TYPECHANGED);

-        OutProps.tStart = pProps->tStart;

-        OutProps.tStop  = pProps->tStop;

-        OutProps.cbData = FIELD_OFFSET(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwStreamId);

-        hr = pOutSample2->SetProperties(

-            FIELD_OFFSET(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, dwStreamId),

-            (PBYTE)&OutProps

-        );

-        if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_DATADISCONTINUITY) {

-            m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;

-        }

-        pOutSample2->Release();

-    } else {

-        if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_TIMEVALID) {

-            pOutSample->SetTime(&pProps->tStart,

-                                &pProps->tStop);

-        }

-        if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_SPLICEPOINT) {

-            pOutSample->SetSyncPoint(TRUE);

-        }

-        if (pProps->dwSampleFlags & AM_SAMPLE_DATADISCONTINUITY) {

-            pOutSample->SetDiscontinuity(TRUE);

-            m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;

-        }

-        // Copy the media times

-

-        LONGLONG MediaStart, MediaEnd;

-        if (pSample->GetMediaTime(&MediaStart,&MediaEnd) == NOERROR) {

-            pOutSample->SetMediaTime(&MediaStart,&MediaEnd);

-        }

-    }

-    return S_OK;

-}

-

-// override this to customize the transform process

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformFilter::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)

-{

-    /*  Check for other streams and pass them on */

-    AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES * const pProps = m_pInput->SampleProps();

-    if (pProps->dwStreamId != AM_STREAM_MEDIA) {

-        return m_pOutput->m_pInputPin->Receive(pSample);

-    }

-    HRESULT hr;

-    ASSERT(pSample);

-    IMediaSample * pOutSample;

-

-    // If no output to deliver to then no point sending us data

-

-    ASSERT (m_pOutput != NULL) ;

-

-    // Set up the output sample

-    hr = InitializeOutputSample(pSample, &pOutSample);

-

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    // Start timing the transform (if PERF is defined)

-    MSR_START(m_idTransform);

-

-    // have the derived class transform the data

-

-    hr = Transform(pSample, pOutSample);

-

-    // Stop the clock and log it (if PERF is defined)

-    MSR_STOP(m_idTransform);

-

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-	DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,1,TEXT("Error from transform")));

-    } else {

-        // the Transform() function can return S_FALSE to indicate that the

-        // sample should not be delivered; we only deliver the sample if it's

-        // really S_OK (same as NOERROR, of course.)

-        if (hr == NOERROR) {

-    	    hr = m_pOutput->m_pInputPin->Receive(pOutSample);

-            m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;	// last thing no longer dropped

-        } else {

-            // S_FALSE returned from Transform is a PRIVATE agreement

-            // We should return NOERROR from Receive() in this cause because returning S_FALSE

-            // from Receive() means that this is the end of the stream and no more data should

-            // be sent.

-            if (S_FALSE == hr) {

-

-                //  Release the sample before calling notify to avoid

-                //  deadlocks if the sample holds a lock on the system

-                //  such as DirectDraw buffers do

-                pOutSample->Release();

-                m_bSampleSkipped = TRUE;

-                if (!m_bQualityChanged) {

-                    NotifyEvent(EC_QUALITY_CHANGE,0,0);

-                    m_bQualityChanged = TRUE;

-                }

-                return NOERROR;

-            }

-        }

-    }

-

-    // release the output buffer. If the connected pin still needs it,

-    // it will have addrefed it itself.

-    pOutSample->Release();

-

-    return hr;

-}

-

-

-// Return S_FALSE to mean "pass the note on upstream"

-// Return NOERROR (Same as S_OK)

-// to mean "I've done something about it, don't pass it on"

-HRESULT CTransformFilter::AlterQuality(Quality q)

-{

-    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(q);

-    return S_FALSE;

-}

-

-

-// EndOfStream received. Default behaviour is to deliver straight

-// downstream, since we have no queued data. If you overrode Receive

-// and have queue data, then you need to handle this and deliver EOS after

-// all queued data is sent

-HRESULT

-CTransformFilter::EndOfStream(void)

-{

-    HRESULT hr = NOERROR;

-    if (m_pOutput != NULL) {

-        hr = m_pOutput->DeliverEndOfStream();

-    }

-

-    return hr;

-}

-

-

-// enter flush state. Receives already blocked

-// must override this if you have queued data or a worker thread

-HRESULT

-CTransformFilter::BeginFlush(void)

-{

-    HRESULT hr = NOERROR;

-    if (m_pOutput != NULL) {

-	// block receives -- done by caller (CBaseInputPin::BeginFlush)

-

-	// discard queued data -- we have no queued data

-

-	// free anyone blocked on receive - not possible in this filter

-

-	// call downstream

-	hr = m_pOutput->DeliverBeginFlush();

-    }

-    return hr;

-}

-

-

-// leave flush state. must override this if you have queued data

-// or a worker thread

-HRESULT

-CTransformFilter::EndFlush(void)

-{

-    // sync with pushing thread -- we have no worker thread

-

-    // ensure no more data to go downstream -- we have no queued data

-

-    // call EndFlush on downstream pins

-    ASSERT (m_pOutput != NULL);

-    return m_pOutput->DeliverEndFlush();

-

-    // caller (the input pin's method) will unblock Receives

-}

-

-

-// override these so that the derived filter can catch them

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CTransformFilter::Stop()

-{

-    CAutoLock lck1(&m_csFilter);

-    if (m_State == State_Stopped) {

-        return NOERROR;

-    }

-

-    // Succeed the Stop if we are not completely connected

-

-    ASSERT(m_pInput == NULL || m_pOutput != NULL);

-    if (m_pInput == NULL || m_pInput->IsConnected() == FALSE ||

-        m_pOutput->IsConnected() == FALSE) {

-                m_State = State_Stopped;

-                m_bEOSDelivered = FALSE;

-                return NOERROR;

-    }

-

-    ASSERT(m_pInput);

-    ASSERT(m_pOutput);

-

-    // decommit the input pin before locking or we can deadlock

-    m_pInput->Inactive();

-

-    // synchronize with Receive calls

-

-    CAutoLock lck2(&m_csReceive);

-    m_pOutput->Inactive();

-

-    // allow a class derived from CTransformFilter

-    // to know about starting and stopping streaming

-

-    HRESULT hr = StopStreaming();

-    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {

-	// complete the state transition

-	m_State = State_Stopped;

-	m_bEOSDelivered = FALSE;

-    }

-    return hr;

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CTransformFilter::Pause()

-{

-    CAutoLock lck(&m_csFilter);

-    HRESULT hr = NOERROR;

-

-    if (m_State == State_Paused) {

-        // (This space left deliberately blank)

-    }

-

-    // If we have no input pin or it isn't yet connected then when we are

-    // asked to pause we deliver an end of stream to the downstream filter.

-    // This makes sure that it doesn't sit there forever waiting for

-    // samples which we cannot ever deliver without an input connection.

-

-    else if (m_pInput == NULL || m_pInput->IsConnected() == FALSE) {

-        if (m_pOutput && m_bEOSDelivered == FALSE) {

-            m_pOutput->DeliverEndOfStream();

-            m_bEOSDelivered = TRUE;

-        }

-        m_State = State_Paused;

-    }

-

-    // We may have an input connection but no output connection

-    // However, if we have an input pin we do have an output pin

-

-    else if (m_pOutput->IsConnected() == FALSE) {

-        m_State = State_Paused;

-    }

-

-    else {

-	if (m_State == State_Stopped) {

-	    // allow a class derived from CTransformFilter

-	    // to know about starting and stopping streaming

-            CAutoLock lck2(&m_csReceive);

-	    hr = StartStreaming();

-	}

-	if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {

-	    hr = CBaseFilter::Pause();

-	}

-    }

-

-    m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;

-    m_bQualityChanged = FALSE;

-    return hr;

-}

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformFilter::NewSegment(

-    REFERENCE_TIME tStart,

-    REFERENCE_TIME tStop,

-    double dRate)

-{

-    if (m_pOutput != NULL) {

-        return m_pOutput->DeliverNewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);

-    }

-    return S_OK;

-}

-

-// Check streaming status

-HRESULT

-CTransformInputPin::CheckStreaming()

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput != NULL);

-    if (!m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected()) {

-        return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;

-    } else {

-        //  Shouldn't be able to get any data if we're not connected!

-        ASSERT(IsConnected());

-

-        //  we're flushing

-        if (m_bFlushing) {

-            return S_FALSE;

-        }

-        //  Don't process stuff in Stopped state

-        if (IsStopped()) {

-            return VFW_E_WRONG_STATE;

-        }

-        if (m_bRunTimeError) {

-    	    return VFW_E_RUNTIME_ERROR;

-        }

-        return S_OK;

-    }

-}

-

-

-// =================================================================

-// Implements the CTransformInputPin class

-// =================================================================

-

-

-// constructor

-

-CTransformInputPin::CTransformInputPin(

-    __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,

-    __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,

-    __inout HRESULT * phr,

-    __in_opt LPCWSTR pName)

-    : CBaseInputPin(pObjectName, pTransformFilter, &pTransformFilter->m_csFilter, phr, pName)

-{

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("CTransformInputPin::CTransformInputPin")));

-    m_pTransformFilter = pTransformFilter;

-}

-

-#ifdef UNICODE

-CTransformInputPin::CTransformInputPin(

-    __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,

-    __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,

-    __inout HRESULT * phr,

-    __in_opt LPCWSTR pName)

-    : CBaseInputPin(pObjectName, pTransformFilter, &pTransformFilter->m_csFilter, phr, pName)

-{

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("CTransformInputPin::CTransformInputPin")));

-    m_pTransformFilter = pTransformFilter;

-}

-#endif

-

-// provides derived filter a chance to grab extra interfaces

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformInputPin::CheckConnect(IPin *pPin)

-{

-    HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->CheckConnect(PINDIR_INPUT,pPin);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-    	return hr;

-    }

-    return CBaseInputPin::CheckConnect(pPin);

-}

-

-

-// provides derived filter a chance to release it's extra interfaces

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformInputPin::BreakConnect()

-{

-    //  Can't disconnect unless stopped

-    ASSERT(IsStopped());

-    m_pTransformFilter->BreakConnect(PINDIR_INPUT);

-    return CBaseInputPin::BreakConnect();

-}

-

-

-// Let derived class know when the input pin is connected

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformInputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)

-{

-    HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->CompleteConnect(PINDIR_INPUT,pReceivePin);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-    return CBaseInputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);

-}

-

-

-// check that we can support a given media type

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformInputPin::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* pmt)

-{

-    // Check the input type

-

-    HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->CheckInputType(pmt);

-    if (S_OK != hr) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    // if the output pin is still connected, then we have

-    // to check the transform not just the input format

-

-    if ((m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput != NULL) &&

-        (m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected())) {

-            return m_pTransformFilter->CheckTransform(

-                      pmt,

-		      &m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput->CurrentMediaType());

-    } else {

-        return hr;

-    }

-}

-

-

-// set the media type for this connection

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformInputPin::SetMediaType(const CMediaType* mtIn)

-{

-    // Set the base class media type (should always succeed)

-    HRESULT hr = CBasePin::SetMediaType(mtIn);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    // check the transform can be done (should always succeed)

-    ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(m_pTransformFilter->CheckInputType(mtIn)));

-

-    return m_pTransformFilter->SetMediaType(PINDIR_INPUT,mtIn);

-}

-

-

-// =================================================================

-// Implements IMemInputPin interface

-// =================================================================

-

-

-// provide EndOfStream that passes straight downstream

-// (there is no queued data)

-STDMETHODIMP

-CTransformInputPin::EndOfStream(void)

-{

-    CAutoLock lck(&m_pTransformFilter->m_csReceive);

-    HRESULT hr = CheckStreaming();

-    if (S_OK == hr) {

-       hr = m_pTransformFilter->EndOfStream();

-    }

-    return hr;

-}

-

-

-// enter flushing state. Call default handler to block Receives, then

-// pass to overridable method in filter

-STDMETHODIMP

-CTransformInputPin::BeginFlush(void)

-{

-    CAutoLock lck(&m_pTransformFilter->m_csFilter);

-    //  Are we actually doing anything?

-    ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput != NULL);

-    if (!IsConnected() ||

-        !m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected()) {

-        return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;

-    }

-    HRESULT hr = CBaseInputPin::BeginFlush();

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-    	return hr;

-    }

-

-    return m_pTransformFilter->BeginFlush();

-}

-

-

-// leave flushing state.

-// Pass to overridable method in filter, then call base class

-// to unblock receives (finally)

-STDMETHODIMP

-CTransformInputPin::EndFlush(void)

-{

-    CAutoLock lck(&m_pTransformFilter->m_csFilter);

-    //  Are we actually doing anything?

-    ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput != NULL);

-    if (!IsConnected() ||

-        !m_pTransformFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected()) {

-        return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;

-    }

-

-    HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->EndFlush();

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    return CBaseInputPin::EndFlush();

-}

-

-

-// here's the next block of data from the stream.

-// AddRef it yourself if you need to hold it beyond the end

-// of this call.

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformInputPin::Receive(IMediaSample * pSample)

-{

-    HRESULT hr;

-    CAutoLock lck(&m_pTransformFilter->m_csReceive);

-    ASSERT(pSample);

-

-    // check all is well with the base class

-    hr = CBaseInputPin::Receive(pSample);

-    if (S_OK == hr) {

-        hr = m_pTransformFilter->Receive(pSample);

-    }

-    return hr;

-}

-

-

-

-

-// override to pass downstream

-STDMETHODIMP

-CTransformInputPin::NewSegment(

-    REFERENCE_TIME tStart,

-    REFERENCE_TIME tStop,

-    double dRate)

-{

-    //  Save the values in the pin

-    CBasePin::NewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);

-    return m_pTransformFilter->NewSegment(tStart, tStop, dRate);

-}

-

-

-

-

-// =================================================================

-// Implements the CTransformOutputPin class

-// =================================================================

-

-

-// constructor

-

-CTransformOutputPin::CTransformOutputPin(

-    __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,

-    __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,

-    __inout HRESULT * phr,

-    __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName)

-    : CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, pTransformFilter, &pTransformFilter->m_csFilter, phr, pPinName),

-      m_pPosition(NULL)

-{

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("CTransformOutputPin::CTransformOutputPin")));

-    m_pTransformFilter = pTransformFilter;

-

-}

-

-#ifdef UNICODE

-CTransformOutputPin::CTransformOutputPin(

-    __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,

-    __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,

-    __inout HRESULT * phr,

-    __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName)

-    : CBaseOutputPin(pObjectName, pTransformFilter, &pTransformFilter->m_csFilter, phr, pPinName),

-      m_pPosition(NULL)

-{

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("CTransformOutputPin::CTransformOutputPin")));

-    m_pTransformFilter = pTransformFilter;

-

-}

-#endif

-

-// destructor

-

-CTransformOutputPin::~CTransformOutputPin()

-{

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,2,TEXT("CTransformOutputPin::~CTransformOutputPin")));

-

-    if (m_pPosition) m_pPosition->Release();

-}

-

-

-// overriden to expose IMediaPosition and IMediaSeeking control interfaces

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CTransformOutputPin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)

-{

-    CheckPointer(ppv,E_POINTER);

-    ValidateReadWritePtr(ppv,sizeof(PVOID));

-    *ppv = NULL;

-

-    if (riid == IID_IMediaPosition || riid == IID_IMediaSeeking) {

-

-        // we should have an input pin by now

-

-        ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);

-

-        if (m_pPosition == NULL) {

-

-            HRESULT hr = CreatePosPassThru(

-                             GetOwner(),

-                             FALSE,

-                             (IPin *)m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput,

-                             &m_pPosition);

-            if (FAILED(hr)) {

-                return hr;

-            }

-        }

-        return m_pPosition->QueryInterface(riid, ppv);

-    } else {

-        return CBaseOutputPin::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid, ppv);

-    }

-}

-

-

-// provides derived filter a chance to grab extra interfaces

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformOutputPin::CheckConnect(IPin *pPin)

-{

-    // we should have an input connection first

-

-    ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);

-    if ((m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->IsConnected() == FALSE)) {

-	    return E_UNEXPECTED;

-    }

-

-    HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->CheckConnect(PINDIR_OUTPUT,pPin);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-	    return hr;

-    }

-    return CBaseOutputPin::CheckConnect(pPin);

-}

-

-

-// provides derived filter a chance to release it's extra interfaces

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformOutputPin::BreakConnect()

-{

-    //  Can't disconnect unless stopped

-    ASSERT(IsStopped());

-    m_pTransformFilter->BreakConnect(PINDIR_OUTPUT);

-    return CBaseOutputPin::BreakConnect();

-}

-

-

-// Let derived class know when the output pin is connected

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformOutputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)

-{

-    HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->CompleteConnect(PINDIR_OUTPUT,pReceivePin);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-    return CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);

-}

-

-

-// check a given transform - must have selected input type first

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformOutputPin::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* pmtOut)

-{

-    // must have selected input first

-    ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);

-    if ((m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->IsConnected() == FALSE)) {

-	        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-    return m_pTransformFilter->CheckTransform(

-				    &m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->CurrentMediaType(),

-				    pmtOut);

-}

-

-

-// called after we have agreed a media type to actually set it in which case

-// we run the CheckTransform function to get the output format type again

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformOutputPin::SetMediaType(const CMediaType* pmtOut)

-{

-    HRESULT hr = NOERROR;

-    ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);

-

-    ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->CurrentMediaType().IsValid());

-

-    // Set the base class media type (should always succeed)

-    hr = CBasePin::SetMediaType(pmtOut);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-#ifdef DEBUG

-    if (FAILED(m_pTransformFilter->CheckTransform(&m_pTransformFilter->

-					m_pInput->CurrentMediaType(),pmtOut))) {

-	DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,0,TEXT("*** This filter is accepting an output media type")));

-	DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,0,TEXT("    that it can't currently transform to.  I hope")));

-	DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,0,TEXT("    it's smart enough to reconnect its input.")));

-    }

-#endif

-

-    return m_pTransformFilter->SetMediaType(PINDIR_OUTPUT,pmtOut);

-}

-

-

-// pass the buffer size decision through to the main transform class

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformOutputPin::DecideBufferSize(

-    IMemAllocator * pAllocator,

-    __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES* pProp)

-{

-    return m_pTransformFilter->DecideBufferSize(pAllocator, pProp);

-}

-

-

-

-// return a specific media type indexed by iPosition

-

-HRESULT

-CTransformOutputPin::GetMediaType(

-    int iPosition,

-    __inout CMediaType *pMediaType)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);

-

-    //  We don't have any media types if our input is not connected

-

-    if (m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->IsConnected()) {

-        return m_pTransformFilter->GetMediaType(iPosition,pMediaType);

-    } else {

-        return VFW_S_NO_MORE_ITEMS;

-    }

-}

-

-

-// Override this if you can do something constructive to act on the

-// quality message.  Consider passing it upstream as well

-

-// Pass the quality mesage on upstream.

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CTransformOutputPin::Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q)

-{

-    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pSender);

-    ValidateReadPtr(pSender,sizeof(IBaseFilter));

-

-    // First see if we want to handle this ourselves

-    HRESULT hr = m_pTransformFilter->AlterQuality(q);

-    if (hr!=S_FALSE) {

-        return hr;        // either S_OK or a failure

-    }

-

-    // S_FALSE means we pass the message on.

-    // Find the quality sink for our input pin and send it there

-

-    ASSERT(m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput != NULL);

-

-    return m_pTransformFilter->m_pInput->PassNotify(q);

-

-} // Notify

-

-

-// the following removes a very large number of level 4 warnings from the microsoft

-// compiler output, which are not useful at all in this case.

-#pragma warning(disable:4514)

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/transfrm.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/transfrm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b276471..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/transfrm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,304 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: Transfrm.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines classes from which simple 

-//       transform codecs may be derived.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-// It assumes the codec has one input and one output stream, and has no

-// interest in memory management, interface negotiation or anything else.

-//

-// derive your class from this, and supply Transform and the media type/format

-// negotiation functions. Implement that class, compile and link and

-// you're done.

-

-

-#ifndef __TRANSFRM__

-#define __TRANSFRM__

-

-// ======================================================================

-// This is the com object that represents a simple transform filter. It

-// supports IBaseFilter, IMediaFilter and two pins through nested interfaces

-// ======================================================================

-

-class CTransformFilter;

-

-// ==================================================

-// Implements the input pin

-// ==================================================

-

-class CTransformInputPin : public CBaseInputPin

-{

-    friend class CTransformFilter;

-

-protected:

-    CTransformFilter *m_pTransformFilter;

-

-

-public:

-

-    CTransformInputPin(

-        __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,

-        __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,

-        __inout HRESULT * phr,

-        __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);

-#ifdef UNICODE

-    CTransformInputPin(

-        __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,

-        __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,

-        __inout HRESULT * phr,

-        __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);

-#endif

-

-    STDMETHODIMP QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR * Id)

-    {

-        return AMGetWideString(L"In", Id);

-    }

-

-    // Grab and release extra interfaces if required

-

-    HRESULT CheckConnect(IPin *pPin);

-    HRESULT BreakConnect();

-    HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);

-

-    // check that we can support this output type

-    HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* mtIn);

-

-    // set the connection media type

-    HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType* mt);

-

-    // --- IMemInputPin -----

-

-    // here's the next block of data from the stream.

-    // AddRef it yourself if you need to hold it beyond the end

-    // of this call.

-    STDMETHODIMP Receive(IMediaSample * pSample);

-

-    // provide EndOfStream that passes straight downstream

-    // (there is no queued data)

-    STDMETHODIMP EndOfStream(void);

-

-    // passes it to CTransformFilter::BeginFlush

-    STDMETHODIMP BeginFlush(void);

-

-    // passes it to CTransformFilter::EndFlush

-    STDMETHODIMP EndFlush(void);

-

-    STDMETHODIMP NewSegment(

-                        REFERENCE_TIME tStart,

-                        REFERENCE_TIME tStop,

-                        double dRate);

-

-    // Check if it's OK to process samples

-    virtual HRESULT CheckStreaming();

-

-    // Media type

-public:

-    CMediaType& CurrentMediaType() { return m_mt; };

-

-};

-

-// ==================================================

-// Implements the output pin

-// ==================================================

-

-class CTransformOutputPin : public CBaseOutputPin

-{

-    friend class CTransformFilter;

-

-protected:

-    CTransformFilter *m_pTransformFilter;

-

-public:

-

-    // implement IMediaPosition by passing upstream

-    IUnknown * m_pPosition;

-

-    CTransformOutputPin(

-        __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,

-        __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,

-        __inout HRESULT * phr,

-        __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);

-#ifdef UNICODE

-    CTransformOutputPin(

-        __in_opt LPCSTR pObjectName,

-        __inout CTransformFilter *pTransformFilter,

-        __inout HRESULT * phr,

-        __in_opt LPCWSTR pName);

-#endif

-    ~CTransformOutputPin();

-

-    // override to expose IMediaPosition

-    STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv);

-

-    // --- CBaseOutputPin ------------

-

-    STDMETHODIMP QueryId(__deref_out LPWSTR * Id)

-    {

-        return AMGetWideString(L"Out", Id);

-    }

-

-    // Grab and release extra interfaces if required

-

-    HRESULT CheckConnect(IPin *pPin);

-    HRESULT BreakConnect();

-    HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);

-

-    // check that we can support this output type

-    HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* mtOut);

-

-    // set the connection media type

-    HRESULT SetMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt);

-

-    // called from CBaseOutputPin during connection to ask for

-    // the count and size of buffers we need.

-    HRESULT DecideBufferSize(

-                IMemAllocator * pAlloc,

-                __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pProp);

-

-    // returns the preferred formats for a pin

-    HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType);

-

-    // inherited from IQualityControl via CBasePin

-    STDMETHODIMP Notify(IBaseFilter * pSender, Quality q);

-

-    // Media type

-public:

-    CMediaType& CurrentMediaType() { return m_mt; };

-};

-

-

-class AM_NOVTABLE CTransformFilter : public CBaseFilter

-{

-

-public:

-

-    // map getpin/getpincount for base enum of pins to owner

-    // override this to return more specialised pin objects

-

-    virtual int GetPinCount();

-    virtual CBasePin * GetPin(int n);

-    STDMETHODIMP FindPin(LPCWSTR Id, __deref_out IPin **ppPin);

-

-    // override state changes to allow derived transform filter

-    // to control streaming start/stop

-    STDMETHODIMP Stop();

-    STDMETHODIMP Pause();

-

-public:

-

-    CTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid);

-#ifdef UNICODE

-    CTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCSTR , __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid);

-#endif

-    ~CTransformFilter();

-

-    // =================================================================

-    // ----- override these bits ---------------------------------------

-    // =================================================================

-

-    // These must be supplied in a derived class

-

-    virtual HRESULT Transform(IMediaSample * pIn, IMediaSample *pOut);

-

-    // check if you can support mtIn

-    virtual HRESULT CheckInputType(const CMediaType* mtIn) PURE;

-

-    // check if you can support the transform from this input to this output

-    virtual HRESULT CheckTransform(const CMediaType* mtIn, const CMediaType* mtOut) PURE;

-

-    // this goes in the factory template table to create new instances

-    // static CCOMObject * CreateInstance(__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT *);

-

-    // call the SetProperties function with appropriate arguments

-    virtual HRESULT DecideBufferSize(

-                        IMemAllocator * pAllocator,

-                        __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pprop) PURE;

-

-    // override to suggest OUTPUT pin media types

-    virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType) PURE;

-

-

-

-    // =================================================================

-    // ----- Optional Override Methods           -----------------------

-    // =================================================================

-

-    // you can also override these if you want to know about streaming

-    virtual HRESULT StartStreaming();

-    virtual HRESULT StopStreaming();

-

-    // override if you can do anything constructive with quality notifications

-    virtual HRESULT AlterQuality(Quality q);

-

-    // override this to know when the media type is actually set

-    virtual HRESULT SetMediaType(PIN_DIRECTION direction,const CMediaType *pmt);

-

-    // chance to grab extra interfaces on connection

-    virtual HRESULT CheckConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir,IPin *pPin);

-    virtual HRESULT BreakConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir);

-    virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION direction,IPin *pReceivePin);

-

-    // chance to customize the transform process

-    virtual HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pSample);

-

-    // Standard setup for output sample

-    HRESULT InitializeOutputSample(IMediaSample *pSample, __deref_out IMediaSample **ppOutSample);

-

-    // if you override Receive, you may need to override these three too

-    virtual HRESULT EndOfStream(void);

-    virtual HRESULT BeginFlush(void);

-    virtual HRESULT EndFlush(void);

-    virtual HRESULT NewSegment(

-                        REFERENCE_TIME tStart,

-                        REFERENCE_TIME tStop,

-                        double dRate);

-

-#ifdef PERF

-    // Override to register performance measurement with a less generic string

-    // You should do this to avoid confusion with other filters

-    virtual void RegisterPerfId()

-         {m_idTransform = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Transform"));}

-#endif // PERF

-

-

-// implementation details

-

-protected:

-

-#ifdef PERF

-    int m_idTransform;                 // performance measuring id

-#endif

-    BOOL m_bEOSDelivered;              // have we sent EndOfStream

-    BOOL m_bSampleSkipped;             // Did we just skip a frame

-    BOOL m_bQualityChanged;            // Have we degraded?

-

-    // critical section protecting filter state.

-

-    CCritSec m_csFilter;

-

-    // critical section stopping state changes (ie Stop) while we're

-    // processing a sample.

-    //

-    // This critical section is held when processing

-    // events that occur on the receive thread - Receive() and EndOfStream().

-    //

-    // If you want to hold both m_csReceive and m_csFilter then grab

-    // m_csFilter FIRST - like CTransformFilter::Stop() does.

-

-    CCritSec m_csReceive;

-

-    // these hold our input and output pins

-

-    friend class CTransformInputPin;

-    friend class CTransformOutputPin;

-    CTransformInputPin *m_pInput;

-    CTransformOutputPin *m_pOutput;

-};

-

-#endif /* __TRANSFRM__ */

-

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/transip.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/transip.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index e8e12eb5..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/transip.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,974 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: TransIP.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements class for simple Transform-

-//       In-Place filters such as audio.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-// How allocators are decided.

-//

-// An in-place transform tries to do its work in someone else's buffers.

-// It tries to persuade the filters on either side to use the same allocator

-// (and for that matter the same media type).  In desperation, if the downstream

-// filter refuses to supply an allocator and the upstream filter offers only

-// a read-only one then it will provide an allocator.

-// if the upstream filter insists on a read-only allocator then the transform

-// filter will (reluctantly) copy the data before transforming it.

-//

-// In order to pass an allocator through it needs to remember the one it got

-// from the first connection to pass it on to the second one.

-//

-// It is good if we can avoid insisting on a particular order of connection

-// (There is a precedent for insisting on the input

-// being connected first.  Insisting on the output being connected first is

-// not allowed.  That would break RenderFile.)

-//

-// The base pin classes (CBaseOutputPin and CBaseInputPin) both have a

-// m_pAllocator member which is used in places like

-// CBaseOutputPin::GetDeliveryBuffer and CBaseInputPin::Inactive.

-// To avoid lots of extra overriding, we should keep these happy

-// by using these pointers.

-//

-// When each pin is connected, it will set the corresponding m_pAllocator

-// and will have a single ref-count on that allocator.

-//

-// Refcounts are acquired by GetAllocator calls which return AddReffed

-// allocators and are released in one of:

-//     CBaseInputPin::Disconnect

-//     CBaseOutputPin::BreakConect

-// In each case m_pAllocator is set to NULL after the release, so this

-// is the last chance to ever release it.  If there should ever be

-// multiple refcounts associated with the same pointer, this had better

-// be cleared up before that happens.  To avoid such problems, we'll

-// stick with one per pointer.

-

-

-

-// RECONNECTING and STATE CHANGES

-//

-// Each pin could be disconnected, connected with a read-only allocator,

-// connected with an upstream read/write allocator, connected with an

-// allocator from downstream or connected with its own allocator.

-// Five states for each pin gives a data space of 25 states.

-//

-// Notation:

-//

-// R/W == read/write

-// R-O == read-only

-//

-// <input pin state> <output pin state> <comments>

-//

-// 00 means an unconnected pin.

-// <- means using a R/W allocator from the upstream filter

-// <= means using a R-O allocator from an upstream filter

-// || means using our own (R/W) allocator.

-// -> means using a R/W allocator from a downstream filter

-//    (a R-O allocator from downstream is nonsense, it can't ever work).

-//

-//

-// That makes 25 possible states.  Some states are nonsense (two different

-// allocators from the same place).  These are just an artifact of the notation.

-//        <=  <-  Nonsense.

-//        <-  <=  Nonsense

-// Some states are illegal (the output pin never accepts a R-O allocator):

-//        00  <=  !! Error !!

-//        <=  <=  !! Error !!

-//        ||  <=  !! Error !!

-//        ->  <=  !! Error !!

-// Three states appears to be inaccessible:

-//        ->  ||  Inaccessible

-//        ||  ->  Inaccessible

-//        ||  <-  Inaccessible

-// Some states only ever occur as intermediates with a pending reconnect which

-// is guaranteed to finish in another state.

-//        ->  00  ?? unstable goes to || 00

-//        00  <-  ?? unstable goes to 00 ||

-//        ->  <-  ?? unstable goes to -> ->

-//        <-  ||  ?? unstable goes to <- <-

-//        <-  ->  ?? unstable goes to <- <-

-// And that leaves 11 possible resting states:

-// 1      00  00  Nothing connected.

-// 2      <-  00  Input pin connected.

-// 3      <=  00  Input pin connected using R-O allocator.

-// 4      ||  00  Needs several state changes to get here.

-// 5      00  ||  Output pin connected using our allocator

-// 6      00  ->  Downstream only connected

-// 7      ||  ||  Undesirable but can be forced upon us.

-// 8      <=  ||  Copy forced.  <=  -> is preferable

-// 9      <=  ->  OK - forced to copy.

-// 10     <-  <-  Transform in place (ideal)

-// 11     ->  ->  Transform in place (ideal)

-//

-// The object of the exercise is to ensure that we finish up in states

-// 10 or 11 whenever possible.  State 10 is only possible if the upstream

-// filter has a R/W allocator (the AVI splitter notoriously

-// doesn't) and state 11 is only possible if the downstream filter does

-// offer an allocator.

-//

-// The transition table (entries marked * go via a reconnect)

-//

-// There are 8 possible transitions:

-// A: Connect upstream to filter with R-O allocator that insists on using it.

-// B: Connect upstream to filter with R-O allocator but chooses not to use it.

-// C: Connect upstream to filter with R/W allocator and insists on using it.

-// D: Connect upstream to filter with R/W allocator but chooses not to use it.

-// E: Connect downstream to a filter that offers an allocator

-// F: Connect downstream to a filter that does not offer an allocator

-// G: disconnect upstream

-// H: Disconnect downstream

-//

-//            A      B      C      D      E      F      G      H

-//           ---------------------------------------------------------

-// 00  00 1 | 3      3      2      2      6      5      .      .      |1  00  00

-// <-  00 2 | .      .      .      .      *10/11 10     1      .      |2  <-  00

-// <=  00 3 | .      .      .      .      *9/11  *7/8   1      .      |3  <=  00

-// ||  00 4 | .      .      .      .      *8     *7     1      .      |4  ||  00

-// 00  || 5 | 8      7      *10    7      .      .      .      1      |5  00  ||

-// 00  -> 6 | 9      11     *10    11     .      .      .      1      |6  00  ->

-// ||  || 7 | .      .      .      .      .      .      5      4      |7  ||  ||

-// <=  || 8 | .      .      .      .      .      .      5      3      |8  <=  ||

-// <=  -> 9 | .      .      .      .      .      .      6      3      |9  <=  ->

-// <-  <- 10| .      .      .      .      .      .      *5/6   2      |10 <-  <-

-// ->  -> 11| .      .      .      .      .      .      6      *2/3   |11 ->  ->

-//           ---------------------------------------------------------

-//            A      B      C      D      E      F      G      H

-//

-// All these states are accessible without requiring any filter to

-// change its behaviour but not all transitions are accessible, for

-// instance a transition from state 4 to anywhere other than

-// state 8 requires that the upstream filter first offer a R-O allocator

-// and then changes its mind and offer R/W.  This is NOT allowable - it

-// leads to things like the output pin getting a R/W allocator from

-// upstream and then the input pin being told it can only have a R-O one.

-// Note that you CAN change (say) the upstream filter for a different one, but

-// only as a disconnect / connect, not as a Reconnect.  (Exercise for

-// the reader is to see how you get into state 4).

-//

-// The reconnection stuff goes as follows (some of the cases shown here as

-// "no reconnect" may get one to finalise media type - an old story).

-// If there is a reconnect where it says "no reconnect" here then the

-// reconnection must not change the allocator choice.

-//

-// state 2: <- 00 transition E <- <- case C <- <- (no change)

-//                                   case D -> <- and then to -> ->

-//

-// state 2: <- 00 transition F <- <- (no reconnect)

-//

-// state 3: <= 00 transition E <= -> case A <= -> (no change)

-//                                   case B -> ->

-//                transition F <= || case A <= || (no change)

-//                                   case B || ||

-//

-// state 4: || 00 transition E || || case B -> || and then all cases to -> ->

-//                           F || || case B || || (no change)

-//

-// state 5: 00 || transition A <= || (no reconnect)

-//                           B || || (no reconnect)

-//                           C <- || all cases     <- <-

-//                           D || || (unfortunate, but upstream's choice)

-//

-// state 6: 00 -> transition A <= -> (no reconnect)

-//                           B -> -> (no reconnect)

-//                           C <- -> all cases <- <-

-//                           D -> -> (no reconnect)

-//

-// state 10:<- <- transition G 00 <- case E 00 ->

-//                                   case F 00 ||

-//

-// state 11:-> -> transition H -> 00 case A <= 00 (schizo)

-//                                   case B <= 00

-//                                   case C <- 00 (schizo)

-//                                   case D <- 00

-//

-// The Rules:

-// To sort out media types:

-// The input is reconnected

-//    if the input pin is connected and the output pin connects

-// The output is reconnected

-//    If the output pin is connected

-//    and the input pin connects to a different media type

-//

-// To sort out allocators:

-// The input is reconnected

-//    if the output disconnects and the input was using a downstream allocator

-// The output pin calls SetAllocator to pass on a new allocator

-//    if the output is connected and

-//       if the input disconnects and the output was using an upstream allocator

-//       if the input acquires an allocator different from the output one

-//          and that new allocator is not R-O

-//

-// Data is copied (i.e. call getbuffer and copy the data before transforming it)

-//    if the two allocators are different.

-

-

-

-// CHAINS of filters:

-//

-// We sit between two filters (call them A and Z).  We should finish up

-// with the same allocator on both of our pins and that should be the

-// same one that A and Z would have agreed on if we hadn't been in the

-// way.  Furthermore, it should not matter how many in-place transforms

-// are in the way.  Let B, C, D... be in-place transforms ("us").

-// Here's how it goes:

-//

-// 1.

-// A connects to B.  They agree on A's allocator.

-//   A-a->B

-//

-// 2.

-// B connects to C.  Same story. There is no point in a reconnect, but

-// B will request an input reconnect anyway.

-//   A-a->B-a->C

-//

-// 3.

-// C connects to Z.

-// C insists on using A's allocator, but compromises by requesting a reconnect.

-// of C's input.

-//   A-a->B-?->C-a->Z

-//

-// We now have pending reconnects on both A--->B and B--->C

-//

-// 4.

-// The A--->B link is reconnected.

-// A asks B for an allocator.  B sees that it has a downstream connection so

-// asks its downstream input pin i.e. C's input pin for an allocator.  C sees

-// that it too has a downstream connection so asks Z for an allocator.

-//

-// Even though Z's input pin is connected, it is being asked for an allocator.

-// It could refuse, in which case the chain is done and will use A's allocator

-// Alternatively, Z may supply one.  A chooses either Z's or A's own one.

-// B's input pin gets NotifyAllocator called to tell it the decision and it

-// propagates this downstream by calling ReceiveAllocator on its output pin

-// which calls NotifyAllocator on the next input pin downstream etc.

-// If the choice is Z then it goes:

-//   A-z->B-a->C-a->Z

-//   A-z->B-z->C-a->Z

-//   A-z->B-z->C-z->Z

-//

-// And that's IT!!  Any further (essentially spurious) reconnects peter out

-// with no change in the chain.

-

-#include <streams.h>

-#include <measure.h>

-#include <transip.h>

-

-

-// =================================================================

-// Implements the CTransInPlaceFilter class

-// =================================================================

-

-CTransInPlaceFilter::CTransInPlaceFilter

-   ( __in_opt LPCTSTR    pName,

-     __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN  pUnk,

-     REFCLSID   clsid,

-     __inout HRESULT   *phr,

-     bool       bModifiesData

-   )

-   : CTransformFilter(pName, pUnk, clsid),

-     m_bModifiesData(bModifiesData)

-{

-#ifdef PERF

-    RegisterPerfId();

-#endif //  PERF

-

-} // constructor

-

-#ifdef UNICODE

-CTransInPlaceFilter::CTransInPlaceFilter

-   ( __in_opt LPCSTR  pName,

-     __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN  pUnk,

-     REFCLSID   clsid,

-     __inout HRESULT   *phr,

-     bool       bModifiesData

-   )

-   : CTransformFilter(pName, pUnk, clsid),

-     m_bModifiesData(bModifiesData)

-{

-#ifdef PERF

-    RegisterPerfId();

-#endif //  PERF

-

-} // constructor

-#endif

-

-// return a non-addrefed CBasePin * for the user to addref if he holds onto it

-// for longer than his pointer to us. We create the pins dynamically when they

-// are asked for rather than in the constructor. This is because we want to

-// give the derived class an oppportunity to return different pin objects

-

-// As soon as any pin is needed we create both (this is different from the

-// usual transform filter) because enumerators, allocators etc are passed

-// through from one pin to another and it becomes very painful if the other

-// pin isn't there.  If we fail to create either pin we ensure we fail both.

-

-CBasePin *

-CTransInPlaceFilter::GetPin(int n)

-{

-    HRESULT hr = S_OK;

-

-    // Create an input pin if not already done

-

-    if (m_pInput == NULL) {

-

-        m_pInput = new CTransInPlaceInputPin( NAME("TransInPlace input pin")

-                                            , this        // Owner filter

-                                            , &hr         // Result code

-                                            , L"Input"    // Pin name

-                                            );

-

-        // Constructor for CTransInPlaceInputPin can't fail

-        ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));

-    }

-

-    // Create an output pin if not already done

-

-    if (m_pInput!=NULL && m_pOutput == NULL) {

-

-        m_pOutput = new CTransInPlaceOutputPin( NAME("TransInPlace output pin")

-                                              , this       // Owner filter

-                                              , &hr        // Result code

-                                              , L"Output"  // Pin name

-                                              );

-

-        // a failed return code should delete the object

-

-        ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr));

-        if (m_pOutput == NULL) {

-            delete m_pInput;

-            m_pInput = NULL;

-        }

-    }

-

-    // Return the appropriate pin

-

-    ASSERT (n>=0 && n<=1);

-    if (n == 0) {

-        return m_pInput;

-    } else if (n==1) {

-        return m_pOutput;

-    } else {

-        return NULL;

-    }

-

-} // GetPin

-

-

-

-// dir is the direction of our pin.

-// pReceivePin is the pin we are connecting to.

-HRESULT CTransInPlaceFilter::CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir, IPin *pReceivePin)

-{

-    UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pReceivePin);

-    ASSERT(m_pInput);

-    ASSERT(m_pOutput);

-

-    // if we are not part of a graph, then don't indirect the pointer

-    // this probably prevents use of the filter without a filtergraph

-    if (!m_pGraph) {

-        return VFW_E_NOT_IN_GRAPH;

-    }

-

-    // Always reconnect the input to account for buffering changes

-    //

-    // Because we don't get to suggest a type on ReceiveConnection

-    // we need another way of making sure the right type gets used.

-    //

-    // One way would be to have our EnumMediaTypes return our output

-    // connection type first but more deterministic and simple is to

-    // call ReconnectEx passing the type we want to reconnect with

-    // via the base class ReconeectPin method.

-

-    if (dir == PINDIR_OUTPUT) {

-        if( m_pInput->IsConnected() ) {

-            return ReconnectPin( m_pInput, &m_pOutput->CurrentMediaType() );

-        }

-        return NOERROR;

-    }

-

-    ASSERT(dir == PINDIR_INPUT);

-

-    // Reconnect output if necessary

-

-    if( m_pOutput->IsConnected() ) {

-

-        if (  m_pInput->CurrentMediaType()

-           != m_pOutput->CurrentMediaType()

-           ) {

-            return ReconnectPin( m_pOutput, &m_pInput->CurrentMediaType() );

-        }

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-

-} // ComnpleteConnect

-

-

-//

-// DecideBufferSize

-//

-// Tell the output pin's allocator what size buffers we require.

-// *pAlloc will be the allocator our output pin is using.

-//

-

-HRESULT CTransInPlaceFilter::DecideBufferSize

-            ( IMemAllocator *pAlloc

-            , __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pProperties

-            )

-{

-    ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES Request, Actual;

-    HRESULT hr;

-

-    // If we are connected upstream, get his views

-    if (m_pInput->IsConnected()) {

-        // Get the input pin allocator, and get its size and count.

-        // we don't care about his alignment and prefix.

-

-        hr = InputPin()->PeekAllocator()->GetProperties(&Request);

-        if (FAILED(hr)) {

-            // Input connected but with a secretive allocator - enough!

-            return hr;

-        }

-    } else {

-        // Propose one byte

-        // If this isn't enough then when the other pin does get connected

-        // we can revise it.

-        ZeroMemory(&Request, sizeof(Request));

-        Request.cBuffers = 1;

-        Request.cbBuffer = 1;

-    }

-

-

-    DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,1,TEXT("Setting Allocator Requirements")));

-    DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,1,TEXT("Count %d, Size %d"),

-           Request.cBuffers, Request.cbBuffer));

-

-    // Pass the allocator requirements to our output side

-    // but do a little sanity checking first or we'll just hit

-    // asserts in the allocator.

-

-    pProperties->cBuffers = Request.cBuffers;

-    pProperties->cbBuffer = Request.cbBuffer;

-    pProperties->cbAlign = Request.cbAlign;

-    if (pProperties->cBuffers<=0) {pProperties->cBuffers = 1; }

-    if (pProperties->cbBuffer<=0) {pProperties->cbBuffer = 1; }

-    hr = pAlloc->SetProperties(pProperties, &Actual);

-

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,1,TEXT("Obtained Allocator Requirements")));

-    DbgLog((LOG_MEMORY,1,TEXT("Count %d, Size %d, Alignment %d"),

-           Actual.cBuffers, Actual.cbBuffer, Actual.cbAlign));

-

-    // Make sure we got the right alignment and at least the minimum required

-

-    if (  (Request.cBuffers > Actual.cBuffers)

-       || (Request.cbBuffer > Actual.cbBuffer)

-       || (Request.cbAlign  > Actual.cbAlign)

-       ) {

-        return E_FAIL;

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-

-} // DecideBufferSize

-

-//

-// Copy

-//

-// return a pointer to an identical copy of pSample

-__out_opt IMediaSample * CTransInPlaceFilter::Copy(IMediaSample *pSource)

-{

-    IMediaSample * pDest;

-

-    HRESULT hr;

-    REFERENCE_TIME tStart, tStop;

-    const BOOL bTime = S_OK == pSource->GetTime( &tStart, &tStop);

-

-    // this may block for an indeterminate amount of time

-    hr = OutputPin()->PeekAllocator()->GetBuffer(

-              &pDest

-              , bTime ? &tStart : NULL

-              , bTime ? &tStop : NULL

-              , m_bSampleSkipped ? AM_GBF_PREVFRAMESKIPPED : 0

-              );

-

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return NULL;

-    }

-

-    ASSERT(pDest);

-    IMediaSample2 *pSample2;

-    if (SUCCEEDED(pDest->QueryInterface(IID_IMediaSample2, (void **)&pSample2))) {

-        HRESULT hrProps = pSample2->SetProperties(

-            FIELD_OFFSET(AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES, pbBuffer),

-            (PBYTE)m_pInput->SampleProps());

-        pSample2->Release();

-        if (FAILED(hrProps)) {

-            pDest->Release();

-            return NULL;

-        }

-    } else {

-        if (bTime) {

-            pDest->SetTime(&tStart, &tStop);

-        }

-

-        if (S_OK == pSource->IsSyncPoint()) {

-            pDest->SetSyncPoint(TRUE);

-        }

-        if (S_OK == pSource->IsDiscontinuity() || m_bSampleSkipped) {

-            pDest->SetDiscontinuity(TRUE);

-        }

-        if (S_OK == pSource->IsPreroll()) {

-            pDest->SetPreroll(TRUE);

-        }

-

-        // Copy the media type

-        AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pMediaType;

-        if (S_OK == pSource->GetMediaType(&pMediaType)) {

-            pDest->SetMediaType(pMediaType);

-            DeleteMediaType( pMediaType );

-        }

-

-    }

-

-    m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;

-

-    // Copy the sample media times

-    REFERENCE_TIME TimeStart, TimeEnd;

-    if (pSource->GetMediaTime(&TimeStart,&TimeEnd) == NOERROR) {

-        pDest->SetMediaTime(&TimeStart,&TimeEnd);

-    }

-

-    // Copy the actual data length and the actual data.

-    {

-        const long lDataLength = pSource->GetActualDataLength();

-        if (FAILED(pDest->SetActualDataLength(lDataLength))) {

-            pDest->Release();

-            return NULL;

-        }

-

-        // Copy the sample data

-        {

-            BYTE *pSourceBuffer, *pDestBuffer;

-            long lSourceSize  = pSource->GetSize();

-            long lDestSize = pDest->GetSize();

-

-            ASSERT(lDestSize >= lSourceSize && lDestSize >= lDataLength);

-

-            if (FAILED(pSource->GetPointer(&pSourceBuffer)) ||

-                FAILED(pDest->GetPointer(&pDestBuffer)) ||

-                lDestSize < lDataLength ||

-                lDataLength < 0) {

-                pDest->Release();

-                return NULL;

-            }

-            ASSERT(lDestSize == 0 || pSourceBuffer != NULL && pDestBuffer != NULL);

-

-            CopyMemory( (PVOID) pDestBuffer, (PVOID) pSourceBuffer, lDataLength );

-        }

-    }

-

-    return pDest;

-

-} // Copy

-

-

-// override this to customize the transform process

-

-HRESULT

-CTransInPlaceFilter::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)

-{

-    /*  Check for other streams and pass them on */

-    AM_SAMPLE2_PROPERTIES * const pProps = m_pInput->SampleProps();

-    if (pProps->dwStreamId != AM_STREAM_MEDIA) {

-        return m_pOutput->Deliver(pSample);

-    }

-    HRESULT hr;

-

-    // Start timing the TransInPlace (if PERF is defined)

-    MSR_START(m_idTransInPlace);

-

-    if (UsingDifferentAllocators()) {

-

-        // We have to copy the data.

-

-        pSample = Copy(pSample);

-

-        if (pSample==NULL) {

-            MSR_STOP(m_idTransInPlace);

-            return E_UNEXPECTED;

-        }

-    }

-

-    // have the derived class transform the data

-    hr = Transform(pSample);

-

-    // Stop the clock and log it (if PERF is defined)

-    MSR_STOP(m_idTransInPlace);

-

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 1, TEXT("Error from TransInPlace")));

-        if (UsingDifferentAllocators()) {

-            pSample->Release();

-        }

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    // the Transform() function can return S_FALSE to indicate that the

-    // sample should not be delivered; we only deliver the sample if it's

-    // really S_OK (same as NOERROR, of course.)

-    if (hr == NOERROR) {

-        hr = m_pOutput->Deliver(pSample);

-    } else {

-        //  But it would be an error to return this private workaround

-        //  to the caller ...

-        if (S_FALSE == hr) {

-            // S_FALSE returned from Transform is a PRIVATE agreement

-            // We should return NOERROR from Receive() in this cause because

-            // returning S_FALSE from Receive() means that this is the end

-            // of the stream and no more data should be sent.

-            m_bSampleSkipped = TRUE;

-            if (!m_bQualityChanged) {

-                NotifyEvent(EC_QUALITY_CHANGE,0,0);

-                m_bQualityChanged = TRUE;

-            }

-            hr = NOERROR;

-        }

-    }

-

-    // release the output buffer. If the connected pin still needs it,

-    // it will have addrefed it itself.

-    if (UsingDifferentAllocators()) {

-        pSample->Release();

-    }

-

-    return hr;

-

-} // Receive

-

-

-

-// =================================================================

-// Implements the CTransInPlaceInputPin class

-// =================================================================

-

-

-// constructor

-

-CTransInPlaceInputPin::CTransInPlaceInputPin

-    ( __in_opt LPCTSTR             pObjectName

-    , __inout CTransInPlaceFilter *pFilter

-    , __inout HRESULT             *phr

-    , __in_opt LPCWSTR             pName

-    )

-    : CTransformInputPin(pObjectName,

-                         pFilter,

-                         phr,

-                         pName)

-    , m_bReadOnly(FALSE)

-    , m_pTIPFilter(pFilter)

-{

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2

-           , TEXT("CTransInPlaceInputPin::CTransInPlaceInputPin")));

-

-} // constructor

-

-

-// =================================================================

-// Implements IMemInputPin interface

-// =================================================================

-

-

-// If the downstream filter has one then offer that (even if our own output

-// pin is not using it yet.  If the upstream filter chooses it then we will

-// tell our output pin to ReceiveAllocator).

-// Else if our output pin is using an allocator then offer that.

-//     ( This could mean offering the upstream filter his own allocator,

-//       it could mean offerring our own

-//     ) or it could mean offering the one from downstream

-// Else fail to offer any allocator at all.

-

-STDMETHODIMP CTransInPlaceInputPin::GetAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator ** ppAllocator)

-{

-    CheckPointer(ppAllocator,E_POINTER);

-    ValidateReadWritePtr(ppAllocator,sizeof(IMemAllocator *));

-    CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);

-

-    HRESULT hr;

-

-    if ( m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected() ) {

-        //  Store the allocator we got

-        hr = m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->ConnectedIMemInputPin()

-                                        ->GetAllocator( ppAllocator );

-        if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {

-            m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->SetAllocator( *ppAllocator );

-        }

-    }

-    else {

-        //  Help upstream filter (eg TIP filter which is having to do a copy)

-        //  by providing a temp allocator here - we'll never use

-        //  this allocator because when our output is connected we'll

-        //  reconnect this pin

-        hr = CTransformInputPin::GetAllocator( ppAllocator );

-    }

-    return hr;

-

-} // GetAllocator

-

-

-

-/* Get told which allocator the upstream output pin is actually going to use */

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CTransInPlaceInputPin::NotifyAllocator(

-    IMemAllocator * pAllocator,

-    BOOL bReadOnly)

-{

-    HRESULT hr = S_OK;

-    CheckPointer(pAllocator,E_POINTER);

-    ValidateReadPtr(pAllocator,sizeof(IMemAllocator));

-

-    CAutoLock cObjectLock(m_pLock);

-

-    m_bReadOnly = bReadOnly;

-    //  If we modify data then don't accept the allocator if it's

-    //  the same as the output pin's allocator

-

-    //  If our output is not connected just accept the allocator

-    //  We're never going to use this allocator because when our

-    //  output pin is connected we'll reconnect this pin

-    if (!m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->IsConnected()) {

-        return CTransformInputPin::NotifyAllocator(pAllocator, bReadOnly);

-    }

-

-    //  If the allocator is read-only and we're modifying data

-    //  and the allocator is the same as the output pin's

-    //  then reject

-    if (bReadOnly && m_pTIPFilter->m_bModifiesData) {

-        IMemAllocator *pOutputAllocator =

-            m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->PeekAllocator();

-

-        //  Make sure we have an output allocator

-        if (pOutputAllocator == NULL) {

-            hr = m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->ConnectedIMemInputPin()->

-                                      GetAllocator(&pOutputAllocator);

-            if(FAILED(hr)) {

-                hr = CreateMemoryAllocator(&pOutputAllocator);

-            }

-            if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {

-                m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->SetAllocator(pOutputAllocator);

-                pOutputAllocator->Release();

-            }

-        }

-        if (pAllocator == pOutputAllocator) {

-            hr = E_FAIL;

-        } else if(SUCCEEDED(hr)) {

-            //  Must copy so set the allocator properties on the output

-            ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES Props, Actual;

-            hr = pAllocator->GetProperties(&Props);

-            if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {

-                hr = pOutputAllocator->SetProperties(&Props, &Actual);

-            }

-            if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {

-                if (  (Props.cBuffers > Actual.cBuffers)

-                   || (Props.cbBuffer > Actual.cbBuffer)

-                   || (Props.cbAlign  > Actual.cbAlign)

-                   ) {

-                    hr =  E_FAIL;

-                }

-            }

-

-            //  Set the allocator on the output pin

-            if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {

-                hr = m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->ConnectedIMemInputPin()

-                                       ->NotifyAllocator( pOutputAllocator, FALSE );

-            }

-        }

-    } else {

-        hr = m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->ConnectedIMemInputPin()

-                                   ->NotifyAllocator( pAllocator, bReadOnly );

-        if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {

-            m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()->SetAllocator( pAllocator );

-        }

-    }

-

-    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {

-

-        // It's possible that the old and the new are the same thing.

-        // AddRef before release ensures that we don't unload it.

-        pAllocator->AddRef();

-

-        if( m_pAllocator != NULL )

-            m_pAllocator->Release();

-

-        m_pAllocator = pAllocator;    // We have an allocator for the input pin

-    }

-

-    return hr;

-

-} // NotifyAllocator

-

-

-// EnumMediaTypes

-// - pass through to our downstream filter

-STDMETHODIMP CTransInPlaceInputPin::EnumMediaTypes( __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum )

-{

-    // Can only pass through if connected

-    if( !m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected() )

-        return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;

-

-    return m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->GetConnected()->EnumMediaTypes( ppEnum );

-

-} // EnumMediaTypes

-

-

-// CheckMediaType

-// - agree to anything if not connected,

-// otherwise pass through to the downstream filter.

-// This assumes that the filter does not change the media type.

-

-HRESULT CTransInPlaceInputPin::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt )

-{

-    HRESULT hr = m_pTIPFilter->CheckInputType(pmt);

-    if (hr!=S_OK) return hr;

-

-    if( m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected() )

-        return m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->GetConnected()->QueryAccept( pmt );

-    else

-        return S_OK;

-

-} // CheckMediaType

-

-

-// If upstream asks us what our requirements are, we will try to ask downstream

-// if that doesn't work, we'll just take the defaults.

-STDMETHODIMP

-CTransInPlaceInputPin::GetAllocatorRequirements(__out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pProps)

-{

-

-    if( m_pTIPFilter->m_pOutput->IsConnected() )

-        return m_pTIPFilter->OutputPin()

-               ->ConnectedIMemInputPin()->GetAllocatorRequirements( pProps );

-    else

-        return E_NOTIMPL;

-

-} // GetAllocatorRequirements

-

-

-// CTransInPlaceInputPin::CompleteConnect() calls CBaseInputPin::CompleteConnect()

-// and then calls CTransInPlaceFilter::CompleteConnect().  It does this because 

-// CTransInPlaceFilter::CompleteConnect() can reconnect a pin and we do not

-// want to reconnect a pin if CBaseInputPin::CompleteConnect() fails.

-HRESULT

-CTransInPlaceInputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)

-{

-    HRESULT hr = CBaseInputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    return m_pTransformFilter->CompleteConnect(PINDIR_INPUT,pReceivePin);

-} // CompleteConnect

-

-

-// =================================================================

-// Implements the CTransInPlaceOutputPin class

-// =================================================================

-

-

-// constructor

-

-CTransInPlaceOutputPin::CTransInPlaceOutputPin(

-    __in_opt LPCTSTR pObjectName,

-    __inout CTransInPlaceFilter *pFilter,

-    __inout HRESULT * phr,

-    __in_opt LPCWSTR pPinName)

-    : CTransformOutputPin( pObjectName

-                         , pFilter

-                         , phr

-                         , pPinName),

-      m_pTIPFilter(pFilter)

-{

-    DbgLog(( LOG_TRACE, 2

-           , TEXT("CTransInPlaceOutputPin::CTransInPlaceOutputPin")));

-

-} // constructor

-

-

-// EnumMediaTypes

-// - pass through to our upstream filter

-STDMETHODIMP CTransInPlaceOutputPin::EnumMediaTypes( __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum )

-{

-    // Can only pass through if connected.

-    if( ! m_pTIPFilter->m_pInput->IsConnected() )

-        return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;

-

-    return m_pTIPFilter->m_pInput->GetConnected()->EnumMediaTypes( ppEnum );

-

-} // EnumMediaTypes

-

-

-

-// CheckMediaType

-// - agree to anything if not connected,

-// otherwise pass through to the upstream filter.

-

-HRESULT CTransInPlaceOutputPin::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmt )

-{

-    // Don't accept any output pin type changes if we're copying

-    // between allocators - it's too late to change the input

-    // allocator size.

-    if (m_pTIPFilter->UsingDifferentAllocators() && !m_pFilter->IsStopped()) {

-        if (*pmt == m_mt) {

-            return S_OK;

-        } else {

-            return VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;

-        }

-    }

-

-    // Assumes the type does not change.  That's why we're calling

-    // CheckINPUTType here on the OUTPUT pin.

-    HRESULT hr = m_pTIPFilter->CheckInputType(pmt);

-    if (hr!=S_OK) return hr;

-

-    if( m_pTIPFilter->m_pInput->IsConnected() )

-        return m_pTIPFilter->m_pInput->GetConnected()->QueryAccept( pmt );

-    else

-        return S_OK;

-

-} // CheckMediaType

-

-

-/* Save the allocator pointer in the output pin

-*/

-void

-CTransInPlaceOutputPin::SetAllocator(IMemAllocator * pAllocator)

-{

-    pAllocator->AddRef();

-    if (m_pAllocator) {

-        m_pAllocator->Release();

-    }

-    m_pAllocator = pAllocator;

-} // SetAllocator

-

-

-// CTransInPlaceOutputPin::CompleteConnect() calls CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect()

-// and then calls CTransInPlaceFilter::CompleteConnect().  It does this because 

-// CTransInPlaceFilter::CompleteConnect() can reconnect a pin and we do not want to 

-// reconnect a pin if CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect() fails.  

-// CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect() often fails when our output pin is being connected 

-// to the Video Mixing Renderer.

-HRESULT

-CTransInPlaceOutputPin::CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin)

-{

-    HRESULT hr = CBaseOutputPin::CompleteConnect(pReceivePin);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    return m_pTransformFilter->CompleteConnect(PINDIR_OUTPUT,pReceivePin);

-} // CompleteConnect

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/transip.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/transip.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3fc335ef..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/transip.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: TransIP.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines classes from which simple

-//       Transform-In-Place filters may be derived.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-//

-// The difference between this and Transfrm.h is that Transfrm copies the data.

-//

-// It assumes the filter has one input and one output stream, and has no

-// interest in memory management, interface negotiation or anything else.

-//

-// Derive your class from this, and supply Transform and the media type/format

-// negotiation functions. Implement that class, compile and link and

-// you're done.

-

-

-#ifndef __TRANSIP__

-#define __TRANSIP__

-

-// ======================================================================

-// This is the com object that represents a simple transform filter. It

-// supports IBaseFilter, IMediaFilter and two pins through nested interfaces

-// ======================================================================

-

-class CTransInPlaceFilter;

-

-// Several of the pin functions call filter functions to do the work,

-// so you can often use the pin classes unaltered, just overriding the

-// functions in CTransInPlaceFilter.  If that's not enough and you want

-// to derive your own pin class, override GetPin in the filter to supply

-// your own pin classes to the filter.

-

-// ==================================================

-// Implements the input pin

-// ==================================================

-

-class CTransInPlaceInputPin : public CTransformInputPin

-{

-

-protected:

-    CTransInPlaceFilter * const m_pTIPFilter;    // our filter

-    BOOL                 m_bReadOnly;    // incoming stream is read only

-

-public:

-

-    CTransInPlaceInputPin(

-        __in_opt LPCTSTR     pObjectName,

-        __inout CTransInPlaceFilter *pFilter,

-        __inout HRESULT             *phr,

-        __in_opt LPCWSTR              pName);

-

-    // --- IMemInputPin -----

-

-    // Provide an enumerator for media types by getting one from downstream

-    STDMETHODIMP EnumMediaTypes( __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum );

-

-    // Say whether media type is acceptable.

-    HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* pmt);

-

-    // Return our upstream allocator

-    STDMETHODIMP GetAllocator(__deref_out IMemAllocator ** ppAllocator);

-

-    // get told which allocator the upstream output pin is actually

-    // going to use.

-    STDMETHODIMP NotifyAllocator(IMemAllocator * pAllocator,

-                                 BOOL bReadOnly);

-

-    // Allow the filter to see what allocator we have

-    // N.B. This does NOT AddRef

-    __out IMemAllocator * PeekAllocator() const

-        {  return m_pAllocator; }

-

-    // Pass this on downstream if it ever gets called.

-    STDMETHODIMP GetAllocatorRequirements(__out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pProps);

-

-    HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);

-

-    inline const BOOL ReadOnly() { return m_bReadOnly ; }

-

-};  // CTransInPlaceInputPin

-

-// ==================================================

-// Implements the output pin

-// ==================================================

-

-class CTransInPlaceOutputPin : public CTransformOutputPin

-{

-

-protected:

-    // m_pFilter points to our CBaseFilter

-    CTransInPlaceFilter * const m_pTIPFilter;

-

-public:

-

-    CTransInPlaceOutputPin(

-        __in_opt LPCTSTR     pObjectName,

-        __inout CTransInPlaceFilter *pFilter,

-        __inout HRESULT             *phr,

-        __in_opt LPCWSTR              pName);

-

-

-    // --- CBaseOutputPin ------------

-

-    // negotiate the allocator and its buffer size/count

-    // Insists on using our own allocator.  (Actually the one upstream of us).

-    // We don't override this - instead we just agree the default

-    // then let the upstream filter decide for itself on reconnect

-    // virtual HRESULT DecideAllocator(IMemInputPin * pPin, IMemAllocator ** pAlloc);

-

-    // Provide a media type enumerator.  Get it from upstream.

-    STDMETHODIMP EnumMediaTypes( __deref_out IEnumMediaTypes **ppEnum );

-

-    // Say whether media type is acceptable.

-    HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType* pmt);

-

-    //  This just saves the allocator being used on the output pin

-    //  Also called by input pin's GetAllocator()

-    void SetAllocator(IMemAllocator * pAllocator);

-

-    __out_opt IMemInputPin * ConnectedIMemInputPin()

-        { return m_pInputPin; }

-

-    // Allow the filter to see what allocator we have

-    // N.B. This does NOT AddRef

-    __out IMemAllocator * PeekAllocator() const

-        {  return m_pAllocator; }

-

-    HRESULT CompleteConnect(IPin *pReceivePin);

-

-};  // CTransInPlaceOutputPin

-

-

-class AM_NOVTABLE CTransInPlaceFilter : public CTransformFilter

-{

-

-public:

-

-    // map getpin/getpincount for base enum of pins to owner

-    // override this to return more specialised pin objects

-

-    virtual CBasePin *GetPin(int n);

-

-public:

-

-    //  Set bModifiesData == false if your derived filter does

-    //  not modify the data samples (for instance it's just copying

-    //  them somewhere else or looking at the timestamps).

-

-    CTransInPlaceFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *,

-                        bool bModifiesData = true);

-#ifdef UNICODE

-    CTransInPlaceFilter(__in_opt LPCSTR, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid, __inout HRESULT *,

-                        bool bModifiesData = true);

-#endif

-    // The following are defined to avoid undefined pure virtuals.

-    // Even if they are never called, they will give linkage warnings/errors

-

-    // We override EnumMediaTypes to bypass the transform class enumerator

-    // which would otherwise call this.

-    HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, __inout CMediaType *pMediaType)

-        {   DbgBreak("CTransInPlaceFilter::GetMediaType should never be called");

-            return E_UNEXPECTED;

-        }

-

-    // This is called when we actually have to provide our own allocator.

-    HRESULT DecideBufferSize(IMemAllocator*, __inout ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *);

-

-    // The functions which call this in CTransform are overridden in this

-    // class to call CheckInputType with the assumption that the type

-    // does not change.  In Debug builds some calls will be made and

-    // we just ensure that they do not assert.

-    HRESULT CheckTransform(const CMediaType *mtIn, const CMediaType *mtOut)

-    {

-        return S_OK;

-    };

-

-

-    // =================================================================

-    // ----- You may want to override this -----------------------------

-    // =================================================================

-

-    HRESULT CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir,IPin *pReceivePin);

-

-    // chance to customize the transform process

-    virtual HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pSample);

-

-    // =================================================================

-    // ----- You MUST override these -----------------------------------

-    // =================================================================

-

-    virtual HRESULT Transform(IMediaSample *pSample) PURE;

-

-    // this goes in the factory template table to create new instances

-    // static CCOMObject * CreateInstance(LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT *);

-

-

-#ifdef PERF

-    // Override to register performance measurement with a less generic string

-    // You should do this to avoid confusion with other filters

-    virtual void RegisterPerfId()

-         {m_idTransInPlace = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("TransInPlace"));}

-#endif // PERF

-

-

-// implementation details

-

-protected:

-

-    __out_opt IMediaSample * CTransInPlaceFilter::Copy(IMediaSample *pSource);

-

-#ifdef PERF

-    int m_idTransInPlace;                 // performance measuring id

-#endif // PERF

-    bool  m_bModifiesData;                // Does this filter change the data?

-

-    // these hold our input and output pins

-

-    friend class CTransInPlaceInputPin;

-    friend class CTransInPlaceOutputPin;

-

-    __out CTransInPlaceInputPin  *InputPin() const

-    {

-        return (CTransInPlaceInputPin *)m_pInput;

-    };

-    __out CTransInPlaceOutputPin *OutputPin() const

-    {

-        return (CTransInPlaceOutputPin *)m_pOutput;

-    };

-

-    //  Helper to see if the input and output types match

-    BOOL TypesMatch()

-    {

-        return InputPin()->CurrentMediaType() ==

-               OutputPin()->CurrentMediaType();

-    }

-

-    //  Are the input and output allocators different?

-    BOOL UsingDifferentAllocators() const

-    {

-        return InputPin()->PeekAllocator() != OutputPin()->PeekAllocator();

-    }

-}; // CTransInPlaceFilter

-

-#endif /* __TRANSIP__ */

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/videoctl.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/videoctl.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index b12ccbd3..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/videoctl.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,746 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: VideoCtl.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>

-#include "ddmm.h"

-

-// Load a string from the resource file string table. The buffer must be at

-// least STR_MAX_LENGTH bytes. The easiest way to use this is to declare a

-// buffer in the property page class and use it for all string loading. It

-// cannot be static as multiple property pages may be active simultaneously

-

-LPTSTR WINAPI StringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPTSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID)

-{

-    if (LoadString(g_hInst,iResourceID,pBuffer,STR_MAX_LENGTH) == 0) {

-        return TEXT("");

-    }

-    return pBuffer;

-}

-

-#ifdef UNICODE

-LPSTR WINAPI StringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID)

-{

-    if (LoadStringA(g_hInst,iResourceID,pBuffer,STR_MAX_LENGTH) == 0) {

-        return "";

-    }

-    return pBuffer;

-}

-#endif

-

-

-

-// Property pages typically are called through their OLE interfaces. These

-// use UNICODE strings regardless of how the binary is built. So when we

-// load strings from the resource file we sometimes want to convert them

-// to UNICODE. This method is passed the target UNICODE buffer and does a

-// convert after loading the string (if built UNICODE this is not needed)

-// On WinNT we can explicitly call LoadStringW which saves two conversions

-

-#ifndef UNICODE

-

-LPWSTR WINAPI WideStringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPWSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID)

-{

-    *pBuffer = 0;

-

-    if (g_amPlatform == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {

-	LoadStringW(g_hInst,iResourceID,pBuffer,STR_MAX_LENGTH);

-    } else {

-

-	CHAR szBuffer[STR_MAX_LENGTH];

-	DWORD dwStringLength = LoadString(g_hInst,iResourceID,szBuffer,STR_MAX_LENGTH);

-	// if we loaded a string convert it to wide characters, ensuring

-	// that we also null terminate the result.

-	if (dwStringLength++) {

-	    MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP,0,szBuffer,dwStringLength,pBuffer,STR_MAX_LENGTH);

-	}

-    }

-    return pBuffer;

-}

-

-#endif

-

-

-// Helper function to calculate the size of the dialog

-

-BOOL WINAPI GetDialogSize(int iResourceID,

-                          DLGPROC pDlgProc,

-                          LPARAM lParam,

-                          __out SIZE *pResult)

-{

-    RECT rc;

-    HWND hwnd;

-

-    // Create a temporary property page

-

-    hwnd = CreateDialogParam(g_hInst,

-                             MAKEINTRESOURCE(iResourceID),

-                             GetDesktopWindow(),

-                             pDlgProc,

-                             lParam);

-    if (hwnd == NULL) {

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rc);

-    pResult->cx = rc.right - rc.left;

-    pResult->cy = rc.bottom - rc.top;

-

-    DestroyWindow(hwnd);

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-

-// Class that aggregates on the IDirectDraw interface. Although DirectDraw

-// has the ability in its interfaces to be aggregated they're not currently

-// implemented. This makes it difficult for various parts of Quartz that want

-// to aggregate these interfaces. In particular the video renderer passes out

-// media samples that expose IDirectDraw and IDirectDrawSurface. The filter

-// graph manager also exposes IDirectDraw as a plug in distributor. For these

-// objects we provide these aggregation classes that republish the interfaces

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-

-    // Do we have this interface

-

-    if (riid == IID_IDirectDraw) {

-        return GetInterface((IDirectDraw *)this,ppv);

-    } else {

-        return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);

-    }

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::Compact()

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->Compact();

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::CreateClipper(DWORD dwFlags, __deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER *lplpDDClipper, __inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->CreateClipper(dwFlags,lplpDDClipper,pUnkOuter);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::CreatePalette(DWORD dwFlags,

-                                           __in LPPALETTEENTRY lpColorTable,

-                                           __deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE *lplpDDPalette,

-                                           __inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->CreatePalette(dwFlags,lpColorTable,lplpDDPalette,pUnkOuter);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::CreateSurface(__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc,

-                                           __deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDDSurface,

-                                           __inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->CreateSurface(lpDDSurfaceDesc,lplpDDSurface,pUnkOuter);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::DuplicateSurface(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSurface,

-                                              __deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDupDDSurface)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->DuplicateSurface(lpDDSurface,lplpDupDDSurface);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::EnumDisplayModes(DWORD dwSurfaceDescCount,

-                                              __in LPDDSURFACEDESC lplpDDSurfaceDescList,

-                                              __in LPVOID lpContext,

-                                              __in LPDDENUMMODESCALLBACK lpEnumCallback)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->EnumDisplayModes(dwSurfaceDescCount,lplpDDSurfaceDescList,lpContext,lpEnumCallback);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::EnumSurfaces(DWORD dwFlags,

-                                          __in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSD,

-                                          __in LPVOID lpContext,

-                                          __in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpEnumCallback)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->EnumSurfaces(dwFlags,lpDDSD,lpContext,lpEnumCallback);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::FlipToGDISurface()

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->FlipToGDISurface();

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetCaps(__out LPDDCAPS lpDDDriverCaps,__out LPDDCAPS lpDDHELCaps)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->GetCaps(lpDDDriverCaps,lpDDHELCaps);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetDisplayMode(__out LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->GetDisplayMode(lpDDSurfaceDesc);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetFourCCCodes(__inout LPDWORD lpNumCodes,__out_ecount(*lpNumCodes) LPDWORD lpCodes)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->GetFourCCCodes(lpNumCodes,lpCodes);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetGDISurface(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpGDIDDSurface)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->GetGDISurface(lplpGDIDDSurface);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetMonitorFrequency(__out LPDWORD lpdwFrequency)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->GetMonitorFrequency(lpdwFrequency);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetScanLine(__out LPDWORD lpdwScanLine)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->GetScanLine(lpdwScanLine);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::GetVerticalBlankStatus(__out LPBOOL lpblsInVB)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->GetVerticalBlankStatus(lpblsInVB);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::Initialize(__in GUID *lpGUID)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->Initialize(lpGUID);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::RestoreDisplayMode()

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->RestoreDisplayMode();

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::SetCooperativeLevel(HWND hWnd,DWORD dwFlags)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->SetCooperativeLevel(hWnd,dwFlags);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::SetDisplayMode(DWORD dwWidth,DWORD dwHeight,DWORD dwBpp)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->SetDisplayMode(dwWidth,dwHeight,dwBpp);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDirectDraw::WaitForVerticalBlank(DWORD dwFlags,HANDLE hEvent)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDraw);

-    return m_pDirectDraw->WaitForVerticalBlank(dwFlags,hEvent);

-}

-

-

-// Class that aggregates an IDirectDrawSurface interface. Although DirectDraw

-// has the ability in its interfaces to be aggregated they're not currently

-// implemented. This makes it difficult for various parts of Quartz that want

-// to aggregate these interfaces. In particular the video renderer passes out

-// media samples that expose IDirectDraw and IDirectDrawSurface. The filter

-// graph manager also exposes IDirectDraw as a plug in distributor. For these

-// objects we provide these aggregation classes that republish the interfaces

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid, __deref_out void **ppv)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-

-    // Do we have this interface

-

-    if (riid == IID_IDirectDrawSurface) {

-        return GetInterface((IDirectDrawSurface *)this,ppv);

-    } else {

-        return CUnknown::NonDelegatingQueryInterface(riid,ppv);

-    }

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::AddAttachedSurface(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSAttachedSurface)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->AddAttachedSurface(lpDDSAttachedSurface);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::AddOverlayDirtyRect(__in LPRECT lpRect)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->AddOverlayDirtyRect(lpRect);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Blt(__in LPRECT lpDestRect,

-                                  __in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSrcSurface,

-                                  __in LPRECT lpSrcRect,

-                                  DWORD dwFlags,

-                                  __in LPDDBLTFX lpDDBltFx)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Blt(lpDestRect,lpDDSrcSurface,lpSrcRect,dwFlags,lpDDBltFx);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::BltBatch(__in_ecount(dwCount) LPDDBLTBATCH lpDDBltBatch,DWORD dwCount,DWORD dwFlags)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->BltBatch(lpDDBltBatch,dwCount,dwFlags);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::BltFast(DWORD dwX,DWORD dwY,

-                                      __in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSrcSurface,

-                                      __in LPRECT lpSrcRect,

-                                      DWORD dwTrans)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->BltFast(dwX,dwY,lpDDSrcSurface,lpSrcRect,dwTrans);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::DeleteAttachedSurface(DWORD dwFlags,

-                                                    __in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSAttachedSurface)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->DeleteAttachedSurface(dwFlags,lpDDSAttachedSurface);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::EnumAttachedSurfaces(__in LPVOID lpContext,

-                                                   __in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpEnumSurfacesCallback)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->EnumAttachedSurfaces(lpContext,lpEnumSurfacesCallback);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::EnumOverlayZOrders(DWORD dwFlags,

-                                                 __in LPVOID lpContext,

-                                                 __in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpfnCallback)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->EnumOverlayZOrders(dwFlags,lpContext,lpfnCallback);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Flip(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSurfaceTargetOverride,DWORD dwFlags)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Flip(lpDDSurfaceTargetOverride,dwFlags);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetAttachedSurface(__in LPDDSCAPS lpDDSCaps,

-                                                 __deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDDAttachedSurface)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetAttachedSurface(lpDDSCaps,lplpDDAttachedSurface);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetBltStatus(DWORD dwFlags)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetBltStatus(dwFlags);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetCaps(__out LPDDSCAPS lpDDSCaps)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetCaps(lpDDSCaps);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetClipper(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER *lplpDDClipper)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetClipper(lplpDDClipper);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetColorKey(DWORD dwFlags,__out LPDDCOLORKEY lpDDColorKey)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetColorKey(dwFlags,lpDDColorKey);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetDC(__out HDC *lphDC)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetDC(lphDC);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetFlipStatus(DWORD dwFlags)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetFlipStatus(dwFlags);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetOverlayPosition(__out LPLONG lpdwX,__out LPLONG lpdwY)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetOverlayPosition(lpdwX,lpdwY);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetPalette(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE *lplpDDPalette)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetPalette(lplpDDPalette);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetPixelFormat(__out LPDDPIXELFORMAT lpDDPixelFormat)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetPixelFormat(lpDDPixelFormat);

-}

-

-

-// A bit of a warning here: Our media samples in DirectShow aggregate on

-// IDirectDraw and IDirectDrawSurface (ie are available through IMediaSample

-// by QueryInterface). Unfortunately the underlying DirectDraw code cannot

-// be aggregated so we have to use these classes. The snag is that when we

-// call a different surface and pass in this interface as perhaps the source

-// surface the call will fail because DirectDraw dereferences the pointer to

-// get at its private data structures. Therefore we supply this workaround to give

-// access to the real IDirectDraw surface. A filter can call GetSurfaceDesc

-// and we will fill in the lpSurface pointer with the real underlying surface

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::GetSurfaceDesc(__out LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-

-    // First call down to the underlying DirectDraw

-

-    HRESULT hr = m_pDirectDrawSurface->GetSurfaceDesc(lpDDSurfaceDesc);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    // Store the real DirectDrawSurface interface

-    lpDDSurfaceDesc->lpSurface = m_pDirectDrawSurface;

-    return hr;

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Initialize(__in LPDIRECTDRAW lpDD,__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Initialize(lpDD,lpDDSurfaceDesc);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::IsLost()

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->IsLost();

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Lock(__in LPRECT lpDestRect,

-                                   __inout LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc,

-                                   DWORD dwFlags,

-                                   HANDLE hEvent)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Lock(lpDestRect,lpDDSurfaceDesc,dwFlags,hEvent);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::ReleaseDC(HDC hDC)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->ReleaseDC(hDC);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Restore()

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Restore();

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::SetClipper(__in LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER lpDDClipper)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->SetClipper(lpDDClipper);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::SetColorKey(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDCOLORKEY lpDDColorKey)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->SetColorKey(dwFlags,lpDDColorKey);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::SetOverlayPosition(LONG dwX,LONG dwY)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->SetOverlayPosition(dwX,dwY);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::SetPalette(__in LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE lpDDPalette)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->SetPalette(lpDDPalette);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::Unlock(__in LPVOID lpSurfaceData)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->Unlock(lpSurfaceData);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::UpdateOverlay(__in LPRECT lpSrcRect,

-                                            __in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDDestSurface,

-                                            __in LPRECT lpDestRect,

-                                            DWORD dwFlags,

-                                            __in LPDDOVERLAYFX lpDDOverlayFX)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->UpdateOverlay(lpSrcRect,lpDDDestSurface,lpDestRect,dwFlags,lpDDOverlayFX);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::UpdateOverlayDisplay(DWORD dwFlags)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->UpdateOverlayDisplay(dwFlags);

-}

-

-

-STDMETHODIMP CAggDrawSurface::UpdateOverlayZOrder(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSReference)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pDirectDrawSurface);

-    return m_pDirectDrawSurface->UpdateOverlayZOrder(dwFlags,lpDDSReference);

-}

-

-

-// DirectShow must work on multiple platforms.  In particular, it also runs on

-// Windows NT 3.51 which does not have DirectDraw capabilities. The filters

-// cannot therefore link statically to the DirectDraw library. To make their

-// lives that little bit easier we provide this class that manages loading

-// and unloading the library and creating the initial IDirectDraw interface

-

-CLoadDirectDraw::CLoadDirectDraw() :

-    m_pDirectDraw(NULL),

-    m_hDirectDraw(NULL)

-{

-}

-

-

-// Destructor forces unload

-

-CLoadDirectDraw::~CLoadDirectDraw()

-{

-    ReleaseDirectDraw();

-

-    if (m_hDirectDraw) {

-        NOTE("Unloading library");

-        FreeLibrary(m_hDirectDraw);

-    }

-}

-

-

-// We can't be sure that DirectDraw is always available so we can't statically

-// link to the library. Therefore we load the library, get the function entry

-// point addresses and call them to create the driver objects. We return S_OK

-// if we manage to load DirectDraw correctly otherwise we return E_NOINTERFACE

-// We initialise a DirectDraw instance by explicitely loading the library and

-// calling GetProcAddress on the DirectDrawCreate entry point that it exports

-

-// On a multi monitor system, we can get the DirectDraw object for any

-// monitor (device) with the optional szDevice parameter

-

-HRESULT CLoadDirectDraw::LoadDirectDraw(__in LPSTR szDevice)

-{

-    PDRAWCREATE pDrawCreate;

-    PDRAWENUM pDrawEnum;

-    LPDIRECTDRAWENUMERATEEXA pDrawEnumEx;

-    HRESULT hr = NOERROR;

-

-    NOTE("Entering DoLoadDirectDraw");

-

-    // Is DirectDraw already loaded

-

-    if (m_pDirectDraw) {

-        NOTE("Already loaded");

-        ASSERT(m_hDirectDraw);

-        return NOERROR;

-    }

-

-    // Make sure the library is available

-

-    if(!m_hDirectDraw)

-    {

-        UINT ErrorMode = SetErrorMode(SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX);

-        m_hDirectDraw = LoadLibrary(TEXT("DDRAW.DLL"));

-        SetErrorMode(ErrorMode);

-

-        if (m_hDirectDraw == NULL) {

-            DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Can't load DDRAW.DLL")));

-            NOTE("No library");

-            return E_NOINTERFACE;

-        }

-    }

-

-    // Get the DLL address for the creator function

-

-    pDrawCreate = (PDRAWCREATE)GetProcAddress(m_hDirectDraw,"DirectDrawCreate");

-    // force ANSI, we assume it

-    pDrawEnum = (PDRAWENUM)GetProcAddress(m_hDirectDraw,"DirectDrawEnumerateA");

-    pDrawEnumEx = (LPDIRECTDRAWENUMERATEEXA)GetProcAddress(m_hDirectDraw,

-						"DirectDrawEnumerateExA");

-

-    // We don't NEED DirectDrawEnumerateEx, that's just for multimon stuff

-    if (pDrawCreate == NULL || pDrawEnum == NULL) {

-        DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Can't get functions: Create=%x Enum=%x"),

-			pDrawCreate, pDrawEnum));

-        NOTE("No entry point");

-        ReleaseDirectDraw();

-        return E_NOINTERFACE;

-    }

-

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Creating DDraw for device %s"),

-					szDevice ? szDevice : "<NULL>"));

-

-    // Create a DirectDraw display provider for this device, using the fancy

-    // multimon-aware version, if it exists

-    if (pDrawEnumEx)

-        m_pDirectDraw = DirectDrawCreateFromDeviceEx(szDevice, pDrawCreate,

-								pDrawEnumEx);

-    else

-        m_pDirectDraw = DirectDrawCreateFromDevice(szDevice, pDrawCreate,

-								pDrawEnum);

-

-    if (m_pDirectDraw == NULL) {

-            DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("Can't create DDraw")));

-            NOTE("No instance");

-            ReleaseDirectDraw();

-            return E_NOINTERFACE;

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Called to release any DirectDraw provider we previously loaded. We may be

-// called at any time especially when something goes horribly wrong and when

-// we need to clean up before returning so we can't guarantee that all state

-// variables are consistent so free only those really allocated allocated

-// This should only be called once all reference counts have been released

-

-void CLoadDirectDraw::ReleaseDirectDraw()

-{

-    NOTE("Releasing DirectDraw driver");

-

-    // Release any DirectDraw provider interface

-

-    if (m_pDirectDraw) {

-        NOTE("Releasing instance");

-        m_pDirectDraw->Release();

-        m_pDirectDraw = NULL;

-    }

-

-}

-

-

-// Return NOERROR (S_OK) if DirectDraw has been loaded by this object

-

-HRESULT CLoadDirectDraw::IsDirectDrawLoaded()

-{

-    NOTE("Entering IsDirectDrawLoaded");

-

-    if (m_pDirectDraw == NULL) {

-        NOTE("DirectDraw not loaded");

-        return S_FALSE;

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Return the IDirectDraw interface we look after

-

-LPDIRECTDRAW CLoadDirectDraw::GetDirectDraw()

-{

-    NOTE("Entering GetDirectDraw");

-

-    if (m_pDirectDraw == NULL) {

-        NOTE("No DirectDraw");

-        return NULL;

-    }

-

-    NOTE("Returning DirectDraw");

-    m_pDirectDraw->AddRef();

-    return m_pDirectDraw;

-}

-

-

-// Are we running on Direct Draw version 1?  We need to find out as

-// we rely on specific bug fixes in DirectDraw 2 for fullscreen playback. To

-// find out, we simply see if it supports IDirectDraw2.  Only version 2 and

-// higher support this.

-

-BOOL CLoadDirectDraw::IsDirectDrawVersion1()

-{

-

-    if (m_pDirectDraw == NULL)

-	return FALSE;

-

-    IDirectDraw2 *p = NULL;

-    HRESULT hr = m_pDirectDraw->QueryInterface(IID_IDirectDraw2, (void **)&p);

-    if (p)

-	p->Release();

-    if (hr == NOERROR) {

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Direct Draw Version 2 or greater")));

-	return FALSE;

-    } else {

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Direct Draw Version 1")));

-	return TRUE;

-    }

-}

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/videoctl.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/videoctl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 30c37783..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/videoctl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: VideoCtl.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#ifndef __VIDEOCTL__

-#define __VIDEOCTL__

-

-// These help with property page implementations. The first can be used to

-// load any string from a resource file. The buffer to load into is passed

-// as an input parameter. The same buffer is the return value if the string

-// was found otherwise it returns TEXT(""). The GetDialogSize is passed the

-// resource ID of a dialog box and returns the size of it in screen pixels

-

-#define STR_MAX_LENGTH 256

-LPTSTR WINAPI StringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPTSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID);

-

-#ifdef UNICODE

-#define WideStringFromResource StringFromResource

-LPSTR WINAPI StringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID);

-#else

-LPWSTR WINAPI WideStringFromResource(__out_ecount(STR_MAX_LENGTH) LPWSTR pBuffer, int iResourceID);

-#endif

-

-

-BOOL WINAPI GetDialogSize(int iResourceID,     // Dialog box resource identifier

-                          DLGPROC pDlgProc,    // Pointer to dialog procedure

-                          LPARAM lParam,       // Any user data wanted in pDlgProc

-                          __out SIZE *pResult);// Returns the size of dialog box

-

-// Class that aggregates an IDirectDraw interface

-

-class CAggDirectDraw : public IDirectDraw, public CUnknown

-{

-protected:

-

-    LPDIRECTDRAW m_pDirectDraw;

-

-public:

-

-    DECLARE_IUNKNOWN

-    STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv);

-

-    // Constructor and destructor

-

-    CAggDirectDraw(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk) :

-        CUnknown(pName,pUnk),

-        m_pDirectDraw(NULL) { };

-

-    virtual CAggDirectDraw::~CAggDirectDraw() { };

-

-    // Set the object we should be aggregating

-    void SetDirectDraw(__inout LPDIRECTDRAW pDirectDraw) {

-        m_pDirectDraw = pDirectDraw;

-    }

-

-    // IDirectDraw methods

-

-    STDMETHODIMP Compact();

-    STDMETHODIMP CreateClipper(DWORD dwFlags,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER *lplpDDClipper,__inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter);

-    STDMETHODIMP CreatePalette(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPPALETTEENTRY lpColorTable,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE *lplpDDPalette,__inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter);

-    STDMETHODIMP CreateSurface(__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDDSurface,__inout_opt IUnknown *pUnkOuter);

-    STDMETHODIMP DuplicateSurface(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSurface,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDupDDSurface);

-    STDMETHODIMP EnumDisplayModes(DWORD dwSurfaceDescCount,__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lplpDDSurfaceDescList,__in LPVOID lpContext,__in LPDDENUMMODESCALLBACK lpEnumCallback);

-    STDMETHODIMP EnumSurfaces(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSD,__in LPVOID lpContext,__in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpEnumCallback);

-    STDMETHODIMP FlipToGDISurface();

-    STDMETHODIMP GetCaps(__out LPDDCAPS lpDDDriverCaps,__out LPDDCAPS lpDDHELCaps);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetDisplayMode(__out LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetFourCCCodes(__inout LPDWORD lpNumCodes,__out_ecount(*lpNumCodes) LPDWORD lpCodes);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetGDISurface(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpGDIDDSurface);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetMonitorFrequency(__out LPDWORD lpdwFrequency);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetScanLine(__out LPDWORD lpdwScanLine);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetVerticalBlankStatus(__out LPBOOL lpblsInVB);

-    STDMETHODIMP Initialize(__in GUID *lpGUID);

-    STDMETHODIMP RestoreDisplayMode();

-    STDMETHODIMP SetCooperativeLevel(HWND hWnd,DWORD dwFlags);

-    STDMETHODIMP SetDisplayMode(DWORD dwWidth,DWORD dwHeight,DWORD dwBpp);

-    STDMETHODIMP WaitForVerticalBlank(DWORD dwFlags,HANDLE hEvent);

-};

-

-

-// Class that aggregates an IDirectDrawSurface interface

-

-class CAggDrawSurface : public IDirectDrawSurface, public CUnknown

-{

-protected:

-

-    LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE m_pDirectDrawSurface;

-

-public:

-

-    DECLARE_IUNKNOWN

-    STDMETHODIMP NonDelegatingQueryInterface(REFIID riid,__deref_out void **ppv);

-

-    // Constructor and destructor

-

-    CAggDrawSurface(__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk) :

-        CUnknown(pName,pUnk),

-        m_pDirectDrawSurface(NULL) { };

-

-    virtual ~CAggDrawSurface() { };

-

-    // Set the object we should be aggregating

-    void SetDirectDrawSurface(__inout LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE pDirectDrawSurface) {

-        m_pDirectDrawSurface = pDirectDrawSurface;

-    }

-

-    // IDirectDrawSurface methods

-

-    STDMETHODIMP AddAttachedSurface(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSAttachedSurface);

-    STDMETHODIMP AddOverlayDirtyRect(__in LPRECT lpRect);

-    STDMETHODIMP Blt(__in LPRECT lpDestRect,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSrcSurface,__in LPRECT lpSrcRect,DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDBLTFX lpDDBltFx);

-    STDMETHODIMP BltBatch(__in_ecount(dwCount) LPDDBLTBATCH lpDDBltBatch,DWORD dwCount,DWORD dwFlags);

-    STDMETHODIMP BltFast(DWORD dwX,DWORD dwY,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSrcSurface,__in LPRECT lpSrcRect,DWORD dwTrans);

-    STDMETHODIMP DeleteAttachedSurface(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSAttachedSurface);

-    STDMETHODIMP EnumAttachedSurfaces(__in LPVOID lpContext,__in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpEnumSurfacesCallback);

-    STDMETHODIMP EnumOverlayZOrders(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPVOID lpContext,__in LPDDENUMSURFACESCALLBACK lpfnCallback);

-    STDMETHODIMP Flip(__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSurfaceTargetOverride,DWORD dwFlags);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetAttachedSurface(__in LPDDSCAPS lpDDSCaps,__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE *lplpDDAttachedSurface);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetBltStatus(DWORD dwFlags);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetCaps(__out LPDDSCAPS lpDDSCaps);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetClipper(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER *lplpDDClipper);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetColorKey(DWORD dwFlags,__out LPDDCOLORKEY lpDDColorKey);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetDC(__out HDC *lphDC);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetFlipStatus(DWORD dwFlags);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetOverlayPosition(__out LPLONG lpdwX,__out LPLONG lpdwY);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetPalette(__deref_out LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE *lplpDDPalette);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetPixelFormat(__out LPDDPIXELFORMAT lpDDPixelFormat);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetSurfaceDesc(__out LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc);

-    STDMETHODIMP Initialize(__in LPDIRECTDRAW lpDD,__in LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc);

-    STDMETHODIMP IsLost();

-    STDMETHODIMP Lock(__in LPRECT lpDestRect,__inout LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc,DWORD dwFlags,HANDLE hEvent);

-    STDMETHODIMP ReleaseDC(HDC hDC);

-    STDMETHODIMP Restore();

-    STDMETHODIMP SetClipper(__in LPDIRECTDRAWCLIPPER lpDDClipper);

-    STDMETHODIMP SetColorKey(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDCOLORKEY lpDDColorKey);

-    STDMETHODIMP SetOverlayPosition(LONG dwX,LONG dwY);

-    STDMETHODIMP SetPalette(__in LPDIRECTDRAWPALETTE lpDDPalette);

-    STDMETHODIMP Unlock(__in LPVOID lpSurfaceData);

-    STDMETHODIMP UpdateOverlay(__in LPRECT lpSrcRect,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDDestSurface,__in LPRECT lpDestRect,DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDDOVERLAYFX lpDDOverlayFX);

-    STDMETHODIMP UpdateOverlayDisplay(DWORD dwFlags);

-    STDMETHODIMP UpdateOverlayZOrder(DWORD dwFlags,__in LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSReference);

-};

-

-

-class CLoadDirectDraw

-{

-    LPDIRECTDRAW m_pDirectDraw;     // The DirectDraw driver instance

-    HINSTANCE m_hDirectDraw;        // Handle to the loaded library

-

-public:

-

-    CLoadDirectDraw();

-    ~CLoadDirectDraw();

-

-    HRESULT LoadDirectDraw(__in LPSTR szDevice);

-    void ReleaseDirectDraw();

-    HRESULT IsDirectDrawLoaded();

-    LPDIRECTDRAW GetDirectDraw();

-    BOOL IsDirectDrawVersion1();

-};

-

-#endif // __VIDEOCTL__

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/vtrans.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/vtrans.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index cb4fa998..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/vtrans.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,468 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: Vtrans.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>

-#include <measure.h>

-// #include <vtransfr.h>         // now in precomp file streams.h

-

-CVideoTransformFilter::CVideoTransformFilter

-    ( __in_opt LPCTSTR pName, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk, REFCLSID clsid)

-    : CTransformFilter(pName, pUnk, clsid)

-    , m_itrLate(0)

-    , m_nKeyFramePeriod(0)      // No QM until we see at least 2 key frames

-    , m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame(0)

-    , m_bSkipping(FALSE)

-    , m_tDecodeStart(0)

-    , m_itrAvgDecode(300000)    // 30mSec - probably allows skipping

-    , m_bQualityChanged(FALSE)

-{

-#ifdef PERF

-    RegisterPerfId();

-#endif //  PERF

-}

-

-

-CVideoTransformFilter::~CVideoTransformFilter()

-{

-  // nothing to do

-}

-

-

-// Reset our quality management state

-

-HRESULT CVideoTransformFilter::StartStreaming()

-{

-    m_itrLate = 0;

-    m_nKeyFramePeriod = 0;       // No QM until we see at least 2 key frames

-    m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame = 0;

-    m_bSkipping = FALSE;

-    m_tDecodeStart = 0;

-    m_itrAvgDecode = 300000;     // 30mSec - probably allows skipping

-    m_bQualityChanged = FALSE;

-    m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Overriden to reset quality management information

-

-HRESULT CVideoTransformFilter::EndFlush()

-{

-    {

-        //  Synchronize

-        CAutoLock lck(&m_csReceive);

-

-        // Reset our stats

-        //

-        // Note - we don't want to call derived classes here,

-        // we only want to reset our internal variables and this

-        // is a convenient way to do it

-        CVideoTransformFilter::StartStreaming();

-    }

-    return CTransformFilter::EndFlush();

-}

-

-

-HRESULT CVideoTransformFilter::AbortPlayback(HRESULT hr)

-{

-    NotifyEvent(EC_ERRORABORT, hr, 0);

-    m_pOutput->DeliverEndOfStream();

-    return hr;

-}

-

-

-// Receive()

-//

-// Accept a sample from upstream, decide whether to process it

-// or drop it.  If we process it then get a buffer from the

-// allocator of the downstream connection, transform it into the

-// new buffer and deliver it to the downstream filter.

-// If we decide not to process it then we do not get a buffer.

-

-// Remember that although this code will notice format changes coming into

-// the input pin, it will NOT change its output format if that results

-// in the filter needing to make a corresponding output format change.  Your

-// derived filter will have to take care of that.  (eg. a palette change if

-// the input and output is an 8 bit format).  If the input sample is discarded

-// and nothing is sent out for this Receive, please remember to put the format

-// change on the first output sample that you actually do send.

-// If your filter will produce the same output type even when the input type

-// changes, then this base class code will do everything you need.

-

-HRESULT CVideoTransformFilter::Receive(IMediaSample *pSample)

-{

-    // If the next filter downstream is the video renderer, then it may

-    // be able to operate in DirectDraw mode which saves copying the data

-    // and gives higher performance.  In that case the buffer which we

-    // get from GetDeliveryBuffer will be a DirectDraw buffer, and

-    // drawing into this buffer draws directly onto the display surface.

-    // This means that any waiting for the correct time to draw occurs

-    // during GetDeliveryBuffer, and that once the buffer is given to us

-    // the video renderer will count it in its statistics as a frame drawn.

-    // This means that any decision to drop the frame must be taken before

-    // calling GetDeliveryBuffer.

-

-    ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_csReceive));

-    AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmtOut, *pmt;

-#ifdef DEBUG

-    FOURCCMap fccOut;

-#endif

-    HRESULT hr;

-    ASSERT(pSample);

-    IMediaSample * pOutSample;

-

-    // If no output pin to deliver to then no point sending us data

-    ASSERT (m_pOutput != NULL) ;

-

-    // The source filter may dynamically ask us to start transforming from a

-    // different media type than the one we're using now.  If we don't, we'll

-    // draw garbage. (typically, this is a palette change in the movie,

-    // but could be something more sinister like the compression type changing,

-    // or even the video size changing)

-

-#define rcS1 ((VIDEOINFOHEADER *)(pmt->pbFormat))->rcSource

-#define rcT1 ((VIDEOINFOHEADER *)(pmt->pbFormat))->rcTarget

-

-    pSample->GetMediaType(&pmt);

-    if (pmt != NULL && pmt->pbFormat != NULL) {

-

-	// spew some debug output

-	ASSERT(!IsEqualGUID(pmt->majortype, GUID_NULL));

-#ifdef DEBUG

-        fccOut.SetFOURCC(&pmt->subtype);

-	LONG lCompression = HEADER(pmt->pbFormat)->biCompression;

-	LONG lBitCount = HEADER(pmt->pbFormat)->biBitCount;

-	LONG lStride = (HEADER(pmt->pbFormat)->biWidth * lBitCount + 7) / 8;

-	lStride = (lStride + 3) & ~3;

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("*Changing input type on the fly to")));

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("FourCC: %lx Compression: %lx BitCount: %ld"),

-		fccOut.GetFOURCC(), lCompression, lBitCount));

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("biHeight: %ld rcDst: (%ld, %ld, %ld, %ld)"),

-		HEADER(pmt->pbFormat)->biHeight,

-		rcT1.left, rcT1.top, rcT1.right, rcT1.bottom));

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("rcSrc: (%ld, %ld, %ld, %ld) Stride: %ld"),

-		rcS1.left, rcS1.top, rcS1.right, rcS1.bottom,

-		lStride));

-#endif

-

-	// now switch to using the new format.  I am assuming that the

-	// derived filter will do the right thing when its media type is

-	// switched and streaming is restarted.

-

-	StopStreaming();

-	m_pInput->CurrentMediaType() = *pmt;

-	DeleteMediaType(pmt);

-	// if this fails, playback will stop, so signal an error

-	hr = StartStreaming();

-	if (FAILED(hr)) {

-	    return AbortPlayback(hr);

-	}

-    }

-

-    // Now that we have noticed any format changes on the input sample, it's

-    // OK to discard it.

-

-    if (ShouldSkipFrame(pSample)) {

-        MSR_NOTE(m_idSkip);

-        m_bSampleSkipped = TRUE;

-        return NOERROR;

-    }

-

-    // Set up the output sample

-    hr = InitializeOutputSample(pSample, &pOutSample);

-

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    m_bSampleSkipped = FALSE;

-

-    // The renderer may ask us to on-the-fly to start transforming to a

-    // different format.  If we don't obey it, we'll draw garbage

-

-#define rcS ((VIDEOINFOHEADER *)(pmtOut->pbFormat))->rcSource

-#define rcT ((VIDEOINFOHEADER *)(pmtOut->pbFormat))->rcTarget

-

-    pOutSample->GetMediaType(&pmtOut);

-    if (pmtOut != NULL && pmtOut->pbFormat != NULL) {

-

-	// spew some debug output

-	ASSERT(!IsEqualGUID(pmtOut->majortype, GUID_NULL));

-#ifdef DEBUG

-        fccOut.SetFOURCC(&pmtOut->subtype);

-	LONG lCompression = HEADER(pmtOut->pbFormat)->biCompression;

-	LONG lBitCount = HEADER(pmtOut->pbFormat)->biBitCount;

-	LONG lStride = (HEADER(pmtOut->pbFormat)->biWidth * lBitCount + 7) / 8;

-	lStride = (lStride + 3) & ~3;

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("*Changing output type on the fly to")));

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("FourCC: %lx Compression: %lx BitCount: %ld"),

-		fccOut.GetFOURCC(), lCompression, lBitCount));

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("biHeight: %ld rcDst: (%ld, %ld, %ld, %ld)"),

-		HEADER(pmtOut->pbFormat)->biHeight,

-		rcT.left, rcT.top, rcT.right, rcT.bottom));

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("rcSrc: (%ld, %ld, %ld, %ld) Stride: %ld"),

-		rcS.left, rcS.top, rcS.right, rcS.bottom,

-		lStride));

-#endif

-

-	// now switch to using the new format.  I am assuming that the

-	// derived filter will do the right thing when its media type is

-	// switched and streaming is restarted.

-

-	StopStreaming();

-	m_pOutput->CurrentMediaType() = *pmtOut;

-	DeleteMediaType(pmtOut);

-	hr = StartStreaming();

-

-	if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {

- 	    // a new format, means a new empty buffer, so wait for a keyframe

-	    // before passing anything on to the renderer.

-	    // !!! a keyframe may never come, so give up after 30 frames

-            DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Output format change means we must wait for a keyframe")));

-	    m_nWaitForKey = 30;

-

-	// if this fails, playback will stop, so signal an error

-	} else {

-

-            //  Must release the sample before calling AbortPlayback

-            //  because we might be holding the win16 lock or

-            //  ddraw lock

-            pOutSample->Release();

-	    AbortPlayback(hr);

-            return hr;

-	}

-    }

-

-    // After a discontinuity, we need to wait for the next key frame

-    if (pSample->IsDiscontinuity() == S_OK) {

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Non-key discontinuity - wait for keyframe")));

-	m_nWaitForKey = 30;

-    }

-

-    // Start timing the transform (and log it if PERF is defined)

-

-    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {

-        m_tDecodeStart = timeGetTime();

-        MSR_START(m_idTransform);

-

-        // have the derived class transform the data

-        hr = Transform(pSample, pOutSample);

-

-        // Stop the clock (and log it if PERF is defined)

-        MSR_STOP(m_idTransform);

-        m_tDecodeStart = timeGetTime()-m_tDecodeStart;

-        m_itrAvgDecode = m_tDecodeStart*(10000/16) + 15*(m_itrAvgDecode/16);

-

-        // Maybe we're waiting for a keyframe still?

-        if (m_nWaitForKey)

-            m_nWaitForKey--;

-        if (m_nWaitForKey && pSample->IsSyncPoint() == S_OK)

-	    m_nWaitForKey = FALSE;

-

-        // if so, then we don't want to pass this on to the renderer

-        if (m_nWaitForKey && hr == NOERROR) {

-            DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("still waiting for a keyframe")));

-	    hr = S_FALSE;

-	}

-    }

-

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,1,TEXT("Error from video transform")));

-    } else {

-        // the Transform() function can return S_FALSE to indicate that the

-        // sample should not be delivered; we only deliver the sample if it's

-        // really S_OK (same as NOERROR, of course.)

-        // Try not to return S_FALSE to a direct draw buffer (it's wasteful)

-        // Try to take the decision earlier - before you get it.

-

-        if (hr == NOERROR) {

-    	    hr = m_pOutput->Deliver(pOutSample);

-        } else {

-            // S_FALSE returned from Transform is a PRIVATE agreement

-            // We should return NOERROR from Receive() in this case because returning S_FALSE

-            // from Receive() means that this is the end of the stream and no more data should

-            // be sent.

-            if (S_FALSE == hr) {

-

-                //  We must Release() the sample before doing anything

-                //  like calling the filter graph because having the

-                //  sample means we may have the DirectDraw lock

-                //  (== win16 lock on some versions)

-                pOutSample->Release();

-                m_bSampleSkipped = TRUE;

-                if (!m_bQualityChanged) {

-                    m_bQualityChanged = TRUE;

-                    NotifyEvent(EC_QUALITY_CHANGE,0,0);

-                }

-                return NOERROR;

-            }

-        }

-    }

-

-    // release the output buffer. If the connected pin still needs it,

-    // it will have addrefed it itself.

-    pOutSample->Release();

-    ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_csReceive));

-

-    return hr;

-}

-

-

-

-BOOL CVideoTransformFilter::ShouldSkipFrame( IMediaSample * pIn)

-{

-    REFERENCE_TIME trStart, trStopAt;

-    HRESULT hr = pIn->GetTime(&trStart, &trStopAt);

-

-    // Don't skip frames with no timestamps

-    if (hr != S_OK)

-	return FALSE;

-

-    int itrFrame = (int)(trStopAt - trStart);  // frame duration

-

-    if(S_OK==pIn->IsSyncPoint()) {

-        MSR_INTEGER(m_idFrameType, 1);

-        if ( m_nKeyFramePeriod < m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame ) {

-            // record the max

-            m_nKeyFramePeriod = m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame;

-        }

-        m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame = 0;

-        m_bSkipping = FALSE;

-    } else {

-        MSR_INTEGER(m_idFrameType, 2);

-        if (  m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame>m_nKeyFramePeriod

-           && m_nKeyFramePeriod>0

-           ) {

-            // We haven't seen the key frame yet, but we were clearly being

-            // overoptimistic about how frequent they are.

-            m_nKeyFramePeriod = m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame;

-        }

-    }

-

-

-    // Whatever we might otherwise decide,

-    // if we are taking only a small fraction of the required frame time to decode

-    // then any quality problems are actually coming from somewhere else.

-    // Could be a net problem at the source for instance.  In this case there's

-    // no point in us skipping frames here.

-    if (m_itrAvgDecode*4>itrFrame) {

-

-        // Don't skip unless we are at least a whole frame late.

-        // (We would skip B frames if more than 1/2 frame late, but they're safe).

-        if ( m_itrLate > itrFrame ) {

-

-            // Don't skip unless the anticipated key frame would be no more than

-            // 1 frame early.  If the renderer has not been waiting (we *guess*

-            // it hasn't because we're late) then it will allow frames to be

-            // played early by up to a frame.

-

-            // Let T = Stream time from now to anticipated next key frame

-            // = (frame duration) * (KeyFramePeriod - FramesSinceKeyFrame)

-            // So we skip if T - Late < one frame  i.e.

-            //   (duration) * (freq - FramesSince) - Late < duration

-            // or (duration) * (freq - FramesSince - 1) < Late

-

-            // We don't dare skip until we have seen some key frames and have

-            // some idea how often they occur and they are reasonably frequent.

-            if (m_nKeyFramePeriod>0) {

-                // It would be crazy - but we could have a stream with key frames

-                // a very long way apart - and if they are further than about

-                // 3.5 minutes apart then we could get arithmetic overflow in

-                // reference time units.  Therefore we switch to mSec at this point

-                int it = (itrFrame/10000)

-                         * (m_nKeyFramePeriod-m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame -  1);

-                MSR_INTEGER(m_idTimeTillKey, it);

-

-                // For debug - might want to see the details - dump them as scratch pad

-#ifdef VTRANSPERF

-                MSR_INTEGER(0, itrFrame);

-                MSR_INTEGER(0, m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame);

-                MSR_INTEGER(0, m_nKeyFramePeriod);

-#endif

-                if (m_itrLate/10000 > it) {

-                    m_bSkipping = TRUE;

-                    // Now we are committed.  Once we start skipping, we

-                    // cannot stop until we hit a key frame.

-                } else {

-#ifdef VTRANSPERF

-                    MSR_INTEGER(0, 777770);  // not near enough to next key

-#endif

-                }

-            } else {

-#ifdef VTRANSPERF

-                MSR_INTEGER(0, 777771);  // Next key not predictable

-#endif

-            }

-        } else {

-#ifdef VTRANSPERF

-            MSR_INTEGER(0, 777772);  // Less than one frame late

-            MSR_INTEGER(0, m_itrLate);

-            MSR_INTEGER(0, itrFrame);

-#endif

-        }

-    } else {

-#ifdef VTRANSPERF

-        MSR_INTEGER(0, 777773);  // Decode time short - not not worth skipping

-        MSR_INTEGER(0, m_itrAvgDecode);

-        MSR_INTEGER(0, itrFrame);

-#endif

-    }

-

-    ++m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame;

-

-    if (m_bSkipping) {

-        // We will count down the lateness as we skip each frame.

-        // We re-assess each frame.  The key frame might not arrive when expected.

-        // We reset m_itrLate if we get a new Quality message, but actually that's

-        // not likely because we're not sending frames on to the Renderer.  In

-        // fact if we DID get another one it would mean that there's a long

-        // pipe between us and the renderer and we might need an altogether

-        // better strategy to avoid hunting!

-        m_itrLate = m_itrLate - itrFrame;

-    }

-

-    MSR_INTEGER(m_idLate, (int)m_itrLate/10000 ); // Note how late we think we are

-    if (m_bSkipping) {

-        if (!m_bQualityChanged) {

-            m_bQualityChanged = TRUE;

-            NotifyEvent(EC_QUALITY_CHANGE,0,0);

-        }

-    }

-    return m_bSkipping;

-}

-

-

-HRESULT CVideoTransformFilter::AlterQuality(Quality q)

-{

-    // to reduce the amount of 64 bit arithmetic, m_itrLate is an int.

-    // +, -, >, == etc  are not too bad, but * and / are painful.

-    if (m_itrLate>300000000) {

-        // Avoid overflow and silliness - more than 30 secs late is already silly

-        m_itrLate = 300000000;

-    } else {

-        m_itrLate = (int)q.Late;

-    }

-    // We ignore the other fields

-

-    // We're actually not very good at handling this.  In non-direct draw mode

-    // most of the time can be spent in the renderer which can skip any frame.

-    // In that case we'd rather the renderer handled things.

-    // Nevertheless we will keep an eye on it and if we really start getting

-    // a very long way behind then we will actually skip - but we'll still tell

-    // the renderer (or whoever is downstream) that they should handle quality.

-

-    return E_FAIL;     // Tell the renderer to do his thing.

-

-}

-

-

-

-// This will avoid several hundred useless warnings if compiled -W4 by MS VC++ v4

-#pragma warning(disable:4514)

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/vtrans.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/vtrans.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 49b1509b..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/vtrans.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: VTrans.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines a video transform class.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-// This class is derived from CTransformFilter, but is specialised to handle

-// the requirements of video quality control by frame dropping.

-// This is a non-in-place transform, (i.e. it copies the data) such as a decoder.

-

-class CVideoTransformFilter : public CTransformFilter

-{

-  public:

-

-    CVideoTransformFilter(__in_opt LPCTSTR, __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN, REFCLSID clsid);

-    ~CVideoTransformFilter();

-    HRESULT EndFlush();

-

-    // =================================================================

-    // ----- override these bits ---------------------------------------

-    // =================================================================

-    // The following methods are in CTransformFilter which is inherited.

-    // They are mentioned here for completeness

-    //

-    // These MUST be supplied in a derived class

-    //

-    // NOTE:

-    // virtual HRESULT Transform(IMediaSample * pIn, IMediaSample *pOut);

-    // virtual HRESULT CheckInputType(const CMediaType* mtIn) PURE;

-    // virtual HRESULT CheckTransform

-    //     (const CMediaType* mtIn, const CMediaType* mtOut) PURE;

-    // static CCOMObject * CreateInstance(LPUNKNOWN, HRESULT *);

-    // virtual HRESULT DecideBufferSize

-    //     (IMemAllocator * pAllocator, ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pprop) PURE;

-    // virtual HRESULT GetMediaType(int iPosition, CMediaType *pMediaType) PURE;

-    //

-    // These MAY also be overridden

-    //

-    // virtual HRESULT StopStreaming();

-    // virtual HRESULT SetMediaType(PIN_DIRECTION direction,const CMediaType *pmt);

-    // virtual HRESULT CheckConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir,IPin *pPin);

-    // virtual HRESULT BreakConnect(PIN_DIRECTION dir);

-    // virtual HRESULT CompleteConnect(PIN_DIRECTION direction,IPin *pReceivePin);

-    // virtual HRESULT EndOfStream(void);

-    // virtual HRESULT BeginFlush(void);

-    // virtual HRESULT EndFlush(void);

-    // virtual HRESULT NewSegment

-    //     (REFERENCE_TIME tStart,REFERENCE_TIME tStop,double dRate);

-#ifdef PERF

-

-    // If you override this - ensure that you register all these ids

-    // as well as any of your own,

-    virtual void RegisterPerfId() {

-        m_idSkip        = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Video Transform Skip frame"));

-        m_idFrameType   = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Video transform frame type"));

-        m_idLate        = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Video Transform Lateness"));

-        m_idTimeTillKey = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Video Transform Estd. time to next key"));

-        CTransformFilter::RegisterPerfId();

-    }

-#endif

-

-  protected:

-

-    // =========== QUALITY MANAGEMENT IMPLEMENTATION ========================

-    // Frames are assumed to come in three types:

-    // Type 1: an AVI key frame or an MPEG I frame.

-    //        This frame can be decoded with no history.

-    //        Dropping this frame means that no further frame can be decoded

-    //        until the next type 1 frame.

-    //        Type 1 frames are sync points.

-    // Type 2: an AVI non-key frame or an MPEG P frame.

-    //        This frame cannot be decoded unless the previous type 1 frame was

-    //        decoded and all type 2 frames since have been decoded.

-    //        Dropping this frame means that no further frame can be decoded

-    //        until the next type 1 frame.

-    // Type 3: An MPEG B frame.

-    //        This frame cannot be decoded unless the previous type 1 or 2 frame

-    //        has been decoded AND the subsequent type 1 or 2 frame has also

-    //        been decoded.  (This requires decoding the frames out of sequence).

-    //        Dropping this frame affects no other frames.  This implementation

-    //        does not allow for these.  All non-sync-point frames are treated

-    //        as being type 2.

-    //

-    // The spacing of frames of type 1 in a file is not guaranteed.  There MUST

-    // be a type 1 frame at (well, near) the start of the file in order to start

-    // decoding at all.  After that there could be one every half second or so,

-    // there could be one at the start of each scene (aka "cut", "shot") or

-    // there could be no more at all.

-    // If there is only a single type 1 frame then NO FRAMES CAN BE DROPPED

-    // without losing all the rest of the movie.  There is no way to tell whether

-    // this is the case, so we find that we are in the gambling business.

-    // To try to improve the odds, we record the greatest interval between type 1s

-    // that we have seen and we bet on things being no worse than this in the

-    // future.

-

-    // You can tell if it's a type 1 frame by calling IsSyncPoint().

-    // there is no architected way to test for a type 3, so you should override

-    // the quality management here if you have B-frames.

-

-    int m_nKeyFramePeriod; // the largest observed interval between type 1 frames

-                           // 1 means every frame is type 1, 2 means every other.

-

-    int m_nFramesSinceKeyFrame; // Used to count frames since the last type 1.

-                                // becomes the new m_nKeyFramePeriod if greater.

-

-    BOOL m_bSkipping;           // we are skipping to the next type 1 frame

-

-#ifdef PERF

-    int m_idFrameType;          // MSR id Frame type.  1=Key, 2="non-key"

-    int m_idSkip;               // MSR id skipping

-    int m_idLate;               // MSR id lateness

-    int m_idTimeTillKey;        // MSR id for guessed time till next key frame.

-#endif

-

-    virtual HRESULT StartStreaming();

-

-    HRESULT AbortPlayback(HRESULT hr);	// if something bad happens

-

-    HRESULT Receive(IMediaSample *pSample);

-

-    HRESULT AlterQuality(Quality q);

-

-    BOOL ShouldSkipFrame(IMediaSample * pIn);

-

-    int m_itrLate;              // lateness from last Quality message

-                                // (this overflows at 214 secs late).

-    int m_tDecodeStart;         // timeGetTime when decode started.

-    int m_itrAvgDecode;         // Average decode time in reference units.

-

-    BOOL m_bNoSkip;             // debug - no skipping.

-

-    // We send an EC_QUALITY_CHANGE notification to the app if we have to degrade.

-    // We send one when we start degrading, not one for every frame, this means

-    // we track whether we've sent one yet.

-    BOOL m_bQualityChanged;

-

-    // When non-zero, don't pass anything to renderer until next keyframe

-    // If there are few keys, give up and eventually draw something

-    int m_nWaitForKey;

-};

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/winctrl.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/winctrl.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d1f52e3..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/winctrl.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2081 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: WinCtrl.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements video control interface class.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>

-#include <intsafe.h>

-#include <checkbmi.h>

-

-// The control interface methods require us to be connected

-

-#define CheckConnected(pin,code)                    \

-{                                                   \

-    if (pin == NULL) {                              \

-        ASSERT(!TEXT("Pin not set"));               \

-    } else if (pin->IsConnected() == FALSE) {       \

-        return (code);                              \

-    }                                               \

-}

-

-// This checks to see whether the window has a drain. An application can in

-// most environments set the owner/parent of windows so that they appear in

-// a compound document context (for example). In this case, the application

-// would probably like to be told of any keyboard/mouse messages. Therefore

-// we pass these messages on untranslated, returning TRUE if we're successful

-

-BOOL WINAPI PossiblyEatMessage(HWND hwndDrain, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)

-{

-    if (hwndDrain != NULL && !InSendMessage())

-    {

-        switch (uMsg)

-        {

-            case WM_CHAR:

-            case WM_DEADCHAR:

-            case WM_KEYDOWN:

-            case WM_KEYUP:

-            case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:

-            case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:

-            case WM_LBUTTONUP:

-            case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:

-            case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:

-            case WM_MBUTTONUP:

-            case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE:

-            case WM_MOUSEMOVE:

-            // If we pass this on we don't get any mouse clicks

-            //case WM_NCHITTEST:

-            case WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK:

-            case WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN:

-            case WM_NCLBUTTONUP:

-            case WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK:

-            case WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN:

-            case WM_NCMBUTTONUP:

-            case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE:

-            case WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK:

-            case WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN:

-            case WM_NCRBUTTONUP:

-            case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:

-            case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:

-            case WM_RBUTTONUP:

-            case WM_SYSCHAR:

-            case WM_SYSDEADCHAR:

-            case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:

-            case WM_SYSKEYUP:

-

-                DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Forwarding %x to drain")));

-                PostMessage(hwndDrain, uMsg, wParam, lParam);

-

-                return TRUE;

-        }

-    }

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-

-// This class implements the IVideoWindow control functions (dual interface)

-// we support a large number of properties and methods designed to allow the

-// client (whether it be an automation controller or a C/C++ application) to

-// set and get a number of window related properties such as it's position.

-// We also support some methods that duplicate the properties but provide a

-// more direct and efficient mechanism as many values may be changed in one

-

-CBaseControlWindow::CBaseControlWindow(

-                        __inout CBaseFilter *pFilter,     // Owning filter

-                        __in CCritSec *pInterfaceLock,    // Locking object

-                        __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,           // Object description

-                        __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,       // Normal COM ownership

-                        __inout HRESULT *phr) :           // OLE return code

-

-    CBaseVideoWindow(pName,pUnk),

-    m_pInterfaceLock(pInterfaceLock),

-    m_hwndOwner(NULL),

-    m_hwndDrain(NULL),

-    m_bAutoShow(TRUE),

-    m_pFilter(pFilter),

-    m_bCursorHidden(FALSE),

-    m_pPin(NULL)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pFilter);

-    ASSERT(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    ASSERT(phr);

-    m_BorderColour = VIDEO_COLOUR;

-}

-

-

-// Set the title caption on the base window, we don't do any field checking

-// as we really don't care what title they intend to have. We can always get

-// it back again later with GetWindowText. The only other complication is to

-// do the necessary string conversions between ANSI and OLE Unicode strings

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Caption(__in BSTR strCaption)

-{

-    CheckPointer((PVOID)strCaption,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-#ifdef UNICODE

-    SetWindowText(m_hwnd, strCaption);

-#else

-    CHAR Caption[CAPTION];

-

-    WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP,0,strCaption,-1,Caption,CAPTION,NULL,NULL);

-    SetWindowText(m_hwnd, Caption);

-#endif

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Get the current base window title caption, once again we do no real field

-// checking. We allocate a string for the window title to be filled in with

-// which ensures the interface doesn't fiddle around with getting memory. A

-// BSTR is a normal C string with the length at position (-1), we use the

-// WriteBSTR helper function to create the caption to try and avoid OLE32

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Caption(__out BSTR *pstrCaption)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pstrCaption,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    WCHAR WideCaption[CAPTION];

-

-#ifdef UNICODE

-    GetWindowText(m_hwnd,WideCaption,CAPTION);

-#else

-    // Convert the ASCII caption to a UNICODE string

-

-    TCHAR Caption[CAPTION];

-    GetWindowText(m_hwnd,Caption,CAPTION);

-    MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP,0,Caption,-1,WideCaption,CAPTION);

-#endif

-    return WriteBSTR(pstrCaption,WideCaption);

-}

-

-

-// Set the window style using GWL_EXSTYLE

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_WindowStyleEx(long WindowStyleEx)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-

-    // Should we be taking off WS_EX_TOPMOST

-

-    if (GetWindowLong(m_hwnd,GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_TOPMOST) {

-        if ((WindowStyleEx & WS_EX_TOPMOST) == 0) {

-            SendMessage(m_hwnd,m_ShowStageTop,(WPARAM) FALSE,(LPARAM) 0);

-        }

-    }

-

-    // Likewise should we be adding WS_EX_TOPMOST

-

-    if (WindowStyleEx & WS_EX_TOPMOST) {

-        SendMessage(m_hwnd,m_ShowStageTop,(WPARAM) TRUE,(LPARAM) 0);

-        WindowStyleEx &= (~WS_EX_TOPMOST);

-        if (WindowStyleEx == 0) return NOERROR;

-    }

-    return DoSetWindowStyle(WindowStyleEx,GWL_EXSTYLE);

-}

-

-

-// Gets the current GWL_EXSTYLE base window style

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_WindowStyleEx(__out long *pWindowStyleEx)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pWindowStyleEx,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    return DoGetWindowStyle(pWindowStyleEx,GWL_EXSTYLE);

-}

-

-

-// Set the window style using GWL_STYLE

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_WindowStyle(long WindowStyle)

-{

-    // These styles cannot be changed dynamically

-

-    if ((WindowStyle & WS_DISABLED) ||

-        (WindowStyle & WS_ICONIC) ||

-        (WindowStyle & WS_MAXIMIZE) ||

-        (WindowStyle & WS_MINIMIZE) ||

-        (WindowStyle & WS_HSCROLL) ||

-        (WindowStyle & WS_VSCROLL)) {

-

-            return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    return DoSetWindowStyle(WindowStyle,GWL_STYLE);

-}

-

-

-// Get the current GWL_STYLE base window style

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_WindowStyle(__out long *pWindowStyle)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pWindowStyle,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    return DoGetWindowStyle(pWindowStyle,GWL_STYLE);

-}

-

-

-// Change the base window style or the extended styles depending on whether

-// WindowLong is GWL_STYLE or GWL_EXSTYLE. We must call SetWindowPos to have

-// the window displayed in it's new style after the change which is a little

-// tricky if the window is not currently visible as we realise it offscreen.

-// In most cases the client will call get_WindowStyle before they call this

-// and then AND and OR in extra bit settings according to the requirements

-

-HRESULT CBaseControlWindow::DoSetWindowStyle(long Style,long WindowLong)

-{

-    RECT WindowRect;

-

-    // Get the window's visibility before setting the style

-    BOOL bVisible = IsWindowVisible(m_hwnd);

-    EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));

-

-    // Set the new style flags for the window

-    SetWindowLong(m_hwnd,WindowLong,Style);

-    UINT WindowFlags = SWP_SHOWWINDOW | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;

-    WindowFlags |= SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE;

-

-    // Show the window again in the current position

-

-    if (bVisible == TRUE) {

-

-        SetWindowPos(m_hwnd,            // Base window handle

-                     HWND_TOP,          // Just a place holder

-                     0,0,0,0,           // Leave size and position

-                     WindowFlags);      // Just draw it again

-

-        return NOERROR;

-    }

-

-    // Move the window offscreen so the user doesn't see the changes

-

-    MoveWindow((HWND) m_hwnd,                     // Base window handle

-               GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSCREEN),     // Current desktop width

-               GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSCREEN),     // Likewise it's height

-               WIDTH(&WindowRect),                // Use the same width

-               HEIGHT(&WindowRect),               // Keep height same to

-               TRUE);                             // May as well repaint

-

-    // Now show the previously hidden window

-

-    SetWindowPos(m_hwnd,            // Base window handle

-                 HWND_TOP,          // Just a place holder

-                 0,0,0,0,           // Leave size and position

-                 WindowFlags);      // Just draw it again

-

-    ShowWindow(m_hwnd,SW_HIDE);

-

-    if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {

-

-        MapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, GetParent(m_hwnd), (LPPOINT)&WindowRect, 2);

-    }

-

-    MoveWindow((HWND) m_hwnd,        // Base window handle

-               WindowRect.left,      // Existing x coordinate

-               WindowRect.top,       // Existing y coordinate

-               WIDTH(&WindowRect),   // Use the same width

-               HEIGHT(&WindowRect),  // Keep height same to

-               TRUE);                // May as well repaint

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Get the current base window style (either GWL_STYLE or GWL_EXSTYLE)

-

-HRESULT CBaseControlWindow::DoGetWindowStyle(__out long *pStyle,long WindowLong)

-{

-    *pStyle = GetWindowLong(m_hwnd,WindowLong);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Change the visibility of the base window, this takes the same parameters

-// as the ShowWindow Win32 API does, so the client can have the window hidden

-// or shown, minimised to an icon, or maximised to play in full screen mode

-// We pass the request on to the base window to actually make the change

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_WindowState(long WindowState)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    DoShowWindow(WindowState);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Get the current window state, this function returns a subset of the SW bit

-// settings available in ShowWindow, if the window is visible then SW_SHOW is

-// set, if it is hidden then the SW_HIDDEN is set, if it is either minimised

-// or maximised then the SW_MINIMIZE or SW_MAXIMIZE is set respectively. The

-// other SW bit settings are really set commands not readable output values

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_WindowState(__out long *pWindowState)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pWindowState,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    ASSERT(pWindowState);

-    *pWindowState = FALSE;

-

-    // Is the window visible, a window is termed visible if it is somewhere on

-    // the current desktop even if it is completely obscured by other windows

-    // so the flag is a style for each window set with the WS_VISIBLE bit

-

-    if (IsWindowVisible(m_hwnd) == TRUE) {

-

-        // Is the base window iconic

-        if (IsIconic(m_hwnd) == TRUE) {

-            *pWindowState |= SW_MINIMIZE;

-        }

-

-        // Has the window been maximised

-        else if (IsZoomed(m_hwnd) == TRUE) {

-            *pWindowState |= SW_MAXIMIZE;

-        }

-

-        // Window is normal

-        else {

-            *pWindowState |= SW_SHOW;

-        }

-

-    } else {

-        *pWindowState |= SW_HIDE;

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This makes sure that any palette we realise in the base window (through a

-// media type or through the overlay interface) is done in the background and

-// is therefore mapped to existing device entries rather than taking it over

-// as it will do when we this window gets the keyboard focus. An application

-// uses this to make sure it doesn't have it's palette removed by the window

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_BackgroundPalette(long BackgroundPalette)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cWindowLock(&m_WindowLock);

-

-    // Check this is a valid automation boolean type

-

-    if (BackgroundPalette != OATRUE) {

-        if (BackgroundPalette != OAFALSE) {

-            return E_INVALIDARG;

-        }

-    }

-

-    // Make sure the window realises any palette it has again

-

-    m_bBackground = (BackgroundPalette == OATRUE ? TRUE : FALSE);

-    PostMessage(m_hwnd,m_RealizePalette,0,0);

-    PaintWindow(FALSE);

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This returns the current background realisation setting

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CBaseControlWindow::get_BackgroundPalette(__out long *pBackgroundPalette)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pBackgroundPalette,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cWindowLock(&m_WindowLock);

-

-    // Get the current background palette setting

-

-    *pBackgroundPalette = (m_bBackground == TRUE ? OATRUE : OAFALSE);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Change the visibility of the base window

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Visible(long Visible)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-

-    // Check this is a valid automation boolean type

-

-    if (Visible != OATRUE) {

-        if (Visible != OAFALSE) {

-            return E_INVALIDARG;

-        }

-    }

-

-    // Convert the boolean visibility into SW_SHOW and SW_HIDE

-

-    INT Mode = (Visible == OATRUE ? SW_SHOWNORMAL : SW_HIDE);

-    DoShowWindow(Mode);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Return OATRUE if the window is currently visible otherwise OAFALSE

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Visible(__out long *pVisible)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pVisible,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-

-    // See if the base window has a WS_VISIBLE style - this will return TRUE

-    // even if the window is completely obscured by other desktop windows, we

-    // return FALSE if the window is not showing because of earlier calls

-

-    BOOL Mode = IsWindowVisible(m_hwnd);

-    *pVisible = (Mode == TRUE ? OATRUE : OAFALSE);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Change the left position of the base window. This keeps the window width

-// and height properties the same so it effectively shunts the window left or

-// right accordingly - there is the Width property to change that dimension

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Left(long Left)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    BOOL bSuccess;

-    RECT WindowRect;

-

-    // Get the current window position in a RECT

-    EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));

-

-    if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {

-

-        MapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, GetParent(m_hwnd), (LPPOINT)&WindowRect, 2);

-    }

-

-    // Adjust the coordinates ready for SetWindowPos, the window rectangle we

-    // get back from GetWindowRect is in left,top,right and bottom while the

-    // coordinates SetWindowPos wants are left,top,width and height values

-

-    WindowRect.bottom = WindowRect.bottom - WindowRect.top;

-    WindowRect.right = WindowRect.right - WindowRect.left;

-    UINT WindowFlags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;

-

-    bSuccess = SetWindowPos(m_hwnd,                // Window handle

-                            HWND_TOP,              // Put it at the top

-                            Left,                  // New left position

-                            WindowRect.top,        // Leave top alone

-                            WindowRect.right,      // The WIDTH (not right)

-                            WindowRect.bottom,     // The HEIGHT (not bottom)

-                            WindowFlags);          // Show window options

-

-    if (bSuccess == FALSE) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Return the current base window left position

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Left(__out long *pLeft)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pLeft,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    RECT WindowRect;

-

-    EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));

-    *pLeft = WindowRect.left;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Change the current width of the base window. This property complements the

-// left position property so we must keep the left edge constant and expand or

-// contract to the right, the alternative would be to change the left edge so

-// keeping the right edge constant but this is maybe a little more intuitive

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Width(long Width)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    BOOL bSuccess;

-    RECT WindowRect;

-

-    // Adjust the coordinates ready for SetWindowPos, the window rectangle we

-    // get back from GetWindowRect is in left,top,right and bottom while the

-    // coordinates SetWindowPos wants are left,top,width and height values

-

-    EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));

-

-    if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {

-

-        MapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, GetParent(m_hwnd), (LPPOINT)&WindowRect, 2);

-    }

-

-    WindowRect.bottom = WindowRect.bottom - WindowRect.top;

-    UINT WindowFlags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;

-

-    // This seems to have a bug in that calling SetWindowPos on a window with

-    // just the width changing causes it to ignore the width that you pass in

-    // and sets it to a mimimum value of 110 pixels wide (Windows NT 3.51)

-

-    bSuccess = SetWindowPos(m_hwnd,                // Window handle

-                            HWND_TOP,              // Put it at the top

-                            WindowRect.left,       // Leave left alone

-                            WindowRect.top,        // Leave top alone

-                            Width,                 // New WIDTH dimension

-                            WindowRect.bottom,     // The HEIGHT (not bottom)

-                            WindowFlags);          // Show window options

-

-    if (bSuccess == FALSE) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Return the current base window width

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Width(__out long *pWidth)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    RECT WindowRect;

-

-    EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));

-    *pWidth = WindowRect.right - WindowRect.left;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This allows the client program to change the top position for the window in

-// the same way that changing the left position does not affect the width of

-// the image so changing the top position does not affect the window height

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Top(long Top)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    BOOL bSuccess;

-    RECT WindowRect;

-

-    // Get the current window position in a RECT

-    EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));

-

-    if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {

-

-        MapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, GetParent(m_hwnd), (LPPOINT)&WindowRect, 2);

-    }

-

-    // Adjust the coordinates ready for SetWindowPos, the window rectangle we

-    // get back from GetWindowRect is in left,top,right and bottom while the

-    // coordinates SetWindowPos wants are left,top,width and height values

-

-    WindowRect.bottom = WindowRect.bottom - WindowRect.top;

-    WindowRect.right = WindowRect.right - WindowRect.left;

-    UINT WindowFlags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;

-

-    bSuccess = SetWindowPos(m_hwnd,                // Window handle

-                            HWND_TOP,              // Put it at the top

-                            WindowRect.left,       // Leave left alone

-                            Top,                   // New top position

-                            WindowRect.right,      // The WIDTH (not right)

-                            WindowRect.bottom,     // The HEIGHT (not bottom)

-                            WindowFlags);          // Show window flags

-

-    if (bSuccess == FALSE) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Return the current base window top position

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Top(long *pTop)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pTop,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    RECT WindowRect;

-

-    EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));

-    *pTop = WindowRect.top;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Change the height of the window, this complements the top property so when

-// we change this we must keep the top position for the base window, as said

-// before we could keep the bottom and grow upwards although this is perhaps

-// a little more intuitive since we already have a top position property

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Height(long Height)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    BOOL bSuccess;

-    RECT WindowRect;

-

-    // Adjust the coordinates ready for SetWindowPos, the window rectangle we

-    // get back from GetWindowRect is in left,top,right and bottom while the

-    // coordinates SetWindowPos wants are left,top,width and height values

-

-    EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));

-

-    if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {

-

-        MapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, GetParent(m_hwnd), (LPPOINT)&WindowRect, 2);

-    }

-

-    WindowRect.right = WindowRect.right - WindowRect.left;

-    UINT WindowFlags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;

-

-    bSuccess = SetWindowPos(m_hwnd,                // Window handle

-                            HWND_TOP,              // Put it at the top

-                            WindowRect.left,       // Leave left alone

-                            WindowRect.top,        // Leave top alone

-                            WindowRect.right,      // The WIDTH (not right)

-                            Height,                // New height dimension

-                            WindowFlags);          // Show window flags

-

-    if (bSuccess == FALSE) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Return the current base window height

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Height(__out long *pHeight)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    RECT WindowRect;

-

-    EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));

-    *pHeight = WindowRect.bottom - WindowRect.top;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This can be called to change the owning window. Setting the owner is done

-// through this function, however to make the window a true child window the

-// style must also be set to WS_CHILD. After resetting the owner to NULL an

-// application should also set the style to WS_OVERLAPPED | WS_CLIPCHILDREN.

-

-// We cannot lock the object here because the SetParent causes an interthread

-// SendMessage to the owner window. If they are in GetState we will sit here

-// incomplete with the critical section locked therefore blocking out source

-// filter threads from accessing us. Because the source thread can't enter us

-// it can't get buffers or call EndOfStream so the GetState will not complete

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_Owner(OAHWND Owner)

-{

-    // Check we are connected otherwise reject the call

-

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    m_hwndOwner = (HWND) Owner;

-    HWND hwndParent = m_hwndOwner;

-

-    // Add or remove WS_CHILD as appropriate

-

-    LONG Style = GetWindowLong(m_hwnd,GWL_STYLE);

-    if (Owner == NULL) {

-        Style &= (~WS_CHILD);

-    } else {

-        Style |= (WS_CHILD);

-    }

-    SetWindowLong(m_hwnd,GWL_STYLE,Style);

-

-    // Don't call this with the filter locked

-

-    SetParent(m_hwnd,hwndParent);

-

-    PaintWindow(TRUE);

-    NOTE1("Changed parent %lx",hwndParent);

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This complements the put_Owner to get the current owning window property

-// we always return NOERROR although the returned window handle may be NULL

-// to indicate no owning window (the desktop window doesn't qualify as one)

-// If an application sets the owner we call SetParent, however that returns

-// NULL until the WS_CHILD bit is set on, so we store the owner internally

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_Owner(__out OAHWND *Owner)

-{

-    CheckPointer(Owner,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    *Owner = (OAHWND) m_hwndOwner;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// And renderer supporting IVideoWindow may have an HWND set who will get any

-// keyboard and mouse messages we receive posted on to them. This is separate

-// from setting an owning window. By separating the two, applications may get

-// messages sent on even when they have set no owner (perhaps it's maximised)

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_MessageDrain(OAHWND Drain)

-{

-    // Check we are connected otherwise reject the call

-

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    m_hwndDrain = (HWND) Drain;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Return the current message drain

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_MessageDrain(__out OAHWND *Drain)

-{

-    CheckPointer(Drain,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    *Drain = (OAHWND) m_hwndDrain;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This is called by the filter graph to inform us of a message we should know

-// is being sent to our owning window. We have this because as a child window

-// we do not get certain messages that are only sent to top level windows. We

-// must see the palette changed/changing/query messages so that we know if we

-// have the foreground palette or not. We pass the message on to our window

-// using SendMessage - this will cause an interthread send message to occur

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CBaseControlWindow::NotifyOwnerMessage(OAHWND hwnd,    // Window handle

-                                       long uMsg,    // Message ID

-                                       LONG_PTR wParam,  // Parameters

-                                       LONG_PTR lParam)  // for message

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-

-    // Only interested in these Windows messages

-

-    switch (uMsg) {

-

-        case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:

-        case WM_PALETTECHANGED:

-        case WM_PALETTEISCHANGING:

-        case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:

-        case WM_DEVMODECHANGE:

-        case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:

-        case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:

-

-            // If we do not have an owner then ignore

-

-            if (m_hwndOwner == NULL) {

-                return NOERROR;

-            }

-            SendMessage(m_hwnd,uMsg,(WPARAM)wParam,(LPARAM)lParam);

-	    break;

-

-	// do NOT fwd WM_MOVE. the parameters are the location of the parent

-	// window, NOT what the renderer should be looking at.  But we need

-	// to make sure the overlay is moved with the parent window, so we

-	// do this.

-	case WM_MOVE:

-	    PostMessage(m_hwnd,WM_PAINT,0,0);

-	    break;

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Allow an application to have us set the base window in the foreground. We

-// have this because it is difficult for one thread to do do this to a window

-// owned by another thread. We ask the base window class to do the real work

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::SetWindowForeground(long Focus)

-{

-    // Check this is a valid automation boolean type

-

-    if (Focus != OATRUE) {

-        if (Focus != OAFALSE) {

-            return E_INVALIDARG;

-        }

-    }

-

-    // We shouldn't lock as this sends a message

-

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    BOOL bFocus = (Focus == OATRUE ? TRUE : FALSE);

-    DoSetWindowForeground(bFocus);

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This allows a client to set the complete window size and position in one

-// atomic operation. The same affect can be had by changing each dimension

-// in turn through their individual properties although some flashing will

-// occur as each of them gets updated (they are better set at design time)

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CBaseControlWindow::SetWindowPosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    BOOL bSuccess;

-

-    // Set the new size and position

-    UINT WindowFlags = SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_FRAMECHANGED | SWP_NOACTIVATE;

-

-    ASSERT(IsWindow(m_hwnd));

-    bSuccess = SetWindowPos(m_hwnd,         // Window handle

-                            HWND_TOP,       // Put it at the top

-                            Left,           // Left position

-                            Top,            // Top position

-                            Width,          // Window width

-                            Height,         // Window height

-                            WindowFlags);   // Show window flags

-    ASSERT(bSuccess);

-#ifdef DEBUG

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 1, TEXT("SWP failed error %d"), GetLastError()));

-#endif

-    if (bSuccess == FALSE) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This complements the SetWindowPosition to return the current window place

-// in device coordinates. As before the same information can be retrived by

-// calling the property get functions individually but this is atomic and is

-// therefore more suitable to a live environment rather than design time

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CBaseControlWindow::GetWindowPosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)

-{

-    // Should check the pointers are not NULL

-

-    CheckPointer(pLeft,E_POINTER);

-    CheckPointer(pTop,E_POINTER);

-    CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);

-    CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    RECT WindowRect;

-

-    // Get the current window coordinates

-

-    EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect));

-

-    // Convert the RECT into left,top,width and height values

-

-    *pLeft = WindowRect.left;

-    *pTop = WindowRect.top;

-    *pWidth = WindowRect.right - WindowRect.left;

-    *pHeight = WindowRect.bottom - WindowRect.top;

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// When a window is maximised or iconic calling GetWindowPosition will return

-// the current window position (likewise for the properties). However if the

-// restored size (ie the size we'll return to when normally shown) is needed

-// then this should be used. When in a normal position (neither iconic nor

-// maximised) then this returns the same coordinates as GetWindowPosition

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CBaseControlWindow::GetRestorePosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)

-{

-    // Should check the pointers are not NULL

-

-    CheckPointer(pLeft,E_POINTER);

-    CheckPointer(pTop,E_POINTER);

-    CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);

-    CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-

-    // Use GetWindowPlacement to find the restore position

-

-    WINDOWPLACEMENT Place;

-    Place.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT);

-    EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetWindowPlacement(m_hwnd,&Place));

-

-    RECT WorkArea;

-

-    // We must take into account any task bar present

-

-    if (SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWORKAREA,0,&WorkArea,FALSE) == TRUE) {

-        if (GetParent(m_hwnd) == NULL) {

-            Place.rcNormalPosition.top += WorkArea.top;

-            Place.rcNormalPosition.bottom += WorkArea.top;

-            Place.rcNormalPosition.left += WorkArea.left;

-            Place.rcNormalPosition.right += WorkArea.left;

-        }

-    }

-

-    // Convert the RECT into left,top,width and height values

-

-    *pLeft = Place.rcNormalPosition.left;

-    *pTop = Place.rcNormalPosition.top;

-    *pWidth = Place.rcNormalPosition.right - Place.rcNormalPosition.left;

-    *pHeight = Place.rcNormalPosition.bottom - Place.rcNormalPosition.top;

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Return the current border colour, if we are playing something to a subset

-// of the base window display there is an outside area exposed. The default

-// action is to paint this colour in the Windows background colour (defined

-// as value COLOR_WINDOW) We reset to this default when we're disconnected

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_BorderColor(__out long *Color)

-{

-    CheckPointer(Color,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    *Color = (long) m_BorderColour;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This can be called to set the current border colour

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_BorderColor(long Color)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-

-    // Have the window repainted with the new border colour

-

-    m_BorderColour = (COLORREF) Color;

-    PaintWindow(TRUE);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Delegate fullscreen handling to plug in distributor

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_FullScreenMode(__out long *FullScreenMode)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CheckPointer(FullScreenMode,E_POINTER);

-    return E_NOTIMPL;

-}

-

-

-// Delegate fullscreen handling to plug in distributor

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_FullScreenMode(long FullScreenMode)

-{

-    return E_NOTIMPL;

-}

-

-

-// This sets the auto show property, this property causes the base window to

-// be displayed whenever we change state. This allows an application to have

-// to do nothing to have the window appear but still allow them to change the

-// default behaviour if for example they want to keep it hidden for longer

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::put_AutoShow(long AutoShow)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-

-    // Check this is a valid automation boolean type

-

-    if (AutoShow != OATRUE) {

-        if (AutoShow != OAFALSE) {

-            return E_INVALIDARG;

-        }

-    }

-

-    m_bAutoShow = (AutoShow == OATRUE ? TRUE : FALSE);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This can be called to get the current auto show flag. The flag is updated

-// when we connect and disconnect and through this interface all of which are

-// controlled and serialised by means of the main renderer critical section

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::get_AutoShow(__out long *AutoShow)

-{

-    CheckPointer(AutoShow,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    *AutoShow = (m_bAutoShow == TRUE ? OATRUE : OAFALSE);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Return the minimum ideal image size for the current video. This may differ

-// to the actual video dimensions because we may be using DirectDraw hardware

-// that has specific stretching requirements. For example the Cirrus Logic

-// cards have a minimum stretch factor depending on the overlay surface size

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CBaseControlWindow::GetMinIdealImageSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);

-    CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    FILTER_STATE State;

-

-    // Must not be stopped for this to work correctly

-

-    m_pFilter->GetState(0,&State);

-    if (State == State_Stopped) {

-        return VFW_E_WRONG_STATE;

-    }

-

-    RECT DefaultRect = GetDefaultRect();

-    *pWidth = WIDTH(&DefaultRect);

-    *pHeight = HEIGHT(&DefaultRect);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Return the maximum ideal image size for the current video. This may differ

-// to the actual video dimensions because we may be using DirectDraw hardware

-// that has specific stretching requirements. For example the Cirrus Logic

-// cards have a maximum stretch factor depending on the overlay surface size

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CBaseControlWindow::GetMaxIdealImageSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);

-    CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    FILTER_STATE State;

-

-    // Must not be stopped for this to work correctly

-

-    m_pFilter->GetState(0,&State);

-    if (State == State_Stopped) {

-        return VFW_E_WRONG_STATE;

-    }

-

-    RECT DefaultRect = GetDefaultRect();

-    *pWidth = WIDTH(&DefaultRect);

-    *pHeight = HEIGHT(&DefaultRect);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Allow an application to hide the cursor on our window

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CBaseControlWindow::HideCursor(long HideCursor)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-

-    // Check this is a valid automation boolean type

-

-    if (HideCursor != OATRUE) {

-        if (HideCursor != OAFALSE) {

-            return E_INVALIDARG;

-        }

-    }

-

-    m_bCursorHidden = (HideCursor == OATRUE ? TRUE : FALSE);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Returns whether we have the cursor hidden or not

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlWindow::IsCursorHidden(__out long *CursorHidden)

-{

-    CheckPointer(CursorHidden,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    *CursorHidden = (m_bCursorHidden == TRUE ? OATRUE : OAFALSE);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This class implements the IBasicVideo control functions (dual interface)

-// we support a large number of properties and methods designed to allow the

-// client (whether it be an automation controller or a C/C++ application) to

-// set and get a number of video related properties such as the native video

-// size. We support some methods that duplicate the properties but provide a

-// more direct and efficient mechanism as many values may be changed in one

-

-CBaseControlVideo::CBaseControlVideo(

-                        __inout CBaseFilter *pFilter,     // Owning filter

-                        __in CCritSec *pInterfaceLock,    // Locking object

-                        __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,           // Object description

-                        __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,       // Normal COM ownership

-                        __inout HRESULT *phr) :           // OLE return code

-

-    CBaseBasicVideo(pName,pUnk),

-    m_pFilter(pFilter),

-    m_pInterfaceLock(pInterfaceLock),

-    m_pPin(NULL)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pFilter);

-    ASSERT(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    ASSERT(phr);

-}

-

-// Return an approximate average time per frame

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_AvgTimePerFrame(__out REFTIME *pAvgTimePerFrame)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pAvgTimePerFrame,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-

-    VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();

-    if (pVideoInfo == NULL)

-    return E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    COARefTime AvgTime(pVideoInfo->AvgTimePerFrame);

-    *pAvgTimePerFrame = (REFTIME) AvgTime;

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Return an approximate bit rate for the video

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_BitRate(__out long *pBitRate)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pBitRate,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-

-    VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();

-    if (pVideoInfo == NULL)

-    return E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    *pBitRate = pVideoInfo->dwBitRate;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Return an approximate bit error rate

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_BitErrorRate(__out long *pBitErrorRate)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pBitErrorRate,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-

-    VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();

-    if (pVideoInfo == NULL)

-    return E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    *pBitErrorRate = pVideoInfo->dwBitErrorRate;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This returns the current video width

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_VideoWidth(__out long *pVideoWidth)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pVideoWidth,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-

-    VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();

-    if (pVideoInfo == NULL)

-    return E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    *pVideoWidth = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biWidth;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This returns the current video height

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_VideoHeight(__out long *pVideoHeight)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pVideoHeight,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-

-    VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();

-    if (pVideoInfo == NULL)

-    return E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    *pVideoHeight = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biHeight;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This returns the current palette the video is using as an array allocated

-// by the user. To remain consistent we use PALETTEENTRY fields to return the

-// colours in rather than RGBQUADs that multimedia decided to use. The memory

-// is allocated by the user so we simple copy each in turn. We check that the

-// number of entries requested and the start position offset are both valid

-// If the number of entries evaluates to zero then we return an S_FALSE code

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::GetVideoPaletteEntries(long StartIndex,

-                                                       long Entries,

-                                                       __out long *pRetrieved,

-                                                       __out_ecount_part(Entries, *pRetrieved) long *pPalette)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pRetrieved,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    CMediaType MediaType;

-

-    // Get the video format from the derived class

-

-    VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();

-    if (pVideoInfo == NULL)

-    return E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader = HEADER(pVideoInfo);

-

-    // Is the current format palettised

-

-    if (PALETTISED(pVideoInfo) == FALSE) {

-        *pRetrieved = 0;

-        return VFW_E_NO_PALETTE_AVAILABLE;

-    }

-

-    // Do they just want to know how many are available

-

-    if (pPalette == NULL) {

-        *pRetrieved = pHeader->biClrUsed;

-        return NOERROR;

-    }

-

-    // Make sure the start position is a valid offset

-

-    if (StartIndex >= (LONG) pHeader->biClrUsed || StartIndex < 0) {

-        *pRetrieved = 0;

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-    // Correct the number we can retrieve

-

-    LONG Available = (LONG) pHeader->biClrUsed - StartIndex;

-    *pRetrieved = max(0,min(Available,Entries));

-    if (*pRetrieved == 0) {

-        return S_FALSE;

-    }

-

-    // Copy the palette entries to the output buffer

-

-    PALETTEENTRY *pEntries = (PALETTEENTRY *) pPalette;

-    RGBQUAD *pColours = COLORS(pVideoInfo) + StartIndex;

-

-    for (LONG Count = 0;Count < *pRetrieved;Count++) {

-        pEntries[Count].peRed = pColours[Count].rgbRed;

-        pEntries[Count].peGreen = pColours[Count].rgbGreen;

-        pEntries[Count].peBlue = pColours[Count].rgbBlue;

-        pEntries[Count].peFlags = 0;

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This returns the current video dimensions as a method rather than a number

-// of individual property get calls. For the same reasons as said before we

-// cannot access the renderer media type directly as the window object thread

-// may be updating it since dynamic format changes may change these values

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::GetVideoSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);

-    CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-

-    // Get the video format from the derived class

-    VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();

-    if (pVideoInfo == NULL)

-    return E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    *pWidth = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biWidth;

-    *pHeight = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biHeight;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Set the source video rectangle as left,top,right and bottom coordinates

-// rather than left,top,width and height as per OLE automation interfaces

-// Then pass the rectangle on to the window object to set the source

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CBaseControlVideo::SetSourcePosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT SourceRect;

-    SourceRect.left = Left;

-    SourceRect.top = Top;

-    SourceRect.right = Left + Width;

-    SourceRect.bottom = Top + Height;

-

-    // Check the source rectangle is valid

-

-    HRESULT hr = CheckSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    // Now set the source rectangle

-

-    hr = SetSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-    return OnUpdateRectangles();

-}

-

-

-// Return the source rectangle in left,top,width and height rather than the

-// left,top,right and bottom values that RECT uses (and which the window

-// object returns through GetSourceRect) which requires a little work

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CBaseControlVideo::GetSourcePosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)

-{

-    // Should check the pointers are non NULL

-

-    CheckPointer(pLeft,E_POINTER);

-    CheckPointer(pTop,E_POINTER);

-    CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);

-    CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    RECT SourceRect;

-

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-

-    *pLeft = SourceRect.left;

-    *pTop = SourceRect.top;

-    *pWidth = WIDTH(&SourceRect);

-    *pHeight = HEIGHT(&SourceRect);

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Set the video destination as left,top,right and bottom coordinates rather

-// than the left,top,width and height uses as per OLE automation interfaces

-// Then pass the rectangle on to the window object to set the destination

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CBaseControlVideo::SetDestinationPosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT DestinationRect;

-

-    DestinationRect.left = Left;

-    DestinationRect.top = Top;

-    DestinationRect.right = Left + Width;

-    DestinationRect.bottom = Top + Height;

-

-    // Check the target rectangle is valid

-

-    HRESULT hr = CheckTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    // Now set the new target rectangle

-

-    hr = SetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-    return OnUpdateRectangles();

-}

-

-

-// Return the destination rectangle in left,top,width and height rather than

-// the left,top,right and bottom values that RECT uses (and which the window

-// object returns through GetDestinationRect) which requires a little work

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CBaseControlVideo::GetDestinationPosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight)

-{

-    // Should check the pointers are not NULL

-

-    CheckPointer(pLeft,E_POINTER);

-    CheckPointer(pTop,E_POINTER);

-    CheckPointer(pWidth,E_POINTER);

-    CheckPointer(pHeight,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    RECT DestinationRect;

-

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-

-    *pLeft = DestinationRect.left;

-    *pTop = DestinationRect.top;

-    *pWidth = WIDTH(&DestinationRect);

-    *pHeight = HEIGHT(&DestinationRect);

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Set the source left position, the source rectangle we get back from the

-// window object is a true rectangle in left,top,right and bottom positions

-// so all we have to do is to update the left position and pass it back. We

-// must keep the current width constant when we're updating this property

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_SourceLeft(long SourceLeft)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT SourceRect;

-    GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    SourceRect.right = SourceLeft + WIDTH(&SourceRect);

-    SourceRect.left = SourceLeft;

-

-    // Check the source rectangle is valid

-

-    HRESULT hr = CheckSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    // Now set the source rectangle

-

-    hr = SetSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-    return OnUpdateRectangles();

-}

-

-

-// Return the current left source video position

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_SourceLeft(__out long *pSourceLeft)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pSourceLeft,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT SourceRect;

-

-    GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    *pSourceLeft = SourceRect.left;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Set the source width, we get the current source rectangle and then update

-// the right position to be the left position (thereby keeping it constant)

-// plus the new source width we are passed in (it expands to the right)

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_SourceWidth(long SourceWidth)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT SourceRect;

-    GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    SourceRect.right = SourceRect.left + SourceWidth;

-

-    // Check the source rectangle is valid

-

-    HRESULT hr = CheckSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    // Now set the source rectangle

-

-    hr = SetSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-    return OnUpdateRectangles();

-}

-

-

-// Return the current source width

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_SourceWidth(__out long *pSourceWidth)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pSourceWidth,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT SourceRect;

-

-    GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    *pSourceWidth = WIDTH(&SourceRect);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Set the source top position - changing this property does not affect the

-// current source height. So changing this shunts the source rectangle up and

-// down appropriately. Changing the height complements this functionality by

-// keeping the top position constant and simply changing the source height

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_SourceTop(long SourceTop)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT SourceRect;

-    GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    SourceRect.bottom = SourceTop + HEIGHT(&SourceRect);

-    SourceRect.top = SourceTop;

-

-    // Check the source rectangle is valid

-

-    HRESULT hr = CheckSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    // Now set the source rectangle

-

-    hr = SetSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-    return OnUpdateRectangles();

-}

-

-

-// Return the current top position

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_SourceTop(__out long *pSourceTop)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pSourceTop,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT SourceRect;

-

-    GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    *pSourceTop = SourceRect.top;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Set the source height

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_SourceHeight(long SourceHeight)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT SourceRect;

-    GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    SourceRect.bottom = SourceRect.top + SourceHeight;

-

-    // Check the source rectangle is valid

-

-    HRESULT hr = CheckSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    // Now set the source rectangle

-

-    hr = SetSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-    return OnUpdateRectangles();

-}

-

-

-// Return the current source height

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_SourceHeight(__out long *pSourceHeight)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pSourceHeight,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT SourceRect;

-

-    GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    *pSourceHeight = HEIGHT(&SourceRect);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Set the target left position, the target rectangle we get back from the

-// window object is a true rectangle in left,top,right and bottom positions

-// so all we have to do is to update the left position and pass it back. We

-// must keep the current width constant when we're updating this property

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_DestinationLeft(long DestinationLeft)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT DestinationRect;

-    GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    DestinationRect.right = DestinationLeft + WIDTH(&DestinationRect);

-    DestinationRect.left = DestinationLeft;

-

-    // Check the target rectangle is valid

-

-    HRESULT hr = CheckTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    // Now set the new target rectangle

-

-    hr = SetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-    return OnUpdateRectangles();

-}

-

-

-// Return the left position for the destination rectangle

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_DestinationLeft(__out long *pDestinationLeft)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pDestinationLeft,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT DestinationRect;

-

-    GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    *pDestinationLeft = DestinationRect.left;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Set the destination width

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_DestinationWidth(long DestinationWidth)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT DestinationRect;

-    GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    DestinationRect.right = DestinationRect.left + DestinationWidth;

-

-    // Check the target rectangle is valid

-

-    HRESULT hr = CheckTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    // Now set the new target rectangle

-

-    hr = SetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-    return OnUpdateRectangles();

-}

-

-

-// Return the width for the destination rectangle

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_DestinationWidth(__out long *pDestinationWidth)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pDestinationWidth,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT DestinationRect;

-

-    GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    *pDestinationWidth = WIDTH(&DestinationRect);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Set the target top position - changing this property does not affect the

-// current target height. So changing this shunts the target rectangle up and

-// down appropriately. Changing the height complements this functionality by

-// keeping the top position constant and simply changing the target height

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_DestinationTop(long DestinationTop)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT DestinationRect;

-    GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    DestinationRect.bottom = DestinationTop + HEIGHT(&DestinationRect);

-    DestinationRect.top = DestinationTop;

-

-    // Check the target rectangle is valid

-

-    HRESULT hr = CheckTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    // Now set the new target rectangle

-

-    hr = SetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-    return OnUpdateRectangles();

-}

-

-

-// Return the top position for the destination rectangle

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_DestinationTop(__out long *pDestinationTop)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pDestinationTop,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT DestinationRect;

-

-    GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    *pDestinationTop = DestinationRect.top;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Set the destination height

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::put_DestinationHeight(long DestinationHeight)

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT DestinationRect;

-    GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    DestinationRect.bottom = DestinationRect.top + DestinationHeight;

-

-    // Check the target rectangle is valid

-

-    HRESULT hr = CheckTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    // Now set the new target rectangle

-

-    hr = SetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-    return OnUpdateRectangles();

-}

-

-

-// Return the height for the destination rectangle

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::get_DestinationHeight(__out long *pDestinationHeight)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pDestinationHeight,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    RECT DestinationRect;

-

-    GetTargetRect(&DestinationRect);

-    *pDestinationHeight = HEIGHT(&DestinationRect);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Reset the source rectangle to the full video dimensions

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::SetDefaultSourcePosition()

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    HRESULT hr = SetDefaultSourceRect();

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-    return OnUpdateRectangles();

-}

-

-

-// Return S_OK if we're using the default source otherwise S_FALSE

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::IsUsingDefaultSource()

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    return IsDefaultSourceRect();

-}

-

-

-// Reset the video renderer to use the entire playback area

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::SetDefaultDestinationPosition()

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    HRESULT hr = SetDefaultTargetRect();

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-    return OnUpdateRectangles();

-}

-

-

-// Return S_OK if we're using the default target otherwise S_FALSE

-

-STDMETHODIMP CBaseControlVideo::IsUsingDefaultDestination()

-{

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    return IsDefaultTargetRect();

-}

-

-

-// Return a copy of the current image in the video renderer

-

-STDMETHODIMP

-CBaseControlVideo::GetCurrentImage(__inout long *pBufferSize,__out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) long *pVideoImage)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pBufferSize,E_POINTER);

-    CheckConnected(m_pPin,VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED);

-    CAutoLock cInterfaceLock(m_pInterfaceLock);

-    FILTER_STATE State;

-

-    // Make sure we are in a paused state

-

-    if (pVideoImage != NULL) {

-        m_pFilter->GetState(0,&State);

-        if (State != State_Paused) {

-            return VFW_E_NOT_PAUSED;

-        }

-        return GetStaticImage(pBufferSize,pVideoImage);

-    }

-

-    // Just return the memory required

-

-    VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();

-    if (pVideoInfo == NULL)

-    return E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    RECT SourceRect;

-    GetSourceRect(&SourceRect);

-    return GetImageSize(pVideoInfo,pBufferSize,&SourceRect);

-}

-

-

-// An application has two ways of using GetCurrentImage, one is to pass a real

-// buffer which should be filled with the current image. The other is to pass

-// a NULL buffer pointer which is interpreted as asking us to return how much

-// memory is required for the image. The constraints for when the latter can

-// be called are much looser. To calculate the memory required we synthesize

-// a VIDEOINFO that takes into account the source rectangle that's being used

-

-HRESULT CBaseControlVideo::GetImageSize(__in VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo,

-                                        __out long *pBufferSize,

-                                        __in RECT *pSourceRect)

-{

-    NOTE("Entering GetImageSize");

-    ASSERT(pSourceRect);

-

-    // Check we have the correct input parameters

-

-    if (pSourceRect == NULL ||

-            pVideoInfo == NULL ||

-            pBufferSize == NULL) {

-

-        return E_UNEXPECTED;

-    }

-

-    // Is the data format compatible

-

-    if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_RGB) {

-        if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_BITFIELDS) {

-            return E_INVALIDARG;

-        }

-    }

-

-    ASSERT(IsRectEmpty(pSourceRect) == FALSE);

-

-    BITMAPINFOHEADER bih;

-    bih.biWidth = WIDTH(pSourceRect);

-    bih.biHeight = HEIGHT(pSourceRect);

-    bih.biBitCount = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount;

-    LONG Size = DIBSIZE(bih);

-    Size += GetBitmapFormatSize(HEADER(pVideoInfo)) - SIZE_PREHEADER;

-    *pBufferSize = Size;

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Given an IMediaSample containing a linear buffer with an image and a type

-// describing the bitmap make a rendering of the image into the output buffer

-// This may be called by derived classes who render typical video images to

-// handle the IBasicVideo GetCurrentImage method. The pVideoImage pointer may

-// be NULL when passed to GetCurrentImage in which case GetImageSize will be

-// called instead, which will just do the calculation of the memory required

-

-HRESULT CBaseControlVideo::CopyImage(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,

-                                     __in VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo,

-                                     __inout long *pBufferSize,

-                                     __out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) BYTE *pVideoImage,

-                                     __in RECT *pSourceRect)

-{

-    NOTE("Entering CopyImage");

-    ASSERT(pSourceRect);

-    BYTE *pCurrentImage;

-

-    // Check we have an image to copy

-

-    if (pMediaSample == NULL || pSourceRect == NULL ||

-            pVideoInfo == NULL || pVideoImage == NULL ||

-            pBufferSize == NULL) {

-

-        return E_UNEXPECTED;

-    }

-

-    // Is the data format compatible

-

-    if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_RGB) {

-        if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_BITFIELDS) {

-            return E_INVALIDARG;

-        }

-    }

-

-    if (*pBufferSize < 0) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-    // Arbitrarily large size to prevent integer overflow problems

-    if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biSize > 4096)

-    {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-    ASSERT(IsRectEmpty(pSourceRect) == FALSE);

-

-    BITMAPINFOHEADER bih;

-    bih.biWidth = WIDTH(pSourceRect);

-    bih.biHeight = HEIGHT(pSourceRect);

-    bih.biBitCount = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount;

-    DWORD Size = GetBitmapFormatSize(HEADER(pVideoInfo)) - SIZE_PREHEADER;

-    DWORD Total;

-    DWORD dwDibSize;

-

-    if( !ValidateBitmapInfoHeader( HEADER(pVideoInfo), Size)) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-    //  ValidateBitmapInfoHeader checks this but for some reason code scanning

-    //  tools aren't picking up the annotation

-    __analysis_assume(Size >= sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER));

-

-    if (FAILED(SAFE_DIBSIZE(&bih, &dwDibSize))) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-    if (FAILED(DWordAdd(Size, dwDibSize, &Total))) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-    // Make sure we have a large enough buffer

-

-    if ((DWORD)*pBufferSize < Total) {

-        return E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    }

-

-    // Copy the BITMAPINFO

-

-    CopyMemory((PVOID)pVideoImage, (PVOID)&pVideoInfo->bmiHeader, Size);

-    ((BITMAPINFOHEADER *)pVideoImage)->biWidth = WIDTH(pSourceRect);

-    ((BITMAPINFOHEADER *)pVideoImage)->biHeight = HEIGHT(pSourceRect);

-    ((BITMAPINFOHEADER *)pVideoImage)->biSizeImage = DIBSIZE(bih);

-    BYTE *pImageData = pVideoImage + Size;

-

-    // Get the pointer to it's image data

-

-    HRESULT hr = pMediaSample->GetPointer(&pCurrentImage);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    // Now we are ready to start copying the source scan lines

-

-    LONG ScanLine = (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount / 8) * WIDTH(pSourceRect);

-    LONG LinesToSkip = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biHeight;

-    LinesToSkip -= pSourceRect->top + HEIGHT(pSourceRect);

-    pCurrentImage += LinesToSkip * DIBWIDTHBYTES(pVideoInfo->bmiHeader);

-    pCurrentImage += pSourceRect->left * (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount / 8);

-

-    // Even money on this GP faulting sometime...

-

-    for (LONG Line = 0;Line < HEIGHT(pSourceRect);Line++) {

-        CopyMemory((PVOID)pImageData, (PVOID)pCurrentImage, ScanLine);

-        pImageData += DIBWIDTHBYTES(*(BITMAPINFOHEADER *)pVideoImage);

-        pCurrentImage += DIBWIDTHBYTES(pVideoInfo->bmiHeader);

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Called when we change media types either during connection or dynamically

-// We inform the filter graph and therefore the application that the video

-// size may have changed, we don't bother looking to see if it really has as

-// we leave that to the application - the dimensions are the event parameters

-

-HRESULT CBaseControlVideo::OnVideoSizeChange()

-{

-    // Get the video format from the derived class

-

-    VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = GetVideoFormat();

-    if (pVideoInfo == NULL)

-    return E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    WORD Width = (WORD) pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biWidth;

-    WORD Height = (WORD) pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biHeight;

-

-    return m_pFilter->NotifyEvent(EC_VIDEO_SIZE_CHANGED,

-                                  MAKELPARAM(Width,Height),

-                                  MAKEWPARAM(0,0));

-}

-

-

-// Set the video source rectangle. We must check the source rectangle against

-// the actual video dimensions otherwise when we come to draw the pictures we

-// get access violations as GDI tries to touch data outside of the image data

-// Although we store the rectangle in left, top, right and bottom coordinates

-// instead of left, top, width and height as OLE uses we do take into account

-// that the rectangle is used up to, but not including, the right column and

-// bottom row of pixels, see the Win32 documentation on RECT for more details

-

-HRESULT CBaseControlVideo::CheckSourceRect(__in RECT *pSourceRect)

-{

-    CheckPointer(pSourceRect,E_POINTER);

-    LONG Width,Height;

-    GetVideoSize(&Width,&Height);

-

-    // Check the coordinates are greater than zero

-    // and that the rectangle is valid (left<right, top<bottom)

-

-    if ((pSourceRect->left >= pSourceRect->right) ||

-       (pSourceRect->left < 0) ||

-       (pSourceRect->top >= pSourceRect->bottom) ||

-       (pSourceRect->top < 0)) {

-

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-    // Check the coordinates are less than the extents

-

-    if ((pSourceRect->right > Width) ||

-        (pSourceRect->bottom > Height)) {

-

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Check the target rectangle has some valid coordinates, which amounts to

-// little more than checking the destination rectangle isn't empty. Derived

-// classes may call this when they have their SetTargetRect method called to

-// check the rectangle validity, we do not update the rectangles passed in

-// Although we store the rectangle in left, top, right and bottom coordinates

-// instead of left, top, width and height as OLE uses we do take into account

-// that the rectangle is used up to, but not including, the right column and

-// bottom row of pixels, see the Win32 documentation on RECT for more details

-

-HRESULT CBaseControlVideo::CheckTargetRect(__in RECT *pTargetRect)

-{

-    // Check the pointer is valid

-

-    if (pTargetRect == NULL) {

-        return E_POINTER;

-    }

-

-    // These overflow the WIDTH and HEIGHT checks

-

-    if (pTargetRect->left > pTargetRect->right ||

-            pTargetRect->top > pTargetRect->bottom) {

-                return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-    // Check the rectangle has valid coordinates

-

-    if (WIDTH(pTargetRect) <= 0 || HEIGHT(pTargetRect) <= 0) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-    ASSERT(IsRectEmpty(pTargetRect) == FALSE);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/winctrl.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/winctrl.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1080a47c..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/winctrl.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: WinCtrl.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines classes for video control 

-//       interfaces.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#ifndef __WINCTRL__

-#define __WINCTRL__

-

-#define ABSOL(x) (x < 0 ? -x : x)

-#define NEGAT(x) (x > 0 ? -x : x)

-

-//  Helper

-BOOL WINAPI PossiblyEatMessage(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);

-

-class CBaseControlWindow : public CBaseVideoWindow, public CBaseWindow

-{

-protected:

-

-    CBaseFilter *m_pFilter;            // Pointer to owning media filter

-    CBasePin *m_pPin;                  // Controls media types for connection

-    CCritSec *m_pInterfaceLock;        // Externally defined critical section

-    COLORREF m_BorderColour;           // Current window border colour

-    BOOL m_bAutoShow;                  // What happens when the state changes

-    HWND m_hwndOwner;                  // Owner window that we optionally have

-    HWND m_hwndDrain;                  // HWND to post any messages received

-    BOOL m_bCursorHidden;              // Should we hide the window cursor

-

-public:

-

-    // Internal methods for other objects to get information out

-

-    HRESULT DoSetWindowStyle(long Style,long WindowLong);

-    HRESULT DoGetWindowStyle(__out long *pStyle,long WindowLong);

-    BOOL IsAutoShowEnabled() { return m_bAutoShow; };

-    COLORREF GetBorderColour() { return m_BorderColour; };

-    HWND GetOwnerWindow() { return m_hwndOwner; };

-    BOOL IsCursorHidden() { return m_bCursorHidden; };

-

-    inline BOOL PossiblyEatMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)

-    {

-        return ::PossiblyEatMessage(m_hwndDrain, uMsg, wParam, lParam);

-    }

-

-    // Derived classes must call this to set the pin the filter is using

-    // We don't have the pin passed in to the constructor (as we do with

-    // the CBaseFilter object) because filters typically create the

-    // pins dynamically when requested in CBaseFilter::GetPin. This can

-    // not be called from our constructor because is is a virtual method

-

-    void SetControlWindowPin(CBasePin *pPin) {

-        m_pPin = pPin;

-    }

-

-public:

-

-    CBaseControlWindow(__inout CBaseFilter *pFilter,   // Owning media filter

-                       __in CCritSec *pInterfaceLock,  // Locking object

-                       __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,         // Object description

-                       __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,     // Normal COM ownership

-                       __inout HRESULT *phr);          // OLE return code

-

-    // These are the properties we support

-

-    STDMETHODIMP put_Caption(__in BSTR strCaption);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_Caption(__out BSTR *pstrCaption);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_AutoShow(long AutoShow);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_AutoShow(__out long *AutoShow);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_WindowStyle(long WindowStyle);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_WindowStyle(__out long *pWindowStyle);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_WindowStyleEx(long WindowStyleEx);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_WindowStyleEx(__out long *pWindowStyleEx);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_WindowState(long WindowState);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_WindowState(__out long *pWindowState);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_BackgroundPalette(long BackgroundPalette);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_BackgroundPalette(__out long *pBackgroundPalette);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_Visible(long Visible);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_Visible(__out long *pVisible);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_Left(long Left);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_Left(__out long *pLeft);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_Width(long Width);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_Width(__out long *pWidth);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_Top(long Top);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_Top(__out long *pTop);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_Height(long Height);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_Height(__out long *pHeight);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_Owner(OAHWND Owner);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_Owner(__out OAHWND *Owner);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_MessageDrain(OAHWND Drain);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_MessageDrain(__out OAHWND *Drain);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_BorderColor(__out long *Color);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_BorderColor(long Color);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_FullScreenMode(__out long *FullScreenMode);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_FullScreenMode(long FullScreenMode);

-

-    // And these are the methods

-

-    STDMETHODIMP SetWindowForeground(long Focus);

-    STDMETHODIMP NotifyOwnerMessage(OAHWND hwnd,long uMsg,LONG_PTR wParam,LONG_PTR lParam);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetMinIdealImageSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetMaxIdealImageSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);

-    STDMETHODIMP SetWindowPosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetWindowPosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetRestorePosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);

-	STDMETHODIMP HideCursor(long HideCursor);

-    STDMETHODIMP IsCursorHidden(__out long *CursorHidden);

-};

-

-// This class implements the IBasicVideo interface

-

-class CBaseControlVideo : public CBaseBasicVideo

-{

-protected:

-

-    CBaseFilter *m_pFilter;   // Pointer to owning media filter

-    CBasePin *m_pPin;                   // Controls media types for connection

-    CCritSec *m_pInterfaceLock;         // Externally defined critical section

-

-public:

-

-    // Derived classes must provide these for the implementation

-

-    virtual HRESULT IsDefaultTargetRect() PURE;

-    virtual HRESULT SetDefaultTargetRect() PURE;

-    virtual HRESULT SetTargetRect(RECT *pTargetRect) PURE;

-    virtual HRESULT GetTargetRect(RECT *pTargetRect) PURE;

-    virtual HRESULT IsDefaultSourceRect() PURE;

-    virtual HRESULT SetDefaultSourceRect() PURE;

-    virtual HRESULT SetSourceRect(RECT *pSourceRect) PURE;

-    virtual HRESULT GetSourceRect(RECT *pSourceRect) PURE;

-    virtual HRESULT GetStaticImage(__inout long *pBufferSize,__out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) long *pDIBImage) PURE;

-

-    // Derived classes must override this to return a VIDEOINFO representing

-    // the video format. We cannot call IPin ConnectionMediaType to get this

-    // format because various filters dynamically change the type when using

-    // DirectDraw such that the format shows the position of the logical

-    // bitmap in a frame buffer surface, so the size might be returned as

-    // 1024x768 pixels instead of 320x240 which is the real video dimensions

-

-    __out virtual VIDEOINFOHEADER *GetVideoFormat() PURE;

-

-    // Helper functions for creating memory renderings of a DIB image

-

-    HRESULT GetImageSize(__in VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo,

-                         __out LONG *pBufferSize,

-                         __in RECT *pSourceRect);

-

-    HRESULT CopyImage(IMediaSample *pMediaSample,

-                      __in VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo,

-                      __inout LONG *pBufferSize,

-                      __out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) BYTE *pVideoImage,

-                      __in RECT *pSourceRect);

-

-    // Override this if you want notifying when the rectangles change

-    virtual HRESULT OnUpdateRectangles() { return NOERROR; };

-    virtual HRESULT OnVideoSizeChange();

-

-    // Derived classes must call this to set the pin the filter is using

-    // We don't have the pin passed in to the constructor (as we do with

-    // the CBaseFilter object) because filters typically create the

-    // pins dynamically when requested in CBaseFilter::GetPin. This can

-    // not be called from our constructor because is is a virtual method

-

-    void SetControlVideoPin(__inout CBasePin *pPin) {

-        m_pPin = pPin;

-    }

-

-    // Helper methods for checking rectangles

-    virtual HRESULT CheckSourceRect(__in RECT *pSourceRect);

-    virtual HRESULT CheckTargetRect(__in RECT *pTargetRect);

-

-public:

-

-    CBaseControlVideo(__inout CBaseFilter *pFilter,    // Owning media filter

-                      __in CCritSec *pInterfaceLock,   // Serialise interface

-                      __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,          // Object description

-                      __inout_opt LPUNKNOWN pUnk,      // Normal COM ownership

-                      __inout HRESULT *phr);           // OLE return code

-

-    // These are the properties we support

-

-    STDMETHODIMP get_AvgTimePerFrame(__out REFTIME *pAvgTimePerFrame);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_BitRate(__out long *pBitRate);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_BitErrorRate(__out long *pBitErrorRate);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_VideoWidth(__out long *pVideoWidth);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_VideoHeight(__out long *pVideoHeight);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_SourceLeft(long SourceLeft);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_SourceLeft(__out long *pSourceLeft);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_SourceWidth(long SourceWidth);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_SourceWidth(__out long *pSourceWidth);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_SourceTop(long SourceTop);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_SourceTop(__out long *pSourceTop);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_SourceHeight(long SourceHeight);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_SourceHeight(__out long *pSourceHeight);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_DestinationLeft(long DestinationLeft);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_DestinationLeft(__out long *pDestinationLeft);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_DestinationWidth(long DestinationWidth);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_DestinationWidth(__out long *pDestinationWidth);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_DestinationTop(long DestinationTop);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_DestinationTop(__out long *pDestinationTop);

-    STDMETHODIMP put_DestinationHeight(long DestinationHeight);

-    STDMETHODIMP get_DestinationHeight(__out long *pDestinationHeight);

-

-    // And these are the methods

-

-    STDMETHODIMP GetVideoSize(__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);

-    STDMETHODIMP SetSourcePosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetSourcePosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetVideoPaletteEntries(long StartIndex,long Entries,__out long *pRetrieved,__out_ecount_part(Entries, *pRetrieved) long *pPalette);

-    STDMETHODIMP SetDefaultSourcePosition();

-    STDMETHODIMP IsUsingDefaultSource();

-    STDMETHODIMP SetDestinationPosition(long Left,long Top,long Width,long Height);

-    STDMETHODIMP GetDestinationPosition(__out long *pLeft,__out long *pTop,__out long *pWidth,__out long *pHeight);

-    STDMETHODIMP SetDefaultDestinationPosition();

-    STDMETHODIMP IsUsingDefaultDestination();

-    STDMETHODIMP GetCurrentImage(__inout long *pBufferSize,__out_bcount_part(*pBufferSize, *pBufferSize) long *pVideoImage);

-};

-

-#endif // __WINCTRL__

-

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/winutil.cpp b/third_party/BaseClasses/winutil.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 6653f457..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/winutil.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2746 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: WinUtil.cpp

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - implements generic window handler class.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-#include <streams.h>

-#include <limits.h>

-#include <dvdmedia.h>

-#include <strsafe.h>

-#include <checkbmi.h>

-

-static UINT MsgDestroy;

-

-// Constructor

-

-CBaseWindow::CBaseWindow(BOOL bDoGetDC, bool bDoPostToDestroy) :

-    m_hInstance(g_hInst),

-    m_hwnd(NULL),

-    m_hdc(NULL),

-    m_bActivated(FALSE),

-    m_pClassName(NULL),

-    m_ClassStyles(0),

-    m_WindowStyles(0),

-    m_WindowStylesEx(0),

-    m_ShowStageMessage(0),

-    m_ShowStageTop(0),

-    m_MemoryDC(NULL),

-    m_hPalette(NULL),

-    m_bBackground(FALSE),

-#ifdef DEBUG

-    m_bRealizing(FALSE),

-#endif

-    m_bNoRealize(FALSE),

-    m_bDoPostToDestroy(bDoPostToDestroy)

-{

-    m_bDoGetDC = bDoGetDC;

-}

-

-

-// Prepare a window by spinning off a worker thread to do the creation and

-// also poll the message input queue. We leave this to be called by derived

-// classes because they might want to override methods like MessageLoop and

-// InitialiseWindow, if we do this during construction they'll ALWAYS call

-// this base class methods. We make the worker thread create the window so

-// it owns it rather than the filter graph thread which is constructing us

-

-HRESULT CBaseWindow::PrepareWindow()

-{

-    if (m_hwnd) return NOERROR;

-    ASSERT(m_hwnd == NULL);

-    ASSERT(m_hdc == NULL);

-

-    // Get the derived object's window and class styles

-

-    m_pClassName = GetClassWindowStyles(&m_ClassStyles,

-                                        &m_WindowStyles,

-                                        &m_WindowStylesEx);

-    if (m_pClassName == NULL) {

-        return E_FAIL;

-    }

-

-    // Register our special private messages

-    m_ShowStageMessage = RegisterWindowMessage(SHOWSTAGE);

-

-    // RegisterWindowMessage() returns 0 if an error occurs.

-    if (0 == m_ShowStageMessage) {

-        return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();

-    }

-

-    m_ShowStageTop = RegisterWindowMessage(SHOWSTAGETOP);

-    if (0 == m_ShowStageTop) {

-        return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();

-    }

-

-    m_RealizePalette = RegisterWindowMessage(REALIZEPALETTE);

-    if (0 == m_RealizePalette) {

-        return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();

-    }

-

-    MsgDestroy = RegisterWindowMessage(TEXT("AM_DESTROY"));

-    if (0 == MsgDestroy) {

-        return AmGetLastErrorToHResult();

-    }

-

-    return DoCreateWindow();

-}

-

-

-// Destructor just a placeholder so that we know it becomes virtual

-// Derived classes MUST call DoneWithWindow in their destructors so

-// that no messages arrive after the derived class constructor ends

-

-#ifdef DEBUG

-CBaseWindow::~CBaseWindow()

-{

-    ASSERT(m_hwnd == NULL);

-    ASSERT(m_hdc == NULL);

-}

-#endif

-

-

-// We use the sync worker event to have the window destroyed. All we do is

-// signal the event and wait on the window thread handle. Trying to send it

-// messages causes too many problems, furthermore to be on the safe side we

-// just wait on the thread handle while it returns WAIT_TIMEOUT or there is

-// a sent message to process on this thread. If the constructor failed to

-// create the thread in the first place then the loop will get terminated

-

-HRESULT CBaseWindow::DoneWithWindow()

-{

-    if (!IsWindow(m_hwnd) || (GetWindowThreadProcessId(m_hwnd, NULL) != GetCurrentThreadId())) {

-

-        if (IsWindow(m_hwnd)) {

-

-            // This code should only be executed if the window exists and if the window's 

-            // messages are processed on a different thread.

-            ASSERT(GetWindowThreadProcessId(m_hwnd, NULL) != GetCurrentThreadId());

-

-            if (m_bDoPostToDestroy) {

-

-                HRESULT hr = S_OK;

-                CAMEvent m_evDone(FALSE, &hr);

-                if (FAILED(hr)) {

-                    return hr;

-                }

-

-                //  We must post a message to destroy the window

-                //  That way we can't be in the middle of processing a

-                //  message posted to our window when we do go away

-                //  Sending a message gives less synchronization.

-                PostMessage(m_hwnd, MsgDestroy, (WPARAM)(HANDLE)m_evDone, 0);

-                WaitDispatchingMessages(m_evDone, INFINITE);

-            } else {

-                SendMessage(m_hwnd, MsgDestroy, 0, 0);

-            }

-        }

-

-        //

-        // This is not a leak, the window manager automatically free's

-        // hdc's that were got via GetDC, which is the case here.

-        // We set it to NULL so that we don't get any asserts later.

-        //

-        m_hdc = NULL;

-

-        //

-        // We need to free this DC though because USER32 does not know

-        // anything about it.

-        //

-        if (m_MemoryDC)

-        {

-            EXECUTE_ASSERT(DeleteDC(m_MemoryDC));

-            m_MemoryDC = NULL;

-        }

-

-        // Reset the window variables

-        m_hwnd = NULL;

-

-        return NOERROR;

-    }

-    const HWND hwnd = m_hwnd;

-    if (hwnd == NULL) {

-        return NOERROR;

-    }

-

-    InactivateWindow();

-    NOTE("Inactivated");

-

-    // Reset the window styles before destruction

-

-    SetWindowLong(hwnd,GWL_STYLE,m_WindowStyles);

-    ASSERT(GetParent(hwnd) == NULL);

-    NOTE1("Reset window styles %d",m_WindowStyles);

-

-    //  UnintialiseWindow sets m_hwnd to NULL so save a copy

-    UninitialiseWindow();

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Destroying 0x%8.8X"), hwnd));

-    if (!DestroyWindow(hwnd)) {

-        DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 0, TEXT("DestroyWindow %8.8X failed code %d"),

-                hwnd, GetLastError()));

-        DbgBreak("");

-    }

-

-    // Reset our state so we can be prepared again

-

-    m_pClassName = NULL;

-    m_ClassStyles = 0;

-    m_WindowStyles = 0;

-    m_WindowStylesEx = 0;

-    m_ShowStageMessage = 0;

-    m_ShowStageTop = 0;

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Called at the end to put the window in an inactive state. The pending list

-// will always have been cleared by this time so event if the worker thread

-// gets has been signaled and gets in to render something it will find both

-// the state has been changed and that there are no available sample images

-// Since we wait on the window thread to complete we don't lock the object

-

-HRESULT CBaseWindow::InactivateWindow()

-{

-    // Has the window been activated

-    if (m_bActivated == FALSE) {

-        return S_FALSE;

-    }

-

-    m_bActivated = FALSE;

-    ShowWindow(m_hwnd,SW_HIDE);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-HRESULT CBaseWindow::CompleteConnect()

-{

-    m_bActivated = FALSE;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-// This displays a normal window. We ask the base window class for default

-// sizes which unless overriden will return DEFWIDTH and DEFHEIGHT. We go

-// through a couple of extra hoops to get the client area the right size

-// as the object specifies which accounts for the AdjustWindowRectEx calls

-// We also DWORD align the left and top coordinates of the window here to

-// maximise the chance of being able to use DCI/DirectDraw primary surface

-

-HRESULT CBaseWindow::ActivateWindow()

-{

-    // Has the window been sized and positioned already

-

-    if (m_bActivated == TRUE || GetParent(m_hwnd) != NULL) {

-

-        SetWindowPos(m_hwnd,            // Our window handle

-                     HWND_TOP,          // Put it at the top

-                     0, 0, 0, 0,        // Leave in current position

-                     SWP_NOMOVE |       // Don't change it's place

-                     SWP_NOSIZE);       // Change Z-order only

-

-        m_bActivated = TRUE;

-        return S_FALSE;

-    }

-

-    // Calculate the desired client rectangle

-

-    RECT WindowRect, ClientRect = GetDefaultRect();

-    GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect);

-    AdjustWindowRectEx(&ClientRect,GetWindowLong(m_hwnd,GWL_STYLE),

-                       FALSE,GetWindowLong(m_hwnd,GWL_EXSTYLE));

-

-    // Align left and top edges on DWORD boundaries

-

-    UINT WindowFlags = (SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_FRAMECHANGED);

-    WindowRect.left -= (WindowRect.left & 3);

-    WindowRect.top -= (WindowRect.top & 3);

-

-    SetWindowPos(m_hwnd,                // Window handle

-                 HWND_TOP,              // Put it at the top

-                 WindowRect.left,       // Align left edge

-                 WindowRect.top,        // And also top place

-                 WIDTH(&ClientRect),    // Horizontal size

-                 HEIGHT(&ClientRect),   // Vertical size

-                 WindowFlags);          // Don't show window

-

-    m_bActivated = TRUE;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This can be used to DWORD align the window for maximum performance

-

-HRESULT CBaseWindow::PerformanceAlignWindow()

-{

-    RECT ClientRect,WindowRect;

-    GetWindowRect(m_hwnd,&WindowRect);

-    ASSERT(m_bActivated == TRUE);

-

-    // Don't do this if we're owned

-

-    if (GetParent(m_hwnd)) {

-        return NOERROR;

-    }

-

-    // Align left and top edges on DWORD boundaries

-

-    GetClientRect(m_hwnd, &ClientRect);

-    MapWindowPoints(m_hwnd, HWND_DESKTOP, (LPPOINT) &ClientRect, 2);

-    WindowRect.left -= (ClientRect.left & 3);

-    WindowRect.top  -= (ClientRect.top  & 3);

-    UINT WindowFlags = (SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOSIZE);

-

-    SetWindowPos(m_hwnd,                // Window handle

-                 HWND_TOP,              // Put it at the top

-                 WindowRect.left,       // Align left edge

-                 WindowRect.top,        // And also top place

-                 (int) 0,(int) 0,       // Ignore these sizes

-                 WindowFlags);          // Don't show window

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Install a palette into the base window - we may be called by a different

-// thread to the one that owns the window. We have to be careful how we do

-// the palette realisation as we could be a different thread to the window

-// which would cause an inter thread send message. Therefore we realise the

-// palette by sending it a special message but without the window locked

-

-HRESULT CBaseWindow::SetPalette(HPALETTE hPalette)

-{

-    // We must own the window lock during the change

-    {

-        CAutoLock cWindowLock(&m_WindowLock);

-        CAutoLock cPaletteLock(&m_PaletteLock);

-        ASSERT(hPalette);

-        m_hPalette = hPalette;

-    }

-    return SetPalette();

-}

-

-

-HRESULT CBaseWindow::SetPalette()

-{

-    if (!m_bNoRealize) {

-        SendMessage(m_hwnd, m_RealizePalette, 0, 0);

-        return S_OK;

-    } else {

-        // Just select the palette

-        ASSERT(m_hdc);

-        ASSERT(m_MemoryDC);

-

-        CAutoLock cPaletteLock(&m_PaletteLock);

-        SelectPalette(m_hdc,m_hPalette,m_bBackground);

-        SelectPalette(m_MemoryDC,m_hPalette,m_bBackground);

-

-        return S_OK;

-    }

-}

-

-

-void CBaseWindow::UnsetPalette()

-{

-    CAutoLock cWindowLock(&m_WindowLock);

-    CAutoLock cPaletteLock(&m_PaletteLock);

-

-    // Get a standard VGA colour palette

-

-    HPALETTE hPalette = (HPALETTE) GetStockObject(DEFAULT_PALETTE);

-    ASSERT(hPalette);

-

-    SelectPalette(GetWindowHDC(), hPalette, TRUE);

-    SelectPalette(GetMemoryHDC(), hPalette, TRUE);

-

-    m_hPalette = NULL;

-}

-

-

-void CBaseWindow::LockPaletteLock()

-{

-    m_PaletteLock.Lock();

-}

-

-

-void CBaseWindow::UnlockPaletteLock()

-{

-    m_PaletteLock.Unlock();

-}

-

-

-// Realise our palettes in the window and device contexts

-

-HRESULT CBaseWindow::DoRealisePalette(BOOL bForceBackground)

-{

-    {

-        CAutoLock cPaletteLock(&m_PaletteLock);

-

-        if (m_hPalette == NULL) {

-            return NOERROR;

-        }

-

-        // Realize the palette on the window thread

-        ASSERT(m_hdc);

-        ASSERT(m_MemoryDC);

-

-        SelectPalette(m_hdc,m_hPalette,m_bBackground || bForceBackground);

-        SelectPalette(m_MemoryDC,m_hPalette,m_bBackground);

-    }

-

-    //  If we grab a critical section here we can deadlock

-    //  with the window thread because one of the side effects

-    //  of RealizePalette is to send a WM_PALETTECHANGED message

-    //  to every window in the system.  In our handling

-    //  of WM_PALETTECHANGED we used to grab this CS too.

-    //  The really bad case is when our renderer calls DoRealisePalette()

-    //  while we're in the middle of processing a palette change

-    //  for another window.

-    //  So don't hold the critical section while actually realising

-    //  the palette.  In any case USER is meant to manage palette

-    //  handling - we shouldn't have to serialize everything as well

-    ASSERT(CritCheckOut(&m_WindowLock));

-    ASSERT(CritCheckOut(&m_PaletteLock));

-

-    EXECUTE_ASSERT(RealizePalette(m_hdc) != GDI_ERROR);

-    EXECUTE_ASSERT(RealizePalette(m_MemoryDC) != GDI_ERROR);

-

-    return (GdiFlush() == FALSE ? S_FALSE : S_OK);

-}

-

-

-// This is the global window procedure

-

-LRESULT CALLBACK WndProc(HWND hwnd,         // Window handle

-                         UINT uMsg,         // Message ID

-                         WPARAM wParam,     // First parameter

-                         LPARAM lParam)     // Other parameter

-{

-

-    // Get the window long that holds our window object pointer

-    // If it is NULL then we are initialising the window in which

-    // case the object pointer has been passed in the window creation

-    // structure.  IF we get any messages before WM_NCCREATE we will

-    // pass them to DefWindowProc.

-

-    CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow = _GetWindowLongPtr<CBaseWindow*>(hwnd,0);

-

-    if (pBaseWindow == NULL) {

-

-        // Get the structure pointer from the create struct.

-        // We can only do this for WM_NCCREATE which should be one of

-        // the first messages we receive.  Anything before this will

-        // have to be passed to DefWindowProc (i.e. WM_GETMINMAXINFO)

-

-        // If the message is WM_NCCREATE we set our pBaseWindow pointer

-        // and will then place it in the window structure

-

-        // turn off WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL style for quartz windows

-        if (uMsg == WM_NCCREATE) {

-            SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE) & ~0x400000);

-        }

-

-        if ((uMsg != WM_NCCREATE)

-            || (NULL == (pBaseWindow = *(CBaseWindow**) ((LPCREATESTRUCT)lParam)->lpCreateParams)))

-        {

-            return(DefWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam));

-        }

-

-        // Set the window LONG to be the object who created us

-#ifdef DEBUG

-        SetLastError(0);  // because of the way SetWindowLong works

-#endif

-

-        LONG_PTR rc = _SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, (DWORD) 0, pBaseWindow);

-

-

-#ifdef DEBUG

-        if (0 == rc) {

-            // SetWindowLong MIGHT have failed.  (Read the docs which admit

-            // that it is awkward to work out if you have had an error.)

-            LONG lasterror = GetLastError();

-            ASSERT(0 == lasterror);

-            // If this is not the case we have not set the pBaseWindow pointer

-            // into the window structure and we will blow up.

-        }

-#endif

-

-    }

-    // See if this is the packet of death

-    if (uMsg == MsgDestroy && uMsg != 0) {

-        pBaseWindow->DoneWithWindow();

-        if (pBaseWindow->m_bDoPostToDestroy) {

-            EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetEvent((HANDLE)wParam));

-        }

-        return 0;

-    }

-    return pBaseWindow->OnReceiveMessage(hwnd,uMsg,wParam,lParam);

-}

-

-

-// When the window size changes we adjust our member variables that

-// contain the dimensions of the client rectangle for our window so

-// that we come to render an image we will know whether to stretch

-

-BOOL CBaseWindow::OnSize(LONG Width, LONG Height)

-{

-    m_Width = Width;

-    m_Height = Height;

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-

-// This function handles the WM_CLOSE message

-

-BOOL CBaseWindow::OnClose()

-{

-    ShowWindow(m_hwnd,SW_HIDE);

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-

-// This is called by the worker window thread when it receives a terminate

-// message from the window object destructor to delete all the resources we

-// allocated during initialisation. By the time the worker thread exits all

-// processing will have been completed as the source filter disconnection

-// flushes the image pending sample, therefore the GdiFlush should succeed

-

-HRESULT CBaseWindow::UninitialiseWindow()

-{

-    // Have we already cleaned up

-

-    if (m_hwnd == NULL) {

-        ASSERT(m_hdc == NULL);

-        ASSERT(m_MemoryDC == NULL);

-        return NOERROR;

-    }

-

-    // Release the window resources

-

-    EXECUTE_ASSERT(GdiFlush());

-

-    if (m_hdc)

-    {

-        EXECUTE_ASSERT(ReleaseDC(m_hwnd,m_hdc));

-        m_hdc = NULL;

-    }

-

-    if (m_MemoryDC)

-    {

-        EXECUTE_ASSERT(DeleteDC(m_MemoryDC));

-        m_MemoryDC = NULL;

-    }

-

-    // Reset the window variables

-    m_hwnd = NULL;

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This is called by the worker window thread after it has created the main

-// window and it wants to initialise the rest of the owner objects window

-// variables such as the device contexts. We execute this function with the

-// critical section still locked. Nothing in this function must generate any

-// SendMessage calls to the window because this is executing on the window

-// thread so the message will never be processed and we will deadlock

-

-HRESULT CBaseWindow::InitialiseWindow(HWND hwnd)

-{

-    // Initialise the window variables

-

-    ASSERT(IsWindow(hwnd));

-    m_hwnd = hwnd;

-

-    if (m_bDoGetDC)

-    {

-        EXECUTE_ASSERT(m_hdc = GetDC(hwnd));

-        EXECUTE_ASSERT(m_MemoryDC = CreateCompatibleDC(m_hdc));

-

-        EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetStretchBltMode(m_hdc,COLORONCOLOR));

-        EXECUTE_ASSERT(SetStretchBltMode(m_MemoryDC,COLORONCOLOR));

-    }

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-HRESULT CBaseWindow::DoCreateWindow()

-{

-    WNDCLASS wndclass;                  // Used to register classes

-    BOOL bRegistered;                   // Is this class registered

-    HWND hwnd;                          // Handle to our window

-

-    bRegistered = GetClassInfo(m_hInstance,   // Module instance

-                               m_pClassName,  // Window class

-                               &wndclass);                 // Info structure

-

-    // if the window is to be used for drawing puposes and we are getting a DC

-    // for the entire lifetime of the window then changes the class style to do

-    // say so. If we don't set this flag then the DC comes from the cache and is

-    // really bad.

-    if (m_bDoGetDC)

-    {

-        m_ClassStyles |= CS_OWNDC;

-    }

-

-    if (bRegistered == FALSE) {

-

-        // Register the renderer window class

-

-        wndclass.lpszClassName = m_pClassName;

-        wndclass.style         = m_ClassStyles;

-        wndclass.lpfnWndProc   = WndProc;

-        wndclass.cbClsExtra    = 0;

-        wndclass.cbWndExtra    = sizeof(CBaseWindow *);

-        wndclass.hInstance     = m_hInstance;

-        wndclass.hIcon         = NULL;

-        wndclass.hCursor       = LoadCursor (NULL, IDC_ARROW);

-        wndclass.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH) NULL;

-        wndclass.lpszMenuName  = NULL;

-

-        RegisterClass(&wndclass);

-    }

-

-    // Create the frame window.  Pass the pBaseWindow information in the

-    // CreateStruct which allows our message handling loop to get hold of

-    // the pBaseWindow pointer.

-

-    CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow = this;                      // The owner window object

-    hwnd = CreateWindowEx(m_WindowStylesEx,               // Extended styles

-                          m_pClassName,                   // Registered name

-                          TEXT("ActiveMovie Window"),     // Window title

-                          m_WindowStyles,                 // Window styles

-                          CW_USEDEFAULT,                  // Start x position

-                          CW_USEDEFAULT,                  // Start y position

-                          DEFWIDTH,                       // Window width

-                          DEFHEIGHT,                      // Window height

-                          NULL,                           // Parent handle

-                          NULL,                           // Menu handle

-                          m_hInstance,                    // Instance handle

-                          &pBaseWindow);                  // Creation data

-

-    // If we failed signal an error to the object constructor (based on the

-    // last Win32 error on this thread) then signal the constructor thread

-    // to continue, release the mutex to let others have a go and exit

-

-    if (hwnd == NULL) {

-        DWORD Error = GetLastError();

-        return AmHresultFromWin32(Error);

-    }

-

-    // Check the window LONG is the object who created us

-    ASSERT(GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, 0) == (LONG_PTR)this);

-

-    // Initialise the window and then signal the constructor so that it can

-    // continue and then finally unlock the object's critical section. The

-    // window class is left registered even after we terminate the thread

-    // as we don't know when the last window has been closed. So we allow

-    // the operating system to free the class resources as appropriate

-

-    InitialiseWindow(hwnd);

-

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 2, TEXT("Created window class (%s) HWND(%8.8X)"),

-            m_pClassName, hwnd));

-

-    return S_OK;

-}

-

-

-// The base class provides some default handling and calls DefWindowProc

-

-LRESULT CBaseWindow::OnReceiveMessage(HWND hwnd,         // Window handle

-                                      UINT uMsg,         // Message ID

-                                      WPARAM wParam,     // First parameter

-                                      LPARAM lParam)     // Other parameter

-{

-    ASSERT(IsWindow(hwnd));

-

-    if (PossiblyEatMessage(uMsg, wParam, lParam))

-        return 0;

-

-    // This is sent by the IVideoWindow SetWindowForeground method. If the

-    // window is invisible we will show it and make it topmost without the

-    // foreground focus. If the window is visible it will also be made the

-    // topmost window without the foreground focus. If wParam is TRUE then

-    // for both cases the window will be forced into the foreground focus

-

-    if (uMsg == m_ShowStageMessage) {

-

-        BOOL bVisible = IsWindowVisible(hwnd);

-        SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0,

-                     SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_SHOWWINDOW |

-                     (bVisible ? SWP_NOACTIVATE : 0));

-

-        // Should we bring the window to the foreground

-        if (wParam == TRUE) {

-            SetForegroundWindow(hwnd);

-        }

-        return (LRESULT) 1;

-    }

-

-    // When we go fullscreen we have to add the WS_EX_TOPMOST style to the

-    // video window so that it comes out above any task bar (this is more

-    // relevant to WindowsNT than Windows95). However the SetWindowPos call

-    // must be on the same thread as that which created the window. The

-    // wParam parameter can be TRUE or FALSE to set and reset the topmost

-

-    if (uMsg == m_ShowStageTop) {

-        HWND HwndTop = (wParam == TRUE ? HWND_TOPMOST : HWND_NOTOPMOST);

-        BOOL bVisible = IsWindowVisible(hwnd);

-        SetWindowPos(hwnd, HwndTop, 0, 0, 0, 0,

-                     SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE |

-                     (wParam == TRUE ? SWP_SHOWWINDOW : 0) |

-                     (bVisible ? SWP_NOACTIVATE : 0));

-        return (LRESULT) 1;

-    }

-

-    // New palette stuff

-    if (uMsg == m_RealizePalette) {

-        ASSERT(m_hwnd == hwnd);

-        return OnPaletteChange(m_hwnd,WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE);

-    }

-

-    switch (uMsg) {

-

-        // Repaint the window if the system colours change

-

-    case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:

-

-        InvalidateRect(hwnd,NULL,FALSE);

-        return (LRESULT) 1;

-

-    // Somebody has changed the palette

-    case WM_PALETTECHANGED:

-

-        OnPaletteChange((HWND)wParam,uMsg);

-        return (LRESULT) 0;

-

-        // We are about to receive the keyboard focus so we ask GDI to realise

-        // our logical palette again and hopefully it will be fully installed

-        // without any mapping having to be done during any picture rendering

-

-    case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:

-        ASSERT(m_hwnd == hwnd);

-        return OnPaletteChange(m_hwnd,uMsg);

-

-    // do NOT fwd WM_MOVE. the parameters are the location of the parent

-    // window, NOT what the renderer should be looking at.  But we need

-    // to make sure the overlay is moved with the parent window, so we

-    // do this.

-    case WM_MOVE:

-        if (IsWindowVisible(m_hwnd)) {

-            PostMessage(m_hwnd,WM_PAINT,0,0);

-        }

-        break;

-

-    // Store the width and height as useful base class members

-

-    case WM_SIZE:

-

-        OnSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam));

-        return (LRESULT) 0;

-

-    // Intercept the WM_CLOSE messages to hide the window

-

-    case WM_CLOSE:

-

-        OnClose();

-        return (LRESULT) 0;

-    }

-    return DefWindowProc(hwnd,uMsg,wParam,lParam);

-}

-

-

-// This handles the Windows palette change messages - if we do realise our

-// palette then we return TRUE otherwise we return FALSE. If our window is

-// foreground application then we should get first choice of colours in the

-// system palette entries. We get best performance when our logical palette

-// includes the standard VGA colours (at the beginning and end) otherwise

-// GDI may have to map from our palette to the device palette while drawing

-

-LRESULT CBaseWindow::OnPaletteChange(HWND hwnd,UINT Message)

-{

-    // First check we are not changing the palette during closedown

-

-    if (m_hwnd == NULL || hwnd == NULL) {

-        return (LRESULT) 0;

-    }

-    ASSERT(!m_bRealizing);

-

-    // Should we realise our palette again

-

-    if ((Message == WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE || hwnd != m_hwnd)) {

-        //  It seems that even if we're invisible that we can get asked

-        //  to realize our palette and this can cause really ugly side-effects

-        //  Seems like there's another bug but this masks it a least for the

-        //  shutting down case.

-        if (!IsWindowVisible(m_hwnd)) {

-            DbgLog((LOG_TRACE, 1, TEXT("Realizing when invisible!")));

-            return (LRESULT) 0;

-        }

-

-        // Avoid recursion with multiple graphs in the same app

-#ifdef DEBUG

-        m_bRealizing = TRUE;

-#endif

-        DoRealisePalette(Message != WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE);

-#ifdef DEBUG

-        m_bRealizing = FALSE;

-#endif

-

-        // Should we redraw the window with the new palette

-        if (Message == WM_PALETTECHANGED) {

-            InvalidateRect(m_hwnd,NULL,FALSE);

-        }

-    }

-

-    return (LRESULT) 1;

-}

-

-

-// Determine if the window exists.

-

-bool CBaseWindow::WindowExists()

-{

-    return !!IsWindow(m_hwnd);

-}

-

-

-// Return the default window rectangle

-

-RECT CBaseWindow::GetDefaultRect()

-{

-    RECT DefaultRect = {0,0,DEFWIDTH,DEFHEIGHT};

-    ASSERT(m_hwnd);

-    // ASSERT(m_hdc);

-    return DefaultRect;

-}

-

-

-// Return the current window width

-

-LONG CBaseWindow::GetWindowWidth()

-{

-    ASSERT(m_hwnd);

-    // ASSERT(m_hdc);

-    return m_Width;

-}

-

-

-// Return the current window height

-

-LONG CBaseWindow::GetWindowHeight()

-{

-    ASSERT(m_hwnd);

-    // ASSERT(m_hdc);

-    return m_Height;

-}

-

-

-// Return the window handle

-

-HWND CBaseWindow::GetWindowHWND()

-{

-    ASSERT(m_hwnd);

-    // ASSERT(m_hdc);

-    return m_hwnd;

-}

-

-

-// Return the window drawing device context

-

-HDC CBaseWindow::GetWindowHDC()

-{

-    ASSERT(m_hwnd);

-    ASSERT(m_hdc);

-    return m_hdc;

-}

-

-

-// Return the offscreen window drawing device context

-

-HDC CBaseWindow::GetMemoryHDC()

-{

-    ASSERT(m_hwnd);

-    ASSERT(m_MemoryDC);

-    return m_MemoryDC;

-}

-

-

-#ifdef DEBUG

-HPALETTE CBaseWindow::GetPalette()

-{

-    // The palette lock should always be held when accessing

-    // m_hPalette.

-    ASSERT(CritCheckIn(&m_PaletteLock));

-    return m_hPalette;

-}

-#endif // DEBUG

-

-

-// This is available to clients who want to change the window visiblity. It's

-// little more than an indirection to the Win32 ShowWindow although these is

-// some benefit in going through here as this function may change sometime

-

-HRESULT CBaseWindow::DoShowWindow(LONG ShowCmd)

-{

-    ShowWindow(m_hwnd,ShowCmd);

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Generate a WM_PAINT message for the video window

-

-void CBaseWindow::PaintWindow(BOOL bErase)

-{

-    InvalidateRect(m_hwnd,NULL,bErase);

-}

-

-

-// Allow an application to have us set the video window in the foreground. We

-// have this because it is difficult for one thread to do do this to a window

-// owned by another thread. Rather than expose the message we use to execute

-// the inter thread send message we provide the interface function. All we do

-// is to SendMessage to the video window renderer thread with a WM_SHOWSTAGE

-

-void CBaseWindow::DoSetWindowForeground(BOOL bFocus)

-{

-    SendMessage(m_hwnd,m_ShowStageMessage,(WPARAM) bFocus,(LPARAM) 0);

-}

-

-

-// Constructor initialises the owning object pointer. Since we are a worker

-// class for the main window object we have relatively few state variables to

-// look after. We are given device context handles to use later on as well as

-// the source and destination rectangles (but reset them here just in case)

-

-CDrawImage::CDrawImage(__inout CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow) :

-    m_pBaseWindow(pBaseWindow),

-    m_hdc(NULL),

-    m_MemoryDC(NULL),

-    m_bStretch(FALSE),

-    m_pMediaType(NULL),

-    m_bUsingImageAllocator(FALSE)

-{

-    ASSERT(pBaseWindow);

-    ResetPaletteVersion();

-    SetRectEmpty(&m_TargetRect);

-    SetRectEmpty(&m_SourceRect);

-

-    m_perfidRenderTime = MSR_REGISTER(TEXT("Single Blt time"));

-}

-

-

-// Overlay the image time stamps on the picture. Access to this method is

-// serialised by the caller. We display the sample start and end times on

-// top of the video using TextOut on the device context we are handed. If

-// there isn't enough room in the window for the times we don't show them

-

-void CDrawImage::DisplaySampleTimes(IMediaSample *pSample)

-{

-#ifdef DEBUG

-    //

-    // Only allow the "annoying" time messages if the users has turned the

-    // logging "way up"

-    //

-    BOOL bAccept = DbgCheckModuleLevel(LOG_TRACE, 5);

-    if (bAccept == FALSE) {

-        return;

-    }

-#endif

-

-    TCHAR szTimes[TIMELENGTH];      // Time stamp strings

-    ASSERT(pSample);                // Quick sanity check

-    RECT ClientRect;                // Client window size

-    SIZE Size;                      // Size of text output

-

-    // Get the time stamps and window size

-

-    pSample->GetTime((REFERENCE_TIME*)&m_StartSample, (REFERENCE_TIME*)&m_EndSample);

-    HWND hwnd = m_pBaseWindow->GetWindowHWND();

-    EXECUTE_ASSERT(GetClientRect(hwnd,&ClientRect));

-

-    // Format the sample time stamps

-

-    (void)StringCchPrintf(szTimes,NUMELMS(szTimes),TEXT("%08d : %08d"),

-             m_StartSample.Millisecs(),

-             m_EndSample.Millisecs());

-

-    ASSERT(lstrlen(szTimes) < TIMELENGTH);

-

-    // Put the times in the middle at the bottom of the window

-

-    GetTextExtentPoint32(m_hdc,szTimes,lstrlen(szTimes),&Size);

-    INT XPos = ((ClientRect.right - ClientRect.left) - Size.cx) / 2;

-    INT YPos = ((ClientRect.bottom - ClientRect.top) - Size.cy) * 4 / 5;

-

-    // Check the window is big enough to have sample times displayed

-

-    if ((XPos > 0) && (YPos > 0)) {

-        TextOut(m_hdc,XPos,YPos,szTimes,lstrlen(szTimes));

-    }

-}

-

-

-// This is called when the drawing code sees that the image has a down level

-// palette cookie. We simply call the SetDIBColorTable Windows API with the

-// palette that is found after the BITMAPINFOHEADER - we return no errors

-

-void CDrawImage::UpdateColourTable(HDC hdc,__in BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi)

-{

-    ASSERT(pbmi->biClrUsed);

-    RGBQUAD *pColourTable = (RGBQUAD *)(pbmi+1);

-

-    // Set the new palette in the device context

-

-    UINT uiReturn = SetDIBColorTable(hdc,(UINT) 0,

-                                     pbmi->biClrUsed,

-                                     pColourTable);

-

-    // Should always succeed but check in debug builds

-    ASSERT(uiReturn == pbmi->biClrUsed);

-}

-

-

-// No source rectangle scaling is done by the base class

-

-RECT CDrawImage::ScaleSourceRect(const RECT *pSource)

-{

-    ASSERT(pSource);

-    return *pSource;

-}

-

-

-// This is called when the funky output pin uses our allocator. The samples we

-// allocate are special because the memory is shared between us and GDI thus

-// removing one copy when we ask for the image to be rendered. The source type

-// information is in the main renderer m_mtIn field which is initialised when

-// the media type is agreed in SetMediaType, the media type may be changed on

-// the fly if, for example, the source filter needs to change the palette

-

-void CDrawImage::FastRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)

-{

-    BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi;     // Image format data

-    DIBDATA *pDibData;          // Stores DIB information

-    BYTE *pImage;               // Pointer to image data

-    HBITMAP hOldBitmap;         // Store the old bitmap

-    CImageSample *pSample;      // Pointer to C++ object

-

-    ASSERT(m_pMediaType);

-

-    // From the untyped source format block get the VIDEOINFO and subsequently

-    // the BITMAPINFOHEADER structure. We can cast the IMediaSample interface

-    // to a CImageSample object so we can retrieve it's DIBSECTION details

-

-    pbmi = HEADER(m_pMediaType->Format());

-    pSample = (CImageSample *) pMediaSample;

-    pDibData = pSample->GetDIBData();

-    hOldBitmap = (HBITMAP) SelectObject(m_MemoryDC,pDibData->hBitmap);

-

-    // Get a pointer to the real image data

-

-    HRESULT hr = pMediaSample->GetPointer(&pImage);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return;

-    }

-

-    // Do we need to update the colour table, we increment our palette cookie

-    // each time we get a dynamic format change. The sample palette cookie is

-    // stored in the DIBDATA structure so we try to keep the fields in sync

-    // By the time we get to draw the images the format change will be done

-    // so all we do is ask the renderer for what it's palette version is

-

-    if (pDibData->PaletteVersion < GetPaletteVersion()) {

-        ASSERT(pbmi->biBitCount <= iPALETTE);

-        UpdateColourTable(m_MemoryDC,pbmi);

-        pDibData->PaletteVersion = GetPaletteVersion();

-    }

-

-    // This allows derived classes to change the source rectangle that we do

-    // the drawing with. For example a renderer may ask a codec to stretch

-    // the video from 320x240 to 640x480, in which case the source we see in

-    // here will still be 320x240, although the source we want to draw with

-    // should be scaled up to 640x480. The base class implementation of this

-    // method does nothing but return the same rectangle as we are passed in

-

-    RECT SourceRect = ScaleSourceRect(&m_SourceRect);

-

-    // Is the window the same size as the video

-

-    if (m_bStretch == FALSE) {

-

-        // Put the image straight into the window

-

-        BitBlt(

-            (HDC) m_hdc,                            // Target device HDC

-            m_TargetRect.left,                      // X sink position

-            m_TargetRect.top,                       // Y sink position

-            m_TargetRect.right - m_TargetRect.left, // Destination width

-            m_TargetRect.bottom - m_TargetRect.top, // Destination height

-            m_MemoryDC,                             // Source device context

-            SourceRect.left,                        // X source position

-            SourceRect.top,                         // Y source position

-            SRCCOPY);                               // Simple copy

-

-    } else {

-

-        // Stretch the image when copying to the window

-

-        StretchBlt(

-            (HDC) m_hdc,                            // Target device HDC

-            m_TargetRect.left,                      // X sink position

-            m_TargetRect.top,                       // Y sink position

-            m_TargetRect.right - m_TargetRect.left, // Destination width

-            m_TargetRect.bottom - m_TargetRect.top, // Destination height

-            m_MemoryDC,                             // Source device HDC

-            SourceRect.left,                        // X source position

-            SourceRect.top,                         // Y source position

-            SourceRect.right - SourceRect.left,     // Source width

-            SourceRect.bottom - SourceRect.top,     // Source height

-            SRCCOPY);                               // Simple copy

-    }

-

-    // This displays the sample times over the top of the image. This used to

-    // draw the times into the offscreen device context however that actually

-    // writes the text into the image data buffer which may not be writable

-

-    #ifdef DEBUG

-    DisplaySampleTimes(pMediaSample);

-    #endif

-

-    // Put the old bitmap back into the device context so we don't leak

-    SelectObject(m_MemoryDC,hOldBitmap);

-}

-

-

-// This is called when there is a sample ready to be drawn, unfortunately the

-// output pin was being rotten and didn't choose our super excellent shared

-// memory DIB allocator so we have to do this slow render using boring old GDI

-// SetDIBitsToDevice and StretchDIBits. The down side of using these GDI

-// functions is that the image data has to be copied across from our address

-// space into theirs before going to the screen (although in reality the cost

-// is small because all they do is to map the buffer into their address space)

-

-void CDrawImage::SlowRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)

-{

-    // Get the BITMAPINFOHEADER for the connection

-

-    ASSERT(m_pMediaType);

-    BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi = HEADER(m_pMediaType->Format());

-    BYTE *pImage;

-

-    // Get the image data buffer

-

-    HRESULT hr = pMediaSample->GetPointer(&pImage);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return;

-    }

-

-    // This allows derived classes to change the source rectangle that we do

-    // the drawing with. For example a renderer may ask a codec to stretch

-    // the video from 320x240 to 640x480, in which case the source we see in

-    // here will still be 320x240, although the source we want to draw with

-    // should be scaled up to 640x480. The base class implementation of this

-    // method does nothing but return the same rectangle as we are passed in

-

-    RECT SourceRect = ScaleSourceRect(&m_SourceRect);

-

-    LONG lAdjustedSourceTop = SourceRect.top;

-    // if the origin of bitmap is bottom-left, adjust soruce_rect_top

-    // to be the bottom-left corner instead of the top-left.

-    if (pbmi->biHeight > 0) {

-       lAdjustedSourceTop = pbmi->biHeight - SourceRect.bottom;

-    }

-    // Is the window the same size as the video

-

-    if (m_bStretch == FALSE) {

-

-        // Put the image straight into the window

-

-        SetDIBitsToDevice(

-            (HDC) m_hdc,                            // Target device HDC

-            m_TargetRect.left,                      // X sink position

-            m_TargetRect.top,                       // Y sink position

-            m_TargetRect.right - m_TargetRect.left, // Destination width

-            m_TargetRect.bottom - m_TargetRect.top, // Destination height

-            SourceRect.left,                        // X source position

-            lAdjustedSourceTop,                     // Adjusted Y source position

-            (UINT) 0,                               // Start scan line

-            pbmi->biHeight,                         // Scan lines present

-            pImage,                                 // Image data

-            (BITMAPINFO *) pbmi,                    // DIB header

-            DIB_RGB_COLORS);                        // Type of palette

-

-    } else {

-

-        // Stretch the image when copying to the window

-

-        StretchDIBits(

-            (HDC) m_hdc,                            // Target device HDC

-            m_TargetRect.left,                      // X sink position

-            m_TargetRect.top,                       // Y sink position

-            m_TargetRect.right - m_TargetRect.left, // Destination width

-            m_TargetRect.bottom - m_TargetRect.top, // Destination height

-            SourceRect.left,                        // X source position

-            lAdjustedSourceTop,                     // Adjusted Y source position

-            SourceRect.right - SourceRect.left,     // Source width

-            SourceRect.bottom - SourceRect.top,     // Source height

-            pImage,                                 // Image data

-            (BITMAPINFO *) pbmi,                    // DIB header

-            DIB_RGB_COLORS,                         // Type of palette

-            SRCCOPY);                               // Simple image copy

-    }

-

-    // This shows the sample reference times over the top of the image which

-    // looks a little flickery. I tried using GdiSetBatchLimit and GdiFlush to

-    // control the screen updates but it doesn't quite work as expected and

-    // only partially reduces the flicker. I also tried using a memory context

-    // and combining the two in that before doing a final BitBlt operation to

-    // the screen, unfortunately this has considerable performance penalties

-    // and also means that this code is not executed when compiled retail

-

-    #ifdef DEBUG

-    DisplaySampleTimes(pMediaSample);

-    #endif

-}

-

-

-// This is called with an IMediaSample interface on the image to be drawn. We

-// decide on the drawing mechanism based on who's allocator we are using. We

-// may be called when the window wants an image painted by WM_PAINT messages

-// We can't realise the palette here because we have the renderer lock, any

-// call to realise may cause an interthread send message to the window thread

-// which may in turn be waiting to get the renderer lock before servicing it

-

-BOOL CDrawImage::DrawImage(IMediaSample *pMediaSample)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_hdc);

-    ASSERT(m_MemoryDC);

-    NotifyStartDraw();

-

-    // If the output pin used our allocator then the samples passed are in

-    // fact CVideoSample objects that contain CreateDIBSection data that we

-    // use to do faster image rendering, they may optionally also contain a

-    // DirectDraw surface pointer in which case we do not do the drawing

-

-    if (m_bUsingImageAllocator == FALSE) {

-        SlowRender(pMediaSample);

-        EXECUTE_ASSERT(GdiFlush());

-        NotifyEndDraw();

-        return TRUE;

-    }

-

-    // This is a DIBSECTION buffer

-

-    FastRender(pMediaSample);

-    EXECUTE_ASSERT(GdiFlush());

-    NotifyEndDraw();

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-

-BOOL CDrawImage::DrawVideoImageHere(

-    HDC hdc,

-    IMediaSample *pMediaSample,

-    __in LPRECT lprcSrc,

-    __in LPRECT lprcDst

-    )

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pMediaType);

-    BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi = HEADER(m_pMediaType->Format());

-    BYTE *pImage;

-

-    // Get the image data buffer

-

-    HRESULT hr = pMediaSample->GetPointer(&pImage);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    RECT SourceRect;

-    RECT TargetRect;

-

-    if (lprcSrc) {

-        SourceRect = *lprcSrc;

-    }

-    else  SourceRect = ScaleSourceRect(&m_SourceRect);

-

-    if (lprcDst) {

-        TargetRect = *lprcDst;

-    }

-    else  TargetRect = m_TargetRect;

-

-    LONG lAdjustedSourceTop = SourceRect.top;

-    // if the origin of bitmap is bottom-left, adjust soruce_rect_top

-    // to be the bottom-left corner instead of the top-left.

-    if (pbmi->biHeight > 0) {

-       lAdjustedSourceTop = pbmi->biHeight - SourceRect.bottom;

-    }

-

-

-    // Stretch the image when copying to the DC

-

-    BOOL bRet = (0 != StretchDIBits(hdc,

-                                    TargetRect.left,

-                                    TargetRect.top,

-                                    TargetRect.right - TargetRect.left,

-                                    TargetRect.bottom - TargetRect.top,

-                                    SourceRect.left,

-                                    lAdjustedSourceTop,

-                                    SourceRect.right - SourceRect.left,

-                                    SourceRect.bottom - SourceRect.top,

-                                    pImage,

-                                    (BITMAPINFO *)pbmi,

-                                    DIB_RGB_COLORS,

-                                    SRCCOPY));

-    return bRet;

-}

-

-

-// This is called by the owning window object after it has created the window

-// and it's drawing contexts. We are constructed with the base window we'll

-// be drawing into so when given the notification we retrive the device HDCs

-// to draw with. We cannot call these in our constructor as they are virtual

-

-void CDrawImage::SetDrawContext()

-{

-    m_MemoryDC = m_pBaseWindow->GetMemoryHDC();

-    m_hdc = m_pBaseWindow->GetWindowHDC();

-}

-

-

-// This is called to set the target rectangle in the video window, it will be

-// called whenever a WM_SIZE message is retrieved from the message queue. We

-// simply store the rectangle and use it later when we do the drawing calls

-

-void CDrawImage::SetTargetRect(__in RECT *pTargetRect)

-{

-    ASSERT(pTargetRect);

-    m_TargetRect = *pTargetRect;

-    SetStretchMode();

-}

-

-

-// Return the current target rectangle

-

-void CDrawImage::GetTargetRect(__out RECT *pTargetRect)

-{

-    ASSERT(pTargetRect);

-    *pTargetRect = m_TargetRect;

-}

-

-

-// This is called when we want to change the section of the image to draw. We

-// use this information in the drawing operation calls later on. We must also

-// see if the source and destination rectangles have the same dimensions. If

-// not we must stretch during the drawing rather than a direct pixel copy

-

-void CDrawImage::SetSourceRect(__in RECT *pSourceRect)

-{

-    ASSERT(pSourceRect);

-    m_SourceRect = *pSourceRect;

-    SetStretchMode();

-}

-

-

-// Return the current source rectangle

-

-void CDrawImage::GetSourceRect(__out RECT *pSourceRect)

-{

-    ASSERT(pSourceRect);

-    *pSourceRect = m_SourceRect;

-}

-

-

-// This is called when either the source or destination rectanges change so we

-// can update the stretch flag. If the rectangles don't match we stretch the

-// video during the drawing otherwise we call the fast pixel copy functions

-// NOTE the source and/or the destination rectangle may be completely empty

-

-void CDrawImage::SetStretchMode()

-{

-    // Calculate the overall rectangle dimensions

-

-    LONG SourceWidth = m_SourceRect.right - m_SourceRect.left;

-    LONG SinkWidth = m_TargetRect.right - m_TargetRect.left;

-    LONG SourceHeight = m_SourceRect.bottom - m_SourceRect.top;

-    LONG SinkHeight = m_TargetRect.bottom - m_TargetRect.top;

-

-    m_bStretch = TRUE;

-    if (SourceWidth == SinkWidth) {

-        if (SourceHeight == SinkHeight) {

-            m_bStretch = FALSE;

-        }

-    }

-}

-

-

-// Tell us whose allocator we are using. This should be called with TRUE if

-// the filter agrees to use an allocator based around the CImageAllocator

-// SDK base class - whose image buffers are made through CreateDIBSection.

-// Otherwise this should be called with FALSE and we will draw the images

-// using SetDIBitsToDevice and StretchDIBitsToDevice. None of these calls

-// can handle buffers which have non zero strides (like DirectDraw uses)

-

-void CDrawImage::NotifyAllocator(BOOL bUsingImageAllocator)

-{

-    m_bUsingImageAllocator = bUsingImageAllocator;

-}

-

-

-// Are we using the image DIBSECTION allocator

-

-BOOL CDrawImage::UsingImageAllocator()

-{

-    return m_bUsingImageAllocator;

-}

-

-

-// We need the media type of the connection so that we can get the BITMAPINFO

-// from it. We use that in the calls to draw the image such as StretchDIBits

-// and also when updating the colour table held in shared memory DIBSECTIONs

-

-void CDrawImage::NotifyMediaType(__in CMediaType *pMediaType)

-{

-    m_pMediaType = pMediaType;

-}

-

-

-// We store in this object a cookie maintaining the current palette version.

-// Each time a palettised format is changed we increment this value so that

-// when we come to draw the images we look at the colour table value they

-// have and if less than the current we know to update it. This version is

-// only needed and indeed used when working with shared memory DIBSECTIONs

-

-LONG CDrawImage::GetPaletteVersion()

-{

-    return m_PaletteVersion;

-}

-

-

-// Resets the current palette version number

-

-void CDrawImage::ResetPaletteVersion()

-{

-    m_PaletteVersion = PALETTE_VERSION;

-}

-

-

-// Increment the current palette version

-

-void CDrawImage::IncrementPaletteVersion()

-{

-    m_PaletteVersion++;

-}

-

-

-// Constructor must initialise the base allocator. Each sample we create has a

-// palette version cookie on board. When the source filter changes the palette

-// during streaming the window object increments an internal cookie counter it

-// keeps as well. When it comes to render the samples it looks at the cookie

-// values and if they don't match then it knows to update the sample's colour

-// table. However we always create samples with a cookie of PALETTE_VERSION

-// If there have been multiple format changes and we disconnect and reconnect

-// thereby causing the samples to be reallocated we will create them with a

-// cookie much lower than the current version, this isn't a problem since it

-// will be seen by the window object and the versions will then be updated

-

-CImageAllocator::CImageAllocator(__inout CBaseFilter *pFilter,

-                                 __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,

-                                 __inout HRESULT *phr) :

-    CBaseAllocator(pName,NULL,phr,TRUE,TRUE),

-    m_pFilter(pFilter)

-{

-    ASSERT(phr);

-    ASSERT(pFilter);

-}

-

-

-// Check our DIB buffers have been released

-

-#ifdef DEBUG

-CImageAllocator::~CImageAllocator()

-{

-    ASSERT(m_bCommitted == FALSE);

-}

-#endif

-

-

-// Called from destructor and also from base class to free resources. We work

-// our way through the list of media samples deleting the DIBSECTION created

-// for each. All samples should be back in our list so there is no chance a

-// filter is still using one to write on the display or hold on a pending list

-

-void CImageAllocator::Free()

-{

-    ASSERT(m_lAllocated == m_lFree.GetCount());

-    EXECUTE_ASSERT(GdiFlush());

-    CImageSample *pSample;

-    DIBDATA *pDibData;

-

-    while (m_lFree.GetCount() != 0) {

-        pSample = (CImageSample *) m_lFree.RemoveHead();

-        pDibData = pSample->GetDIBData();

-        EXECUTE_ASSERT(DeleteObject(pDibData->hBitmap));

-        EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(pDibData->hMapping));

-        delete pSample;

-    }

-

-    m_lAllocated = 0;

-}

-

-

-// Prepare the allocator by checking all the input parameters

-

-STDMETHODIMP CImageAllocator::CheckSizes(__in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pRequest)

-{

-    // Check we have a valid connection

-

-    if (m_pMediaType == NULL) {

-        return VFW_E_NOT_CONNECTED;

-    }

-

-    // NOTE We always create a DIB section with the source format type which

-    // may contain a source palette. When we do the BitBlt drawing operation

-    // the target display device may contain a different palette (we may not

-    // have the focus) in which case GDI will do after the palette mapping

-

-    VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *) m_pMediaType->Format();

-

-    // When we call CreateDIBSection it implicitly maps only enough memory

-    // for the image as defined by thee BITMAPINFOHEADER. If the user asks

-    // for an image smaller than this then we reject the call, if they ask

-    // for an image larger than this then we return what they can have

-

-    if ((DWORD) pRequest->cbBuffer < pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-    // Reject buffer prefixes

-

-    if (pRequest->cbPrefix > 0) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-    pRequest->cbBuffer = pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage;

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Agree the number of media sample buffers and their sizes. The base class

-// this allocator is derived from allows samples to be aligned only on byte

-// boundaries NOTE the buffers are not allocated until the Commit call

-

-STDMETHODIMP CImageAllocator::SetProperties(

-    __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * pRequest,

-    __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES * pActual)

-{

-    ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES Adjusted = *pRequest;

-

-    // Check the parameters fit with the current connection

-

-    HRESULT hr = CheckSizes(&Adjusted);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-    return CBaseAllocator::SetProperties(&Adjusted, pActual);

-}

-

-

-// Commit the memory by allocating the agreed number of media samples. For

-// each sample we are committed to creating we have a CImageSample object

-// that we use to manage it's resources. This is initialised with a DIBDATA

-// structure that contains amongst other things the GDI DIBSECTION handle

-// We will access the renderer media type during this so we must have locked

-// (to prevent the format changing for example). The class overrides Commit

-// and Decommit to do this locking (base class Commit in turn calls Alloc)

-

-HRESULT CImageAllocator::Alloc(void)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pMediaType);

-    CImageSample *pSample;

-    DIBDATA DibData;

-

-    // Check the base allocator says it's ok to continue

-

-    HRESULT hr = CBaseAllocator::Alloc();

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-

-    // We create a new memory mapped object although we don't map it into our

-    // address space because GDI does that in CreateDIBSection. It is possible

-    // that we run out of resources before creating all the samples in which

-    // case the available sample list is left with those already created

-

-    ASSERT(m_lAllocated == 0);

-    while (m_lAllocated < m_lCount) {

-

-        // Create and initialise a shared memory GDI buffer

-

-        hr = CreateDIB(m_lSize,DibData);

-        if (FAILED(hr)) {

-            return hr;

-        }

-

-        // Create the sample object and pass it the DIBDATA

-

-        pSample = CreateImageSample(DibData.pBase,m_lSize);

-        if (pSample == NULL) {

-            EXECUTE_ASSERT(DeleteObject(DibData.hBitmap));

-            EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(DibData.hMapping));

-            return E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-        }

-

-        // Add the completed sample to the available list

-

-        pSample->SetDIBData(&DibData);

-        m_lFree.Add(pSample);

-        m_lAllocated++;

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// We have a virtual method that allocates the samples so that a derived class

-// may override it and allocate more specialised sample objects. So long as it

-// derives its samples from CImageSample then all this code will still work ok

-

-CImageSample *CImageAllocator::CreateImageSample(__in_bcount(Length) LPBYTE pData,LONG Length)

-{

-    HRESULT hr = NOERROR;

-    CImageSample *pSample;

-

-    // Allocate the new sample and check the return codes

-

-    pSample = new CImageSample((CBaseAllocator *) this,   // Base class

-                               NAME("Video sample"),      // DEBUG name

-                               (HRESULT *) &hr,           // Return code

-                               (LPBYTE) pData,            // DIB address

-                               (LONG) Length);            // Size of DIB

-

-    if (pSample == NULL || FAILED(hr)) {

-        delete pSample;

-        return NULL;

-    }

-    return pSample;

-}

-

-

-// This function allocates a shared memory block for use by the source filter

-// generating DIBs for us to render. The memory block is created in shared

-// memory so that GDI doesn't have to copy the memory when we do a BitBlt

-

-HRESULT CImageAllocator::CreateDIB(LONG InSize,DIBDATA &DibData)

-{

-    BITMAPINFO *pbmi;       // Format information for pin

-    BYTE *pBase;            // Pointer to the actual image

-    HANDLE hMapping;        // Handle to mapped object

-    HBITMAP hBitmap;        // DIB section bitmap handle

-

-    // Create a file mapping object and map into our address space

-

-    hMapping = CreateFileMapping(hMEMORY,         // Use system page file

-                                 NULL,            // No security attributes

-                                 PAGE_READWRITE,  // Full access to memory

-                                 (DWORD) 0,       // Less than 4Gb in size

-                                 InSize,          // Size of buffer

-                                 NULL);           // No name to section

-    if (hMapping == NULL) {

-        DWORD Error = GetLastError();

-        return MAKE_HRESULT(SEVERITY_ERROR, FACILITY_WIN32, Error);

-    }

-

-    // NOTE We always create a DIB section with the source format type which

-    // may contain a source palette. When we do the BitBlt drawing operation

-    // the target display device may contain a different palette (we may not

-    // have the focus) in which case GDI will do after the palette mapping

-

-    pbmi = (BITMAPINFO *) HEADER(m_pMediaType->Format());

-    if (m_pMediaType == NULL) {

-        DbgBreak("Invalid media type");

-    }

-

-    hBitmap = CreateDIBSection((HDC) NULL,          // NO device context

-                               pbmi,                // Format information

-                               DIB_RGB_COLORS,      // Use the palette

-                               (VOID **) &pBase,    // Pointer to image data

-                               hMapping,            // Mapped memory handle

-                               (DWORD) 0);          // Offset into memory

-

-    if (hBitmap == NULL || pBase == NULL) {

-        EXECUTE_ASSERT(CloseHandle(hMapping));

-        DWORD Error = GetLastError();

-        return MAKE_HRESULT(SEVERITY_ERROR, FACILITY_WIN32, Error);

-    }

-

-    // Initialise the DIB information structure

-

-    DibData.hBitmap = hBitmap;

-    DibData.hMapping = hMapping;

-    DibData.pBase = pBase;

-    DibData.PaletteVersion = PALETTE_VERSION;

-    GetObject(hBitmap,sizeof(DIBSECTION),(VOID *)&DibData.DibSection);

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// We use the media type during the DIBSECTION creation

-

-void CImageAllocator::NotifyMediaType(__in CMediaType *pMediaType)

-{

-    m_pMediaType = pMediaType;

-}

-

-

-// Overriden to increment the owning object's reference count

-

-STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CImageAllocator::NonDelegatingAddRef()

-{

-    return m_pFilter->AddRef();

-}

-

-

-// Overriden to decrement the owning object's reference count

-

-STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CImageAllocator::NonDelegatingRelease()

-{

-    return m_pFilter->Release();

-}

-

-

-// If you derive a class from CMediaSample that has to transport specialised

-// member variables and entry points then there are three alternate solutions

-// The first is to create a memory buffer larger than actually required by the

-// sample and store your information either at the beginning of it or at the

-// end, the former being moderately safer allowing for misbehaving transform

-// filters. You then adjust the buffer address when you create the base media

-// sample. This has the disadvantage of breaking up the memory allocated to

-// the samples into separate blocks. The second solution is to implement a

-// class derived from CMediaSample and support additional interface(s) that

-// convey your private data. This means defining a custom interface. The final

-// alternative is to create a class that inherits from CMediaSample and adds

-// the private data structures, when you get an IMediaSample in your Receive()

-// call check to see if your allocator is being used, and if it is then cast

-// the IMediaSample into one of your objects. Additional checks can be made

-// to ensure the sample's this pointer is known to be one of your own objects

-

-CImageSample::CImageSample(__inout CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,

-                           __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,

-                           __inout HRESULT *phr,

-                           __in_bcount(length) LPBYTE pBuffer,

-                           LONG length) :

-    CMediaSample(pName,pAllocator,phr,pBuffer,length),

-    m_bInit(FALSE)

-{

-    ASSERT(pAllocator);

-    ASSERT(pBuffer);

-}

-

-

-// Set the shared memory DIB information

-

-void CImageSample::SetDIBData(__in DIBDATA *pDibData)

-{

-    ASSERT(pDibData);

-    m_DibData = *pDibData;

-    m_bInit = TRUE;

-}

-

-

-// Retrieve the shared memory DIB data

-

-__out DIBDATA *CImageSample::GetDIBData()

-{

-    ASSERT(m_bInit == TRUE);

-    return &m_DibData;

-}

-

-

-// This class handles the creation of a palette. It is fairly specialist and

-// is intended to simplify palette management for video renderer filters. It

-// is for this reason that the constructor requires three other objects with

-// which it interacts, namely a base media filter, a base window and a base

-// drawing object although the base window or the draw object may be NULL to

-// ignore that part of us. We try not to create and install palettes unless

-// absolutely necessary as they typically require WM_PALETTECHANGED messages

-// to be sent to every window thread in the system which is very expensive

-

-CImagePalette::CImagePalette(__inout CBaseFilter *pBaseFilter,

-                             __inout CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow,

-                             __inout CDrawImage *pDrawImage) :

-    m_pBaseWindow(pBaseWindow),

-    m_pFilter(pBaseFilter),

-    m_pDrawImage(pDrawImage),

-    m_hPalette(NULL)

-{

-    ASSERT(m_pFilter);

-}

-

-

-// Destructor

-

-#ifdef DEBUG

-CImagePalette::~CImagePalette()

-{

-    ASSERT(m_hPalette == NULL);

-}

-#endif

-

-

-// We allow dynamic format changes of the palette but rather than change the

-// palette every time we call this to work out whether an update is required.

-// If the original type didn't use a palette and the new one does (or vica

-// versa) then we return TRUE. If neither formats use a palette we'll return

-// FALSE. If both formats use a palette we compare their colours and return

-// FALSE if they match. This therefore short circuits palette creation unless

-// absolutely necessary since installing palettes is an expensive operation

-

-BOOL CImagePalette::ShouldUpdate(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pNewInfo,

-                                 const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pOldInfo)

-{

-    // We may not have a current format yet

-

-    if (pOldInfo == NULL) {

-        return TRUE;

-    }

-

-    // Do both formats not require a palette

-

-    if (ContainsPalette(pNewInfo) == FALSE) {

-        if (ContainsPalette(pOldInfo) == FALSE) {

-            return FALSE;

-        }

-    }

-

-    // Compare the colours to see if they match

-

-    DWORD VideoEntries = pNewInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed;

-    if (ContainsPalette(pNewInfo) == TRUE)

-        if (ContainsPalette(pOldInfo) == TRUE)

-            if (pOldInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed == VideoEntries)

-                if (pOldInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed > 0)

-                    if (memcmp((PVOID) GetBitmapPalette(pNewInfo),

-                               (PVOID) GetBitmapPalette(pOldInfo),

-                               VideoEntries * sizeof(RGBQUAD)) == 0) {

-

-                        return FALSE;

-                    }

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-

-// This is normally called when the input pin type is set to install a palette

-// We will typically be called from two different places. The first is when we

-// have negotiated a palettised media type after connection, the other is when

-// we receive a new type during processing with an updated palette in which

-// case we must remove and release the resources held by the current palette

-

-// We can be passed an optional device name if we wish to prepare a palette

-// for a specific monitor on a multi monitor system

-

-HRESULT CImagePalette::PreparePalette(const CMediaType *pmtNew,

-                                      const CMediaType *pmtOld,

-				                      __in LPSTR szDevice)

-{

-    const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pNewInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *) pmtNew->Format();

-    const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pOldInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *) pmtOld->Format();

-    ASSERT(pNewInfo);

-

-    // This is an performance optimisation, when we get a media type we check

-    // to see if the format requires a palette change. If either we need one

-    // when previously we didn't or vica versa then this returns TRUE, if we

-    // previously needed a palette and we do now it compares their colours

-

-    if (ShouldUpdate(pNewInfo,pOldInfo) == FALSE) {

-        NOTE("No update needed");

-        return S_FALSE;

-    }

-

-    // We must notify the filter graph that the application may have changed

-    // the palette although in practice we don't bother checking to see if it

-    // is really different. If it tries to get the palette either the window

-    // or renderer lock will ensure it doesn't get in until we are finished

-

-    RemovePalette();

-    m_pFilter->NotifyEvent(EC_PALETTE_CHANGED,0,0);

-

-    // Do we need a palette for the new format

-

-    if (ContainsPalette(pNewInfo) == FALSE) {

-        NOTE("New has no palette");

-        return S_FALSE;

-    }

-

-    if (m_pBaseWindow) {

-        m_pBaseWindow->LockPaletteLock();

-    }

-

-    // If we're changing the palette on the fly then we increment our palette

-    // cookie which is compared against the cookie also stored in all of our

-    // DIBSECTION media samples. If they don't match when we come to draw it

-    // then we know the sample is out of date and we'll update it's palette

-

-    NOTE("Making new colour palette");

-    m_hPalette = MakePalette(pNewInfo, szDevice);

-    ASSERT(m_hPalette != NULL);

-

-    if (m_pBaseWindow) {

-        m_pBaseWindow->UnlockPaletteLock();

-    }

-

-    // The window in which the new palette is to be realised may be a NULL

-    // pointer to signal that no window is in use, if so we don't call it

-    // Some filters just want to use this object to create/manage palettes

-

-    if (m_pBaseWindow) m_pBaseWindow->SetPalette(m_hPalette);

-

-    // This is the only time where we need access to the draw object to say

-    // to it that a new palette will be arriving on a sample real soon. The

-    // constructor may take a NULL pointer in which case we don't call this

-

-    if (m_pDrawImage) m_pDrawImage->IncrementPaletteVersion();

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Helper function to copy a palette out of any kind of VIDEOINFO (ie it may

-// be YUV or true colour) into a palettised VIDEOINFO. We use this changing

-// palettes on DirectDraw samples as a source filter can attach a palette to

-// any buffer (eg YUV) and hand it back. We make a new palette out of that

-// format and then copy the palette colours into the current connection type

-

-HRESULT CImagePalette::CopyPalette(const CMediaType *pSrc,__out CMediaType *pDest)

-{

-    // Reset the destination palette before starting

-

-    VIDEOINFOHEADER *pDestInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *) pDest->Format();

-    pDestInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = 0;

-    pDestInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant = 0;

-

-    // Does the destination have a palette

-

-    if (PALETTISED(pDestInfo) == FALSE) {

-        NOTE("No destination palette");

-        return S_FALSE;

-    }

-

-    // Does the source contain a palette

-

-    const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pSrcInfo = (VIDEOINFOHEADER *) pSrc->Format();

-    if (ContainsPalette(pSrcInfo) == FALSE) {

-        NOTE("No source palette");

-        return S_FALSE;

-    }

-

-    // The number of colours may be zero filled

-

-    DWORD PaletteEntries = pSrcInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed;

-    if (PaletteEntries == 0) {

-        DWORD Maximum  = (1 << pSrcInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount);

-        NOTE1("Setting maximum colours (%d)",Maximum);

-        PaletteEntries = Maximum;

-    }

-

-    // Make sure the destination has enough room for the palette

-

-    ASSERT(pSrcInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed <= iPALETTE_COLORS);

-    ASSERT(pSrcInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant <= PaletteEntries);

-    ASSERT(COLORS(pDestInfo) == GetBitmapPalette(pDestInfo));

-    pDestInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = PaletteEntries;

-    pDestInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant = pSrcInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant;

-    ULONG BitmapSize = GetBitmapFormatSize(HEADER(pSrcInfo));

-

-    if (pDest->FormatLength() < BitmapSize) {

-        NOTE("Reallocating destination");

-        pDest->ReallocFormatBuffer(BitmapSize);

-    }

-

-    // Now copy the palette colours across

-

-    CopyMemory((PVOID) COLORS(pDestInfo),

-               (PVOID) GetBitmapPalette(pSrcInfo),

-               PaletteEntries * sizeof(RGBQUAD));

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// This is normally called when the palette is changed (typically during a

-// dynamic format change) to remove any palette we previously installed. We

-// replace it (if necessary) in the video window with a standard VGA palette

-// that should always be available even if this is a true colour display

-

-HRESULT CImagePalette::RemovePalette()

-{

-    if (m_pBaseWindow) {

-        m_pBaseWindow->LockPaletteLock();

-    }

-

-    // Do we have a palette to remove

-

-    if (m_hPalette != NULL) {

-

-        if (m_pBaseWindow) {

-            // Make sure that the window's palette handle matches

-            // our palette handle.

-            ASSERT(m_hPalette == m_pBaseWindow->GetPalette());

-

-            m_pBaseWindow->UnsetPalette();

-        }

-

-        EXECUTE_ASSERT(DeleteObject(m_hPalette));

-        m_hPalette = NULL;

-    }

-

-    if (m_pBaseWindow) {

-        m_pBaseWindow->UnlockPaletteLock();

-    }

-

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Called to create a palette for the object, the data structure used by GDI

-// to describe a palette is a LOGPALETTE, this includes a variable number of

-// PALETTEENTRY fields which are the colours, we have to convert the RGBQUAD

-// colour fields we are handed in a BITMAPINFO from the media type into these

-// This handles extraction of palettes from true colour and YUV media formats

-

-// We can be passed an optional device name if we wish to prepare a palette

-// for a specific monitor on a multi monitor system

-

-HPALETTE CImagePalette::MakePalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo, __in LPSTR szDevice)

-{

-    ASSERT(ContainsPalette(pVideoInfo) == TRUE);

-    ASSERT(pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed <= iPALETTE_COLORS);

-    BITMAPINFOHEADER *pHeader = HEADER(pVideoInfo);

-

-    const RGBQUAD *pColours;            // Pointer to the palette

-    LOGPALETTE *lp;                     // Used to create a palette

-    HPALETTE hPalette;                  // Logical palette object

-

-    lp = (LOGPALETTE *) new BYTE[sizeof(LOGPALETTE) + SIZE_PALETTE];

-    if (lp == NULL) {

-        return NULL;

-    }

-

-    // Unfortunately for some hare brained reason a GDI palette entry (a

-    // PALETTEENTRY structure) is different to a palette entry from a DIB

-    // format (a RGBQUAD structure) so we have to do the field conversion

-    // The VIDEOINFO containing the palette may be a true colour type so

-    // we use GetBitmapPalette to skip over any bit fields if they exist

-

-    lp->palVersion = PALVERSION;

-    lp->palNumEntries = (USHORT) pHeader->biClrUsed;

-    if (lp->palNumEntries == 0) lp->palNumEntries = (1 << pHeader->biBitCount);

-    pColours = GetBitmapPalette(pVideoInfo);

-

-    for (DWORD dwCount = 0;dwCount < lp->palNumEntries;dwCount++) {

-        lp->palPalEntry[dwCount].peRed = pColours[dwCount].rgbRed;

-        lp->palPalEntry[dwCount].peGreen = pColours[dwCount].rgbGreen;

-        lp->palPalEntry[dwCount].peBlue = pColours[dwCount].rgbBlue;

-        lp->palPalEntry[dwCount].peFlags = 0;

-    }

-

-    MakeIdentityPalette(lp->palPalEntry, lp->palNumEntries, szDevice);

-

-    // Create a logical palette

-

-    hPalette = CreatePalette(lp);

-    ASSERT(hPalette != NULL);

-    delete[] lp;

-    return hPalette;

-}

-

-

-// GDI does a fair job of compressing the palette entries you give it, so for

-// example if you have five entries with an RGB colour (0,0,0) it will remove

-// all but one of them. When you subsequently draw an image it will map from

-// your logical palette to the compressed device palette. This function looks

-// to see if it is trying to be an identity palette and if so sets the flags

-// field in the PALETTEENTRYs so they remain expanded to boost performance

-

-// We can be passed an optional device name if we wish to prepare a palette

-// for a specific monitor on a multi monitor system

-

-HRESULT CImagePalette::MakeIdentityPalette(__inout_ecount_full(iColours) PALETTEENTRY *pEntry,INT iColours, __in LPSTR szDevice)

-{

-    PALETTEENTRY SystemEntries[10];         // System palette entries

-    BOOL bIdentityPalette = TRUE;           // Is an identity palette

-    ASSERT(iColours <= iPALETTE_COLORS);    // Should have a palette

-    const int PalLoCount = 10;              // First ten reserved colours

-    const int PalHiStart = 246;             // Last VGA palette entries

-

-    // Does this have the full colour range

-

-    if (iColours < 10) {

-        return S_FALSE;

-    }

-

-    // Apparently some displays have odd numbers of system colours

-

-    // Get a DC on the right monitor - it's ugly, but this is the way you have

-    // to do it

-    HDC hdc;

-    if (szDevice == NULL || lstrcmpiLocaleIndependentA(szDevice, "DISPLAY") == 0)

-        hdc = CreateDCA("DISPLAY", NULL, NULL, NULL);

-    else

-        hdc = CreateDCA(NULL, szDevice, NULL, NULL);

-    if (NULL == hdc) {

-        return E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    }

-    INT Reserved = GetDeviceCaps(hdc,NUMRESERVED);

-    if (Reserved != 20) {

-        DeleteDC(hdc);

-        return S_FALSE;

-    }

-

-    // Compare our palette against the first ten system entries. The reason I

-    // don't do a memory compare between our two arrays of colours is because

-    // I am not sure what will be in the flags fields for the system entries

-

-    UINT Result = GetSystemPaletteEntries(hdc,0,PalLoCount,SystemEntries);

-    for (UINT Count = 0;Count < Result;Count++) {

-        if (SystemEntries[Count].peRed != pEntry[Count].peRed ||

-                SystemEntries[Count].peGreen != pEntry[Count].peGreen ||

-                    SystemEntries[Count].peBlue != pEntry[Count].peBlue) {

-                        bIdentityPalette = FALSE;

-        }

-    }

-

-    // And likewise compare against the last ten entries

-

-    Result = GetSystemPaletteEntries(hdc,PalHiStart,PalLoCount,SystemEntries);

-    for (UINT Count = 0;Count < Result;Count++) {

-        if (INT(Count) + PalHiStart < iColours) {

-            if (SystemEntries[Count].peRed != pEntry[PalHiStart + Count].peRed ||

-                    SystemEntries[Count].peGreen != pEntry[PalHiStart + Count].peGreen ||

-                        SystemEntries[Count].peBlue != pEntry[PalHiStart + Count].peBlue) {

-                            bIdentityPalette = FALSE;

-            }

-        }

-    }

-

-    // If not an identity palette then return S_FALSE

-

-    DeleteDC(hdc);

-    if (bIdentityPalette == FALSE) {

-        return S_FALSE;

-    }

-

-    // Set the non VGA entries so that GDI doesn't map them

-

-    for (UINT Count = PalLoCount;INT(Count) < min(PalHiStart,iColours);Count++) {

-        pEntry[Count].peFlags = PC_NOCOLLAPSE;

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Constructor initialises the VIDEOINFO we keep storing the current display

-// format. The format can be changed at any time, to reset the format held

-// by us call the RefreshDisplayType directly (it's a public method). Since

-// more than one thread will typically call us (ie window threads resetting

-// the type and source threads in the type checking methods) we have a lock

-

-CImageDisplay::CImageDisplay()

-{

-    RefreshDisplayType(NULL);

-}

-

-

-

-// This initialises the format we hold which contains the display device type

-// We do a conversion on the display device type in here so that when we start

-// type checking input formats we can assume that certain fields have been set

-// correctly, an example is when we make the 16 bit mask fields explicit. This

-// is normally called when we receive WM_DEVMODECHANGED device change messages

-

-// The optional szDeviceName parameter tells us which monitor we are interested

-// in for a multi monitor system

-

-HRESULT CImageDisplay::RefreshDisplayType(__in_opt LPSTR szDeviceName)

-{

-    CAutoLock cDisplayLock(this);

-

-    // Set the preferred format type

-

-    ZeroMemory((PVOID)&m_Display,sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER)+sizeof(TRUECOLORINFO));

-    m_Display.bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);

-    m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount = FALSE;

-

-    // Get the bit depth of a device compatible bitmap

-

-    // get caps of whichever monitor they are interested in (multi monitor)

-    HDC hdcDisplay;

-    // it's ugly, but this is the way you have to do it

-    if (szDeviceName == NULL || lstrcmpiLocaleIndependentA(szDeviceName, "DISPLAY") == 0)

-        hdcDisplay = CreateDCA("DISPLAY", NULL, NULL, NULL);

-    else

-        hdcDisplay = CreateDCA(NULL, szDeviceName, NULL, NULL);

-    if (hdcDisplay == NULL) {

-    ASSERT(FALSE);

-    DbgLog((LOG_ERROR,1,TEXT("ACK! Can't get a DC for %hs"),

-                szDeviceName ? szDeviceName : "<NULL>"));

-    return E_FAIL;

-    } else {

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("Created a DC for %s"),

-                szDeviceName ? szDeviceName : "<NULL>"));

-    }

-    HBITMAP hbm = CreateCompatibleBitmap(hdcDisplay,1,1);

-    if ( hbm )

-    {

-        GetDIBits(hdcDisplay,hbm,0,1,NULL,(BITMAPINFO *)&m_Display.bmiHeader,DIB_RGB_COLORS);

-

-        // This call will get the colour table or the proper bitfields

-        GetDIBits(hdcDisplay,hbm,0,1,NULL,(BITMAPINFO *)&m_Display.bmiHeader,DIB_RGB_COLORS);

-        DeleteObject(hbm);

-    }

-    DeleteDC(hdcDisplay);

-

-    // Complete the display type initialisation

-

-    ASSERT(CheckHeaderValidity(&m_Display));

-    UpdateFormat(&m_Display);

-    DbgLog((LOG_TRACE,3,TEXT("New DISPLAY bit depth =%d"),

-                m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount));

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// We assume throughout this code that any bitfields masks are allowed no

-// more than eight bits to store a colour component. This checks that the

-// bit count assumption is enforced and also makes sure that all the bits

-// set are contiguous. We return a boolean TRUE if the field checks out ok

-

-BOOL CImageDisplay::CheckBitFields(const VIDEOINFO *pInput)

-{

-    DWORD *pBitFields = (DWORD *) BITMASKS(pInput);

-

-    for (INT iColour = iRED;iColour <= iBLUE;iColour++) {

-

-        // First of all work out how many bits are set

-

-        DWORD SetBits = CountSetBits(pBitFields[iColour]);

-        if (SetBits > iMAXBITS || SetBits == 0) {

-            NOTE1("Bit fields for component %d invalid",iColour);

-            return FALSE;

-        }

-

-        // Next work out the number of zero bits prefix

-        DWORD PrefixBits = CountPrefixBits(pBitFields[iColour]);

-

-        // This is going to see if all the bits set are contiguous (as they

-        // should be). We know how much to shift them right by from the

-        // count of prefix bits. The number of bits set defines a mask, we

-        // invert this (ones complement) and AND it with the shifted bit

-        // fields. If the result is NON zero then there are bit(s) sticking

-        // out the left hand end which means they are not contiguous

-

-        DWORD TestField = pBitFields[iColour] >> PrefixBits;

-        DWORD Mask = ULONG_MAX << SetBits;

-        if (TestField & Mask) {

-            NOTE1("Bit fields for component %d not contiguous",iColour);

-            return FALSE;

-        }

-    }

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-

-// This counts the number of bits set in the input field

-

-DWORD CImageDisplay::CountSetBits(DWORD Field)

-{

-    // This is a relatively well known bit counting algorithm

-

-    DWORD Count = 0;

-    DWORD init = Field;

-

-    // Until the input is exhausted, count the number of bits

-

-    while (init) {

-        init = init & (init - 1);  // Turn off the bottommost bit

-        Count++;

-    }

-    return Count;

-}

-

-

-// This counts the number of zero bits upto the first one set NOTE the input

-// field should have been previously checked to ensure there is at least one

-// set although if we don't find one set we return the impossible value 32

-

-DWORD CImageDisplay::CountPrefixBits(DWORD Field)

-{

-    DWORD Mask = 1;

-    DWORD Count = 0;

-

-    while (TRUE) {

-        if (Field & Mask) {

-            return Count;

-        }

-        Count++;

-

-        ASSERT(Mask != 0x80000000);

-        if (Mask == 0x80000000) {

-            return Count;

-        }

-        Mask <<= 1;

-    }

-}

-

-

-// This is called to check the BITMAPINFOHEADER for the input type. There are

-// many implicit dependancies between the fields in a header structure which

-// if we validate now make for easier manipulation in subsequent handling. We

-// also check that the BITMAPINFOHEADER matches it's specification such that

-// fields likes the number of planes is one, that it's structure size is set

-// correctly and that the bitmap dimensions have not been set as negative

-

-BOOL CImageDisplay::CheckHeaderValidity(const VIDEOINFO *pInput)

-{

-    // Check the bitmap width and height are not negative.

-

-    if (pInput->bmiHeader.biWidth <= 0 ||

-    pInput->bmiHeader.biHeight <= 0) {

-        NOTE("Invalid bitmap dimensions");

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    // Check the compression is either BI_RGB or BI_BITFIELDS

-

-    if (pInput->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_RGB) {

-        if (pInput->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_BITFIELDS) {

-            NOTE("Invalid compression format");

-            return FALSE;

-        }

-    }

-

-    // If BI_BITFIELDS compression format check the colour depth

-

-    if (pInput->bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {

-        if (pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount != 16) {

-            if (pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount != 32) {

-                NOTE("BI_BITFIELDS not 16/32 bit depth");

-                return FALSE;

-            }

-        }

-    }

-

-    // Check the assumptions about the layout of the bit fields

-

-    if (pInput->bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {

-        if (CheckBitFields(pInput) == FALSE) {

-            NOTE("Bit fields are not valid");

-            return FALSE;

-        }

-    }

-

-    // Are the number of planes equal to one

-

-    if (pInput->bmiHeader.biPlanes != 1) {

-        NOTE("Number of planes not one");

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    // Check the image size is consistent (it can be zero)

-

-    if (pInput->bmiHeader.biSizeImage != GetBitmapSize(&pInput->bmiHeader)) {

-        if (pInput->bmiHeader.biSizeImage) {

-            NOTE("Image size incorrectly set");

-            return FALSE;

-        }

-    }

-

-    // Check the size of the structure

-

-    if (pInput->bmiHeader.biSize != sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER)) {

-        NOTE("Size of BITMAPINFOHEADER wrong");

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-    return CheckPaletteHeader(pInput);

-}

-

-

-// This runs a few simple tests against the palette fields in the input to

-// see if it looks vaguely correct. The tests look at the number of palette

-// colours present, the number considered important and the biCompression

-// field which should always be BI_RGB as no other formats are meaningful

-

-BOOL CImageDisplay::CheckPaletteHeader(const VIDEOINFO *pInput)

-{

-    // The checks here are for palettised videos only

-

-    if (PALETTISED(pInput) == FALSE) {

-        if (pInput->bmiHeader.biClrUsed) {

-            NOTE("Invalid palette entries");

-            return FALSE;

-        }

-        return TRUE;

-    }

-

-    // Compression type of BI_BITFIELDS is meaningless for palette video

-

-    if (pInput->bmiHeader.biCompression != BI_RGB) {

-        NOTE("Palettised video must be BI_RGB");

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    // Check the number of palette colours is correct

-

-    if (pInput->bmiHeader.biClrUsed > PALETTE_ENTRIES(pInput)) {

-        NOTE("Too many colours in palette");

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    // The number of important colours shouldn't exceed the number used

-

-    if (pInput->bmiHeader.biClrImportant > pInput->bmiHeader.biClrUsed) {

-        NOTE("Too many important colours");

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-

-// Return the format of the video display

-

-const VIDEOINFO *CImageDisplay::GetDisplayFormat()

-{

-    return &m_Display;

-}

-

-

-// Return TRUE if the display uses a palette

-

-BOOL CImageDisplay::IsPalettised()

-{

-    return PALETTISED(&m_Display);

-}

-

-

-// Return the bit depth of the current display setting

-

-WORD CImageDisplay::GetDisplayDepth()

-{

-    return m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount;

-}

-

-

-// Initialise the optional fields in a VIDEOINFO. These are mainly to do with

-// the source and destination rectangles and palette information such as the

-// number of colours present. It simplifies our code just a little if we don't

-// have to keep checking for all the different valid permutations in a header

-// every time we want to do anything with it (an example would be creating a

-// palette). We set the base class media type before calling this function so

-// that the media types between the pins match after a connection is made

-

-HRESULT CImageDisplay::UpdateFormat(__inout VIDEOINFO *pVideoInfo)

-{

-    ASSERT(pVideoInfo);

-

-    BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi = HEADER(pVideoInfo);

-    SetRectEmpty(&pVideoInfo->rcSource);

-    SetRectEmpty(&pVideoInfo->rcTarget);

-

-    // Set the number of colours explicitly

-

-    if (PALETTISED(pVideoInfo)) {

-        if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed == 0) {

-            pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = PALETTE_ENTRIES(pVideoInfo);

-        }

-    }

-

-    // The number of important colours shouldn't exceed the number used, on

-    // some displays the number of important colours is not initialised when

-    // retrieving the display type so we set the colours used correctly

-

-    if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant > pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed) {

-        pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant = PALETTE_ENTRIES(pVideoInfo);

-    }

-

-    // Change the image size field to be explicit

-

-    if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage == 0) {

-        pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage = GetBitmapSize(&pVideoInfo->bmiHeader);

-    }

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Lots of video rendering filters want code to check proposed formats are ok

-// This checks the VIDEOINFO we are passed as a media type. If the media type

-// is a valid media type then we return NOERROR otherwise E_INVALIDARG. Note

-// however we only accept formats that can be easily displayed in the display

-// so if we are on a 16 bit device we will not accept 24 bit images. The one

-// complexity is that most displays draw 8 bit palettised images efficiently

-// Also if the input format is less colour bits per pixel then we also accept

-

-HRESULT CImageDisplay::CheckVideoType(const VIDEOINFO *pInput)

-{

-    // First of all check the VIDEOINFOHEADER looks correct

-

-    if (CheckHeaderValidity(pInput) == FALSE) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-    // Virtually all devices support palettised images efficiently

-

-    if (m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount == pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount) {

-        if (PALETTISED(pInput) == TRUE) {

-            ASSERT(PALETTISED(&m_Display) == TRUE);

-            NOTE("(Video) Type connection ACCEPTED");

-            return NOERROR;

-        }

-    }

-

-

-    // Is the display depth greater than the input format

-

-    if (m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount > pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount) {

-        NOTE("(Video) Mismatch agreed");

-        return NOERROR;

-    }

-

-    // Is the display depth less than the input format

-

-    if (m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount < pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount) {

-        NOTE("(Video) Format mismatch");

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-

-    // Both input and display formats are either BI_RGB or BI_BITFIELDS

-

-    ASSERT(m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount == pInput->bmiHeader.biBitCount);

-    ASSERT(PALETTISED(pInput) == FALSE);

-    ASSERT(PALETTISED(&m_Display) == FALSE);

-

-    // BI_RGB 16 bit representation is implicitly RGB555, and likewise BI_RGB

-    // 24 bit representation is RGB888. So we initialise a pointer to the bit

-    // fields they really mean and check against the display device format

-    // This is only going to be called when both formats are equal bits pixel

-

-    const DWORD *pInputMask = GetBitMasks(pInput);

-    const DWORD *pDisplayMask = GetBitMasks((VIDEOINFO *)&m_Display);

-

-    if (pInputMask[iRED] != pDisplayMask[iRED] ||

-            pInputMask[iGREEN] != pDisplayMask[iGREEN] ||

-                pInputMask[iBLUE] != pDisplayMask[iBLUE]) {

-

-        NOTE("(Video) Bit field mismatch");

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-    NOTE("(Video) Type connection ACCEPTED");

-    return NOERROR;

-}

-

-

-// Return the bit masks for the true colour VIDEOINFO provided

-

-const DWORD *CImageDisplay::GetBitMasks(const VIDEOINFO *pVideoInfo)

-{

-    static const DWORD FailMasks[] = {0,0,0};

-

-    if (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_BITFIELDS) {

-        return BITMASKS(pVideoInfo);

-    }

-

-    ASSERT(pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_RGB);

-

-    switch (pVideoInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount) {

-        case 16: return bits555;

-        case 24: return bits888;

-        case 32: return bits888;

-        default: return FailMasks;

-    }

-}

-

-

-// Check to see if we can support media type pmtIn as proposed by the output

-// pin - We first check that the major media type is video and also identify

-// the media sub type. Then we thoroughly check the VIDEOINFO type provided

-// As well as the contained VIDEOINFO being correct the major type must be

-// video, the subtype a recognised video format and the type GUID correct

-

-HRESULT CImageDisplay::CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmtIn)

-{

-    // Does this have a VIDEOINFOHEADER format block

-

-    const GUID *pFormatType = pmtIn->FormatType();

-    if (*pFormatType != FORMAT_VideoInfo) {

-        NOTE("Format GUID not a VIDEOINFOHEADER");

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-    ASSERT(pmtIn->Format());

-

-    // Check the format looks reasonably ok

-

-    ULONG Length = pmtIn->FormatLength();

-    if (Length < SIZE_VIDEOHEADER) {

-        NOTE("Format smaller than a VIDEOHEADER");

-        return E_FAIL;

-    }

-

-    VIDEOINFO *pInput = (VIDEOINFO *) pmtIn->Format();

-

-    // Check the major type is MEDIATYPE_Video

-

-    const GUID *pMajorType = pmtIn->Type();

-    if (*pMajorType != MEDIATYPE_Video) {

-        NOTE("Major type not MEDIATYPE_Video");

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-

-    // Check we can identify the media subtype

-

-    const GUID *pSubType = pmtIn->Subtype();

-    if (GetBitCount(pSubType) == USHRT_MAX) {

-        NOTE("Invalid video media subtype");

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-    return CheckVideoType(pInput);

-}

-

-

-// Given a video format described by a VIDEOINFO structure we return the mask

-// that is used to obtain the range of acceptable colours for this type, for

-// example, the mask for a 24 bit true colour format is 0xFF in all cases. A

-// 16 bit 5:6:5 display format uses 0xF8, 0xFC and 0xF8, therefore given any

-// RGB triplets we can AND them with these fields to find one that is valid

-

-BOOL CImageDisplay::GetColourMask(__out DWORD *pMaskRed,

-                                  __out DWORD *pMaskGreen,

-                                  __out DWORD *pMaskBlue)

-{

-    CAutoLock cDisplayLock(this);

-    *pMaskRed = 0xFF;

-    *pMaskGreen = 0xFF;

-    *pMaskBlue = 0xFF;

-

-    // If this format is palettised then it doesn't have bit fields

-

-    if (m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount < 16) {

-        return FALSE;

-    }

-

-    // If this is a 24 bit true colour display then it can handle all the

-    // possible colour component ranges described by a byte. It is never

-    // allowed for a 24 bit colour depth image to have BI_BITFIELDS set

-

-    if (m_Display.bmiHeader.biBitCount == 24) {

-        ASSERT(m_Display.bmiHeader.biCompression == BI_RGB);

-        return TRUE;

-    }

-

-    // Calculate the mask based on the format's bit fields

-

-    const DWORD *pBitFields = (DWORD *) GetBitMasks((VIDEOINFO *)&m_Display);

-    DWORD *pOutputMask[] = { pMaskRed, pMaskGreen, pMaskBlue };

-

-    // We know from earlier testing that there are no more than iMAXBITS

-    // bits set in the mask and that they are all contiguous. All that

-    // therefore remains is to shift them into the correct position

-

-    for (INT iColour = iRED;iColour <= iBLUE;iColour++) {

-

-        // This works out how many bits there are and where they live

-

-        DWORD PrefixBits = CountPrefixBits(pBitFields[iColour]);

-        DWORD SetBits = CountSetBits(pBitFields[iColour]);

-

-        // The first shift moves the bit field so that it is right justified

-        // in the DWORD, after which we then shift it back left which then

-        // puts the leading bit in the bytes most significant bit position

-

-        *(pOutputMask[iColour]) = pBitFields[iColour] >> PrefixBits;

-        *(pOutputMask[iColour]) <<= (iMAXBITS - SetBits);

-    }

-    return TRUE;

-}

-

-

-/*  Helper to convert to VIDEOINFOHEADER2

-*/

-STDAPI ConvertVideoInfoToVideoInfo2(__inout AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt)

-{

-    if (pmt->formattype != FORMAT_VideoInfo) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-    if (NULL == pmt->pbFormat || pmt->cbFormat < sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER)) {

-        return E_INVALIDARG;

-    }

-    VIDEOINFO *pVideoInfo = (VIDEOINFO *)pmt->pbFormat;

-    DWORD dwNewSize;

-    HRESULT hr = DWordAdd(pmt->cbFormat, sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER2) - sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER), &dwNewSize);

-    if (FAILED(hr)) {

-        return hr;

-    }

-    PVOID pvNew = CoTaskMemAlloc(dwNewSize);

-    if (pvNew == NULL) {

-        return E_OUTOFMEMORY;

-    }

-    CopyMemory(pvNew, pmt->pbFormat, FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER, bmiHeader));

-    ZeroMemory((PBYTE)pvNew + FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER, bmiHeader),

-               sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER2) - sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER));

-    CopyMemory((PBYTE)pvNew + FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER2, bmiHeader),

-               pmt->pbFormat + FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER, bmiHeader),

-               pmt->cbFormat - FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER, bmiHeader));

-    VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *pVideoInfo2 = (VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *)pvNew;

-    pVideoInfo2->dwPictAspectRatioX = (DWORD)pVideoInfo2->bmiHeader.biWidth;

-    pVideoInfo2->dwPictAspectRatioY = (DWORD)abs(pVideoInfo2->bmiHeader.biHeight);

-    pmt->formattype = FORMAT_VideoInfo2;

-    CoTaskMemFree(pmt->pbFormat);

-    pmt->pbFormat = (PBYTE)pvNew;

-    pmt->cbFormat += sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER2) - sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER);

-    return S_OK;

-}

-

-

-//  Check a media type containing VIDEOINFOHEADER

-STDAPI CheckVideoInfoType(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt)

-{

-    if (NULL == pmt || NULL == pmt->pbFormat) {

-        return E_POINTER;

-    }

-    if (pmt->majortype != MEDIATYPE_Video || 

-        pmt->formattype != FORMAT_VideoInfo ||

-        pmt->cbFormat < sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER)) {

-        return VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;

-    }

-    const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pHeader = (const VIDEOINFOHEADER *)pmt->pbFormat;

-    if (!ValidateBitmapInfoHeader(

-             &pHeader->bmiHeader, 

-             pmt->cbFormat - FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER, bmiHeader))) {

-        return VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;

-    }

-

-    return S_OK;

-}

-

-//  Check a media type containing VIDEOINFOHEADER2

-STDAPI CheckVideoInfo2Type(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt)

-{

-    if (NULL == pmt || NULL == pmt->pbFormat) {

-        return E_POINTER;

-    }    

-    if (pmt->majortype != MEDIATYPE_Video || 

-        pmt->formattype != FORMAT_VideoInfo2 ||

-        pmt->cbFormat < sizeof(VIDEOINFOHEADER2)) {

-        return VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;

-    }

-    const VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *pHeader = (const VIDEOINFOHEADER2 *)pmt->pbFormat;

-    if (!ValidateBitmapInfoHeader(

-             &pHeader->bmiHeader, 

-             pmt->cbFormat - FIELD_OFFSET(VIDEOINFOHEADER2, bmiHeader))) {

-        return VFW_E_TYPE_NOT_ACCEPTED;

-    }

-

-    return S_OK;

-}

diff --git a/third_party/BaseClasses/winutil.h b/third_party/BaseClasses/winutil.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bd62354..00000000
--- a/third_party/BaseClasses/winutil.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,419 +0,0 @@
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-// File: WinUtil.h

-//

-// Desc: DirectShow base classes - defines generic handler classes.

-//

-// Copyright (c) 1992-2001 Microsoft Corporation.  All rights reserved.

-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-// Make sure that you call PrepareWindow to initialise the window after

-// the object has been constructed. It is a separate method so that

-// derived classes can override useful methods like MessageLoop. Also

-// any derived class must call DoneWithWindow in its destructor. If it

-// doesn't a message may be retrieved and call a derived class member

-// function while a thread is executing the base class destructor code

-

-#ifndef __WINUTIL__

-#define __WINUTIL__

-

-const int DEFWIDTH = 320;                    // Initial window width

-const int DEFHEIGHT = 240;                   // Initial window height

-const int CAPTION = 256;                     // Maximum length of caption

-const int TIMELENGTH = 50;                   // Maximum length of times

-const int PROFILESTR = 128;                  // Normal profile string

-const WORD PALVERSION = 0x300;               // GDI palette version

-const LONG PALETTE_VERSION = (LONG) 1;       // Initial palette version

-const COLORREF VIDEO_COLOUR = 0;             // Defaults to black background

-const HANDLE hMEMORY = (HANDLE) (-1);        // Says to open as memory file

-

-#define WIDTH(x) ((*(x)).right - (*(x)).left)

-#define HEIGHT(x) ((*(x)).bottom - (*(x)).top)

-#define SHOWSTAGE TEXT("WM_SHOWSTAGE")

-#define SHOWSTAGETOP TEXT("WM_SHOWSTAGETOP")

-#define REALIZEPALETTE TEXT("WM_REALIZEPALETTE")

-

-class AM_NOVTABLE CBaseWindow

-{

-protected:

-

-    HINSTANCE m_hInstance;          // Global module instance handle

-    HWND m_hwnd;                    // Handle for our window

-    HDC m_hdc;                      // Device context for the window

-    LONG m_Width;                   // Client window width

-    LONG m_Height;                  // Client window height

-    BOOL m_bActivated;              // Has the window been activated

-    LPTSTR m_pClassName;            // Static string holding class name

-    DWORD m_ClassStyles;            // Passed in to our constructor

-    DWORD m_WindowStyles;           // Likewise the initial window styles

-    DWORD m_WindowStylesEx;         // And the extended window styles

-    UINT m_ShowStageMessage;        // Have the window shown with focus

-    UINT m_ShowStageTop;            // Makes the window WS_EX_TOPMOST

-    UINT m_RealizePalette;          // Makes us realize our new palette

-    HDC m_MemoryDC;                 // Used for fast BitBlt operations

-    HPALETTE m_hPalette;            // Handle to any palette we may have

-    BYTE m_bNoRealize;              // Don't realize palette now

-    BYTE m_bBackground;             // Should we realise in background

-    BYTE m_bRealizing;              // already realizing the palette

-    CCritSec m_WindowLock;          // Serialise window object access

-    BOOL m_bDoGetDC;                // Should this window get a DC

-    bool m_bDoPostToDestroy;        // Use PostMessage to destroy

-    CCritSec m_PaletteLock;         // This lock protects m_hPalette.

-                                    // It should be held anytime the

-                                    // program use the value of m_hPalette.

-

-    // Maps windows message procedure into C++ methods

-    friend LRESULT CALLBACK WndProc(HWND hwnd,      // Window handle

-                                    UINT uMsg,      // Message ID

-                                    WPARAM wParam,  // First parameter

-                                    LPARAM lParam); // Other parameter

-

-    virtual LRESULT OnPaletteChange(HWND hwnd, UINT Message);

-

-public:

-

-    CBaseWindow(BOOL bDoGetDC = TRUE, bool bPostToDestroy = false);

-

-#ifdef DEBUG

-    virtual ~CBaseWindow();

-#endif

-

-    virtual HRESULT DoneWithWindow();

-    virtual HRESULT PrepareWindow();

-    virtual HRESULT InactivateWindow();

-    virtual HRESULT ActivateWindow();

-    virtual BOOL OnSize(LONG Width, LONG Height);

-    virtual BOOL OnClose();

-    virtual RECT GetDefaultRect();

-    virtual HRESULT UninitialiseWindow();

-    virtual HRESULT InitialiseWindow(HWND hwnd);

-

-    HRESULT CompleteConnect();

-    HRESULT DoCreateWindow();

-

-    HRESULT PerformanceAlignWindow();

-    HRESULT DoShowWindow(LONG ShowCmd);

-    void PaintWindow(BOOL bErase);

-    void DoSetWindowForeground(BOOL bFocus);

-    virtual HRESULT SetPalette(HPALETTE hPalette);

-    void SetRealize(BOOL bRealize)

-    {

-        m_bNoRealize = !bRealize;

-    }

-

-    //  Jump over to the window thread to set the current palette

-    HRESULT SetPalette();

-    void UnsetPalette(void);

-    virtual HRESULT DoRealisePalette(BOOL bForceBackground = FALSE);

-

-    void LockPaletteLock();

-    void UnlockPaletteLock();

-

-    virtual BOOL PossiblyEatMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)

-	    { return FALSE; };

-

-    // Access our window information

-

-    bool WindowExists();

-    LONG GetWindowWidth();

-    LONG GetWindowHeight();

-    HWND GetWindowHWND();

-    HDC GetMemoryHDC();

-    HDC GetWindowHDC();

-

-    #ifdef DEBUG

-    HPALETTE GetPalette();

-    #endif // DEBUG

-

-    // This is the window procedure the derived object should override

-

-    virtual LRESULT OnReceiveMessage(HWND hwnd,          // Window handle

-                                     UINT uMsg,          // Message ID

-                                     WPARAM wParam,      // First parameter

-                                     LPARAM lParam);     // Other parameter

-

-    // Must be overriden to return class and window styles

-

-    virtual LPTSTR GetClassWindowStyles(

-                            __out DWORD *pClassStyles,          // Class styles

-                            __out DWORD *pWindowStyles,         // Window styles

-                            __out DWORD *pWindowStylesEx) PURE; // Extended styles

-};

-

-

-// This helper class is entirely subservient to the owning CBaseWindow object

-// All this object does is to split out the actual drawing operation from the

-// main object (because it was becoming too large). We have a number of entry

-// points to set things like the draw device contexts, to implement the actual

-// drawing and to set the destination rectangle in the client window. We have

-// no critical section locking in this class because we are used exclusively

-// by the owning window object which looks after serialising calls into us

-

-// If you want to use this class make sure you call NotifyAllocator once the

-// allocate has been agreed, also call NotifyMediaType with a pointer to a

-// NON stack based CMediaType once that has been set (we keep a pointer to

-// the original rather than taking a copy). When the palette changes call

-// IncrementPaletteVersion (easiest thing to do is to also call this method

-// in the SetMediaType method most filters implement). Finally before you

-// start rendering anything call SetDrawContext so that we can get the HDCs

-// for drawing from the CBaseWindow object we are given during construction

-

-class CDrawImage

-{

-protected:

-

-    CBaseWindow *m_pBaseWindow;     // Owning video window object

-    CRefTime m_StartSample;         // Start time for the current sample

-    CRefTime m_EndSample;           // And likewise it's end sample time

-    HDC m_hdc;                      // Main window device context

-    HDC m_MemoryDC;                 // Offscreen draw device context

-    RECT m_TargetRect;              // Target destination rectangle

-    RECT m_SourceRect;              // Source image rectangle

-    BOOL m_bStretch;                // Do we have to stretch the images

-    BOOL m_bUsingImageAllocator;    // Are the samples shared DIBSECTIONs

-    CMediaType *m_pMediaType;       // Pointer to the current format

-    int m_perfidRenderTime;         // Time taken to render an image

-    LONG m_PaletteVersion;          // Current palette version cookie

-

-    // Draw the video images in the window

-

-    void SlowRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);

-    void FastRender(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);

-    void DisplaySampleTimes(IMediaSample *pSample);

-    void UpdateColourTable(HDC hdc,__in BITMAPINFOHEADER *pbmi);

-    void SetStretchMode();

-

-public:

-

-    // Used to control the image drawing

-

-    CDrawImage(__inout CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow);

-    BOOL DrawImage(IMediaSample *pMediaSample);

-    BOOL DrawVideoImageHere(HDC hdc, IMediaSample *pMediaSample,

-                            __in LPRECT lprcSrc, __in LPRECT lprcDst);

-    void SetDrawContext();

-    void SetTargetRect(__in RECT *pTargetRect);

-    void SetSourceRect(__in RECT *pSourceRect);

-    void GetTargetRect(__out RECT *pTargetRect);

-    void GetSourceRect(__out RECT *pSourceRect);

-    virtual RECT ScaleSourceRect(const RECT *pSource);

-

-    // Handle updating palettes as they change

-

-    LONG GetPaletteVersion();

-    void ResetPaletteVersion();

-    void IncrementPaletteVersion();

-

-    // Tell us media types and allocator assignments

-

-    void NotifyAllocator(BOOL bUsingImageAllocator);

-    void NotifyMediaType(__in CMediaType *pMediaType);

-    BOOL UsingImageAllocator();

-

-    // Called when we are about to draw an image

-

-    void NotifyStartDraw() {

-        MSR_START(m_perfidRenderTime);

-    };

-

-    // Called when we complete an image rendering

-

-    void NotifyEndDraw() {

-        MSR_STOP(m_perfidRenderTime);

-    };

-};

-

-

-// This is the structure used to keep information about each GDI DIB. All the

-// samples we create from our allocator will have a DIBSECTION allocated to

-// them. When we receive the sample we know we can BitBlt straight to an HDC

-

-typedef struct tagDIBDATA {

-

-    LONG        PaletteVersion;     // Current palette version in use

-    DIBSECTION  DibSection;         // Details of DIB section allocated

-    HBITMAP     hBitmap;            // Handle to bitmap for drawing

-    HANDLE      hMapping;           // Handle to shared memory block

-    BYTE        *pBase;             // Pointer to base memory address

-

-} DIBDATA;

-

-

-// This class inherits from CMediaSample and uses all of it's methods but it

-// overrides the constructor to initialise itself with the DIBDATA structure

-// When we come to render an IMediaSample we will know if we are using our own

-// allocator, and if we are, we can cast the IMediaSample to a pointer to one

-// of these are retrieve the DIB section information and hence the HBITMAP

-

-class CImageSample : public CMediaSample

-{

-protected:

-

-    DIBDATA m_DibData;      // Information about the DIBSECTION

-    BOOL m_bInit;           // Is the DIB information setup

-

-public:

-

-    // Constructor

-

-    CImageSample(__inout CBaseAllocator *pAllocator,

-                 __in_opt LPCTSTR pName,

-                 __inout HRESULT *phr,

-                 __in_bcount(length) LPBYTE pBuffer,

-                 LONG length);

-

-    // Maintain the DIB/DirectDraw state

-

-    void SetDIBData(__in DIBDATA *pDibData);

-    __out DIBDATA *GetDIBData();

-};

-

-

-// This is an allocator based on the abstract CBaseAllocator base class that

-// allocates sample buffers in shared memory. The number and size of these

-// are determined when the output pin calls Prepare on us. The shared memory

-// blocks are used in subsequent calls to GDI CreateDIBSection, once that

-// has been done the output pin can fill the buffers with data which will

-// then be handed to GDI through BitBlt calls and thereby remove one copy

-

-class CImageAllocator : public CBaseAllocator

-{

-protected:

-

-    CBaseFilter *m_pFilter;   // Delegate reference counts to

-    CMediaType *m_pMediaType;           // Pointer to the current format

-

-    // Used to create and delete samples

-

-    HRESULT Alloc();

-    void Free();

-

-    // Manage the shared DIBSECTION and DCI/DirectDraw buffers

-

-    HRESULT CreateDIB(LONG InSize,DIBDATA &DibData);

-    STDMETHODIMP CheckSizes(__in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pRequest);

-    virtual CImageSample *CreateImageSample(__in_bcount(Length) LPBYTE pData,LONG Length);

-

-public:

-

-    // Constructor and destructor

-

-    CImageAllocator(__inout CBaseFilter *pFilter,__in_opt LPCTSTR pName,__inout HRESULT *phr);

-#ifdef DEBUG

-    ~CImageAllocator();

-#endif

-

-    STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingAddRef();

-    STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) NonDelegatingRelease();

-    void NotifyMediaType(__in CMediaType *pMediaType);

-

-    // Agree the number of buffers to be used and their size

-

-    STDMETHODIMP SetProperties(

-        __in ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pRequest,

-        __out ALLOCATOR_PROPERTIES *pActual);

-};

-

-

-// This class is a fairly specialised helper class for image renderers that

-// have to create and manage palettes. The CBaseWindow class looks after

-// realising palettes once they have been installed. This class can be used

-// to create the palette handles from a media format (which must contain a

-// VIDEOINFO structure in the format block). We try to make the palette an

-// identity palette to maximise performance and also only change palettes

-// if actually required to (we compare palette colours before updating).

-// All the methods are virtual so that they can be overriden if so required

-

-class CImagePalette

-{

-protected:

-

-    CBaseWindow *m_pBaseWindow;             // Window to realise palette in

-    CBaseFilter *m_pFilter;                 // Media filter to send events

-    CDrawImage *m_pDrawImage;               // Object who will be drawing

-    HPALETTE m_hPalette;                    // The palette handle we own

-

-public:

-

-    CImagePalette(__inout CBaseFilter *pBaseFilter,

-                  __inout CBaseWindow *pBaseWindow,

-                  __inout CDrawImage *pDrawImage);

-

-#ifdef DEBUG

-    virtual ~CImagePalette();

-#endif

-

-    static HPALETTE MakePalette(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pVideoInfo, __in LPSTR szDevice);

-    HRESULT RemovePalette();

-    static HRESULT MakeIdentityPalette(__inout_ecount_full(iColours) PALETTEENTRY *pEntry,INT iColours, __in LPSTR szDevice);

-    HRESULT CopyPalette(const CMediaType *pSrc,__out CMediaType *pDest);

-    BOOL ShouldUpdate(const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pNewInfo,const VIDEOINFOHEADER *pOldInfo);

-    HRESULT PreparePalette(const CMediaType *pmtNew,const CMediaType *pmtOld,__in LPSTR szDevice);

-

-    BOOL DrawVideoImageHere(HDC hdc, IMediaSample *pMediaSample, __in LPRECT lprcSrc, __in LPRECT lprcDst)

-    {

-        return m_pDrawImage->DrawVideoImageHere(hdc, pMediaSample, lprcSrc,lprcDst);

-    }

-};

-

-

-// Another helper class really for video based renderers. Most such renderers

-// need to know what the display format is to some degree or another. This

-// class initialises itself with the display format. The format can be asked

-// for through GetDisplayFormat and various other accessor functions. If a

-// filter detects a display format change (perhaps it gets a WM_DEVMODECHANGE

-// message then it can call RefreshDisplayType to reset that format). Also

-// many video renderers will want to check formats as they are proposed by

-// source filters. This class provides methods to check formats and only

-// accept those video formats that can be efficiently drawn using GDI calls

-

-class CImageDisplay : public CCritSec

-{

-protected:

-

-    // This holds the display format; biSize should not be too big, so we can

-    // safely use the VIDEOINFO structure

-    VIDEOINFO m_Display;

-

-    static DWORD CountSetBits(const DWORD Field);

-    static DWORD CountPrefixBits(const DWORD Field);

-    static BOOL CheckBitFields(const VIDEOINFO *pInput);

-

-public:

-

-    // Constructor and destructor

-

-    CImageDisplay();

-

-    // Used to manage BITMAPINFOHEADERs and the display format

-

-    const VIDEOINFO *GetDisplayFormat();

-    HRESULT RefreshDisplayType(__in_opt LPSTR szDeviceName);

-    static BOOL CheckHeaderValidity(const VIDEOINFO *pInput);

-    static BOOL CheckPaletteHeader(const VIDEOINFO *pInput);

-    BOOL IsPalettised();

-    WORD GetDisplayDepth();

-

-    // Provide simple video format type checking

-

-    HRESULT CheckMediaType(const CMediaType *pmtIn);

-    HRESULT CheckVideoType(const VIDEOINFO *pInput);

-    HRESULT UpdateFormat(__inout VIDEOINFO *pVideoInfo);

-    const DWORD *GetBitMasks(const VIDEOINFO *pVideoInfo);

-

-    BOOL GetColourMask(__out DWORD *pMaskRed,

-                       __out DWORD *pMaskGreen,

-                       __out DWORD *pMaskBlue);

-};

-

-//  Convert a FORMAT_VideoInfo to FORMAT_VideoInfo2

-STDAPI ConvertVideoInfoToVideoInfo2(__inout AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt);

-

-//  Check a media type containing VIDEOINFOHEADER

-STDAPI CheckVideoInfoType(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt);

-

-//  Check a media type containing VIDEOINFOHEADER

-STDAPI CheckVideoInfo2Type(const AM_MEDIA_TYPE *pmt);

-

-#endif // __WINUTIL__

-